Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout8450-8471J ,� • RESOLUTION N0. 8471 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO#, ADOPTING A PRIORITY LIST FOR UNDERGROUNDING OF OVERHEAD UTILITIES WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo has embarked on an ongoing program to underground overhead wires within the community and must underground these facilities in an orderly fashion, based on priorities, NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo hereby adopts a priority list for undergrounding of overhead utilities , as shown on Attachment A. On motion ofCouncil Mbr. Smith , seconded by Mayor Settle , and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members.Smith, Williams, Mayor Settle NOES: VidecMayor Romero ABSENT: Council Member Roalman Mayor Allen Settle ATTEST: Actin�CityXlerX_Kim Condon AIN / i' •. F J R -8471 f 1 Revised Priority List Attachment A District 12: OsoslJennifer Street from George Street to the northwesterly boundary of the railroad square city parking lot. District 13: (Formerly #12) Santa Rosa from Montalban to Boysen, Foothill Boulevard from Santa Rosa to Broad District 14 (Formerly # 13) Monterey Street from Santa Rosa Street to Freeway 101. District 15 (Formerly # 14) Broad Street from Marsh Street to South Street. District 16 (Formerly #15) California Boulevard from San Luis Drive to Freeway 101 District 17 (Formerly #16) Area bounded by Santa Rosa Street, Marsh Street, California Boulevard and Monterey Street District 18: (Formerly #17) Grand Avenue from Monterey to Slack RESOLUTION NO. 8470 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF ACCEPTANCE OF A GIFT DEED FROM FELTON A. FERRINI FOR AN APPROXIMATELY FOUR ACRE OPEN SPACE PARCEL (PARCEL 4 OF MAP SLO 94 -072) AND AUTHORIZATION TO EXECUTE NECESSARY DOCUMENTS WHEREAS, on October 26, 1995, Felton Ferrini tendered to the City of San Luis Obispo a gift deed (Exhibit A attached hereto) of an approximately four acre parcel adjacent to Highway 1 (Parcel 4 of Parcel Map SLO 94- 072), which was excluded from the original Ferrini Ranch Open Space Easement; and WHEREAS, the four acres, combined with the 136 acres previously dedicated to the City in fee as a part of the Rosemont Project, will complete the City's Open Space acquisition in this area; and WHEREAS, the conveyance -of this parcel to the City for open space purposes is not a project for the purposes of the California Environmental Quality Act because it will not have an effect on the environment; and WHEREAS, the San Luis Obispo Planning Commission has determined that this conveyance is in conformance with the City's General Plan, Land Use Element and Open Space Element, pursuant to Government Code § 65402. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo does hereby accept Mr. Fer- rini's generous gift deed as set forth in the attached "Exhibit A," and hereby authorizes the City Administrative Officer and the City Attorney to execute all necessary documents to affect recordation prior to December 31, 1995. Upon motion of Vice Mayor Romero , seconded by Council Member Smith , and on the following roll call vote: Ayes: Council Members Romero, Smith, Williams and Mayor Settle Noes: None Absent: Council Member Roalman the foregoing Resoli0ion was adopted this day of November, 1995. /% AT T: j Kim q6ndon,/AcCing City Clerk Mayor Allen Settle Attachment 1 1 =1 P - RA7n C Resolution No. 8470 (1995 Series) Page Two APPROVED AS TO FORM: MIQ Flv I 1 -2 I�) C RESOLUTION NO. 8469 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO GRANTING APPROVAL OF MINOR SUBDIVISION NO. 117 -95 (COUNTY FILE 95 -087), DIVIDING ONE LOT INTO TWO WITH EXCEPTIONS TO LOT AIDTB, DEPTH, AND AREA, AT 1236 GEORGE AND 1243 IRIS STREETS BE IT.RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Findings. That this council,, after consideration of the tentative map of MS 117 -95 and staff recommendations, and reports thereof, makes the following findings: 1. The design of the tentative map and proposed improvements are consistent with the general plan, because they implement Medium - Density Residential policies of the Land Use Element. 2. The site is physically suited for the type and density of development allowed in the Medium- Density Residential (R -2) zone. 3. The design of the subdivision and the proposed improvements are not likely to cause serious health problems, substantial environmental damage or substantially and unavoidably injure fish or wildlife or their habitat, because the site will remain unchanged and there will be no change to density or intensity of use as a result of the subdivision. 4. The design of-the subdivision or the type of improvement will not conflict with easements for access through, or use of property within, the proposed subdivision, because there are no recorded easements. 5. An initial study of environmental impacts was prepared by the Community Development Department on September 27, 1995, that describes significant environmental impacts associated with project development. The Community Development Director has reviewed the environmental initial study and filed a Negative Declaration of environmental impact, with mitigation. The initial study concludes that the project will not have a significant adverse impact on the environment, subject to the mitigation measures being incorporated into the project, and the City Council hereby adopts the Negative Declaration and finds that it reflects the independent judgement of the City Council. R 8469 Resolution no. 8469 (1995 Series) MS•117 -95 (County # 95 -087) 1236 George Street Page 2 6. The property to be divided is of such a size and shape, that it is impossible and undesirable, in the particular case, to conform to the strict application of the subdivision and zoning regulations because 1) no subdivision of the site is possible without some exception; and 2.) creation of two small lots with small homes will increase the number of small homes available for sale in the city, while not decreasing significantly the rental opportunities. 7. The cost to the subdivider of strict or literal compliance with the subdivision and zoning regulations is not the sole reason for granting exceptions to lot width and depth-to- width standards, but rather the primary reason for granting the exceptions is the city's interest.in providing opportunities for citizens to own modest homes. 8. The lot width, depth, and area exceptions will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, and welfare, or be injurious to other- properties in the vicinity, because the proposed lots will be similar to many others in the Vicinity, which have been developed similarly, and are therefore consistent with neighborhood patterns. 9. Granting exceptions to lot width, depth, and area standards is in accord with the intent and purposes of the subdivision regulations, and is consistent- with the general plan and all other plans of the city, because it allows continuation of a neighborhood development pattern and is consistent with general plan policies for the Medium- Density Residential zone. SECTION 2. Conditions. The approval of the tentative map for MS 117 -95 is subject to the following conditions: 1. The subdivider shall submit a final map to the City for review, approval and recordation. The map shall be prepared by, or under the supervision of, a registered civil engineer or licensed land surveyor. The final map shall be prepared in accordance with the Subdivision Map Act:and Subdivision Regulations. 2. All .boundary monuments, lot corners and centerline intersections, BC's, EC's, etc., shall be tied to the City's control network. At least two control points shall be used and a tabulation of the coordinates shall be submitted with the final parcel map. A 5 -1/4" diameter computer floppy disk, containing the appropriate data for use in autocad for Geographic Information system (GIS) purposes, is also required to be submitted to the City Engineer. Any Resolution no. 8469 (1995 Series) MS.117 -95 (County # 95 -087) 1236 George Street Page 3 exception to this requirement must be approved by the City Engineer. 3. The subdivider shall provide individual electrical, cable television, and natural gas services and metering for each lot to the approval of affected public utility agencies and the City Engineer. 4. The subdivider shall provide separate sewer and water service to each lot. Easements will be required for drainage, sewer lateral connections, water services and any other utilities that are located on the proposed adjacent lot. 5. Street trees shall be planted on each lot, to the satisfaction of the City Arborist. Credit may be granted for existing trees. 6. Plans shall be revised to provide a minimum of 3,630 square feet on each lot, while maintaining at least five feet side and rear yards for existing buildings. Final lot design shall be to the approval of the Community Development Director. On motion of Council Mbr. Romero seconded by Council Mbr. Smith the following roll call vote: . and on AYES: Council Members Romero, Smith, Williams, Roalman and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was passed and adop ed this 7th day of November , 1995. —� Mayo Allen Settle ATTEST: Acting City' Clerk, Kim Condon APPROVED: -2 1 X IJI AJ i At rn �J Resolution No.8468(1995 Series). RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO _ ADOPTING A TRANSITION PLAN FOR THE REMOVAL OF BARRIERS TO ACCESS TO CITY FACILITIES AS REQUIRED BY THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. WHEREAS, the Federal Government has adopted the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA); and WHEREAS, the ADA requires every governmental agency to prepare a Transition Plan, .o. WHEREAS, the City of San Luis has prepared an analysis of barriers to access City facilities; and WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo has identified methods for removal of those barriers; and WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo has prepared an implementation schedule for removal of such barriers; and WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo has designated the Chief Administrative Officer as the official responsible for implementation of its Transition Plan; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo to hereby adopt the Transition Plan, attached as Exhibit 1, and commits to insure a community accessible to all its citizens including the disabled. Upon motion of Council Mbr. coalman ., seconded by Council Mbr. Williams and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Roalman, Williams, Smith, Romero and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this 7th day of Nn,,_ .1995. R RZ,AR �C t in ATTRCT- APPROVED: 1: \ada0795.mem �J MAYOR ALLEN SETTLE EXHIBIT 1 CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990 TRANSITION PLAN The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) sets extensive standards and requirement for the accessibility of public and private facilities and programs. In addition the ADA prohibits discrimination against disabled persons. Title 11 of the Act requires .public entities to make their services, programs, and activities "readily available to and usable by individuals with disabilities ". This part of the Act does not require that all facilities be made accessible; public entities may relocate services to accessible sites or remove architectural barriers to current facilities. On the basis of the regulations the Public entity must prepare a Transition Plan that: 1. Identifies physical barriers in the public entity's facilities that limit the accessibility of its programs or activities to individuals with disabilities; 2. Describes in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible; 3. Specifies the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve compliance; and 4. Indicates the official responsible for implementation of the plan. Attached, as Attachment 2, is a listing of those items, which if eliminated would provide three categories of access to City provided services. The three categories of access barriers are determined to be: a) barriers to buildings; b) barriers to services within buildings; and c) barriers to restroom facilities within buildings. Each of the barriers within each of the categories is listed with a specific method by which the barrier will be removed. It is also noted that removal of the barrier may not be necessary should the building become vacant or the service relocated to a facility fully ADA accessible. Attached, as Attachment 1, is an implementation schedule of the modifications described in Exhibit B. The schedule recognizes the importance of the public's ability to modify priorities within that schedule, as well as the City's ability to fund those priorities. The City Official responsible for the implementation of the plan will be the City Administrative Officer or his designee. • 4! S -Sufve�y U cost equited, my I"LL: .99t1 PALM -STREJEI, MA JiPJVRSTOIVIIC NJO,-A Raise &N;, Arail to cuirbilt A-15kwinolianco ieiiht- 7 'A' 'b' 4 'A 'Nt 2 cxterror stij, t- inain palm sl-,e • 4! S -Sufve�y U cost equited, my I"LL: .99t1 PALM -STREJEI, MA JiPJVRSTOIVIIC NJO,-A Raise &N;, Arail to cuirbilt A-15kwinolianco ieiiht- 7 'A' Provide . 2 ipdh wide tor-stripe.bf v.6 �Rdica 6f cxterror stij, t- inain palm sl-,e 6-IA6ac,d,f stairway to - main 'St. e, Upperlevel', At Provi, e —additional Kendra l' ()r-ml6cm existing h' 'd intermediate fig, "Ah—rail to ptqvj'de ifitermod provide. -handraW,e&dnsio . ns handrail, 0 and 6ott6na,, 6kAacirway, , 1 raise- 454k idk e hafid t(JAbN �� �� .. mdiinring height A vi j t 2 -wor at afltread& of or.$tripe- of contrasting ras of Wt qo� std. ay, Oso Street 'cnt, ca. -S (�-Z-Md,f A Pro.'�idelhifidraif'c I an itc-11 ' ns, d,,Tai.$e fiar(dra'i)46 ADA h4i6fit" • to Osi)$"St0,dt entr ore 64A.1- A -Replace indicator t d stripe Wib-,Z-inch:%�i,e --sffi e" at "alt treadg'ofstaiifway, ,]ay 0 Shelter. • so-s Street to 17A Provide signs and a directory -df;8mujtar entry _y• facilities-. 18-LA, j,8--JB B tbuildin"g'e�.tmn. , f king ot a4ja�ent: -City Qe, rom par -"tb' Attorney s office: Vovide,1/211: tn66huru height threshold, additional exterior landing, tan ;pg, . d d area, and 24!1, strike -edge deatance. Alter ,door clok.riafinteriord 'I - , 1 00T, I -1 of airlock ;to provide 5 Ibs:> ull, all Pm IN 18-4A-1,18-4A4e A At, entrance ,ftont . parking lot adjacent tofptspnnel, offices, provide I I I th--eshold'With 1/1" max. height and door dos which do"not euded closures, fes afloyved,pull fbm6,•"Closure modiftcaiiOn aNO required acihterjor, airlock -door Re'rh6v holo, c Open device attacheO,to-'bortorm.ly,.of c #ALU,090 PALM STREJ Tll RRIERSIOSO IRVIO Wi6rOy". 2) - 14 14 1A, 14-2A -1A Replace dr-inking,fO"taiiis ,vin;ihafiii,;hallway -- '11&e and/ Tipper p - eonstruet, alcove or, wing walls as requited. ' 14-3A B nx Replace d 'W'P9 'Street NA"shelter . ]4 SA Adjust ino"ting, . at drinking heighl, an4: i XP-7 fountairf, in I pg, �4Y nt,30,40,wet lbvbj "Men, S'.P !et;rP-9T-] 184A,4c A-� provide jd6dr 010ser with required pull f0rM,at, entrance door to cqnferen ne cts J'S 184A-4,184B]t 18 19-9131 A-. At entrance doors -'"from ..main' .b 'allw as6inel De i -9A povk 0 40&,4oser! wit h regkitred pull f6ft 100 "t Space. at"0from of A � P 6 IT ' 7 , �77 18 4A2 Pr TR entrance door 41" co Ahb)g-a�cmcl' frPshol, *',ppbuc R fittatme lobby a W, �4, ?f Y, Y, r_v L. affty, Von, Raqu r6 Y nil ER, 1815A4, A 11dy�, provide At'61ilradee W:,1C6uqciVC,�affi&t9 from lfiiajb;6i 15 18- B3 V h6'vc d 51 C 10 bf !kei64irwid" ica4, to Icar, 'ace',' r sp on doors. :1 4, A-I , ��blldj b. 0. from a ;Av I— 1-� - Codincil AtWnbcr�,"prowh py, dg6r d o�c pdlatc!44' .4,pl* 4j -,u -Mdd 6 t` door,'' braikard, and *$944 err -'surface, at,, 0 to�t p 9T1 —ini j8-'2QA4 A , id- office rom main, rom e Ball, provide 18-20132 complying modular : provide d fUr vo:.,spac at wing sit e°af door 7 18-11-A4 "A. At door b.'Ob'�w"eca' -71 ....... Office,, install W�cr t -,YS�MAA in latch" g 10,1 ME _4h RA 18 23A2,.18 At wqf6norentr:y,-.db, -s at ower'lovet:Nlffi-St, ritranot, modify double' �N 131 M -, .". -I, -doo�, asse , rnbly-.Ib'plroviide, 3T,4�16a:r opening ja "a d cl- complying Om oseri ".,,,n p 21- -21-1A6 �ff public At, primafy stakway b6twe'en floors, pro.wd6,'ijidica'to'r.st:ttr)e,'a't e" J, treat nosing and drailiIextein A1t&i'6ndiaj height g -29-fiD2 B Provide_ a rec4fip.n,desk )work 1,rp -4s accessible AisA4 at to the M-i cl:�Sp n 3d--1-D1a,b.jC` B Install art ih4t 'de: si age -1" a system t eas W -,xi�ccive 29 6D2 B 'rov) N�6vk aiea,that. is accessible' ti&'tne,u6bled-at Provide a reception ,desk Cce 31-1D4b,c .B Jns6li,ah, issis&d.riigeninglsyit age, noti that p-gri t I r -sy e a eaSt'.�, Tecelve S. 1,8-1t32b -A At door froni, r .pain-,,eAtT.y.,.to-to.hall:,acce"ssing,%Bpilding Conference" Rfo mmove divider on �de-of`dob .0'. 1 si r • cle�ar 18 ;&]Me, 18- B At hall entry - door ilito.,C,'it-Y'Attorbqy,..teteptibn*-desk, Adjuft,door - closer oor -46s 1$1, 18-1iE2a an ljg f(5._ max1ri oth: per�j* to rpqof51'1b1-9.' -"nr�ft Pro uninterrupted kick b'( 'h',SidC.6f"thc-dp4qr, plate �on the P Us an provide ear ,tca, o4.,thc.sNqn# side 6it y �r 60V 164VC,1, 6(thp do 1' ' i)arrOgjnj;,,Oe,Of13c`e`. fgrnitur I-- -2A2 413- All ...... kr -door in ionfore tide' roomi replace, stingdobt v4th, a'�neW unit& it 2,Mb will. install jort hardware, att -29-4D2 29-4133: pr 14" eptlidrl� desk ountEf-.area , that is acCe�ss`lbie to.,"t, 0 '&gabl L -- in Fin" pubn ax-ec 9;4 V �`. , r, • r 1. 1 , C. Y 1 5.nrv6y Cost m.. # Category . ;," Action 13egurred ..' Cli`<' FIALL, 990'Pe1l d1 SI ~ 13ARitiRS Tn'R1 STR(II*4S'fl?rrorrty3) ". 4lpstarr3: Men's fRPsOpifi ` 25 -1A6 , 254A7,. C Af vcstibule and'd6o -r between, main hall and "men s rest oom at upper Z =1A8 floor, "after'coristrittition tti- g[ovide reQuried.cicat spacc,atstrik'e:edge" . cif:..cl'gor and minfmurrr width entry torridor,„ , 25.1133,,25 -IB5, A Insulate traps at lavatory., adjust hei& of dispensers: 25 -1Cat 25 -105 D Eliminate aRq aatl rec6nEgure- toilet cowPartme;nt partitions t0 provide one accessible stall -,with all required dimensions. Upstairs �om'en s Res4room ' 25-2m,:25-2A7-11 C At vestibctle and ;door between main half and,!omen's restroom ",at 25 -2A8' 'upper floor, alter "constructiomto provide required clear space at strike edge 'of door -and rninimurri , width at entry:eorrrdor. 25 -2131; 25 -262 A Remove;the radiant heater and relocate the, napkin' dispenser to. an -. � ' � unobstrutiri locatlrin. 25.-2B3a,g B Lower height of sink to a.maxrmum of 34 .above floor, wrap exposed - hot'water pipes: 25-20- 25 -2C4, D , Eliminate existing toilet stalls, and'teconfigure hew 'stalls to rneet 4cces6: 257205 compliance. 25 -2135, 25 -2135, A ,.Move all dispensers and mirror so that they are located a maximum of 25 -209, 25 -2C4 40 ".above ti bownstarrs 3vfen's testroom 25 =3A5c A ,.Adjust door closer to proper sweep time to erti 'do yor: 25.3A6b C Alter entry, door placement and entry corridor to allow for 18" strike ." edge_ clearance on'swrn side gf door. 25 -3B5 •A Lower paper. towel" dispenser to a maximum of 40" above floor to operating lever. 25 -3136 B" - Rem„ove- and'replae; urinal; with ope that has•,a bowl that exfend "s "at - `least.14" frodi -wall. 25 -3C4, 25 -3C5, D Eliminate existing toilet stall and meonfigure-new stal'- to meet access 25-307 compliance. . Downstairs Woman s 1€estroorn• 25 =4A55e fA 'Adjust door closer• to.propq sweep time., remove doo'rhold open . . device from Vottooin 10" :25 =4A6a; C 'A or, ,dom opening; vestlbuIe: area to provide proper lari5b ciearat ces ZS -4A71i and 60" land- clearance.- ' h r,' r� h r,' d 1 i fN _ r: 1 • r r r •Y . � 1 si f� f r s }. Y Y, n. # CateE4iY ` ._ A^tion R e l'ar d CHVIC CENPER, $$8 P40 H ;RC) ST. " #SA•RHiHEHtb 7U Hl[JiG13i1VfA ACCc fH'ciQrttY i� =' lAa,f,glt . A Provide •et�mpty;in handzarla,'to upstars`EnLrvramp wlECe handy $o . not mjw exist 15 -tA3 _A. provi`dd a Wj] .mc control "on the telophont by main fiont entry..,L 1041; lA- A, Raise c0enor landing oNoqrway !n6,m upstairs entry ramp s4 that Ar 3aad 1/2" mairimvm th'reShoFil.rs rocrdCd. Adfust:' oor closer so 1. awcep of 3 seconds minimum is provided wfier% door is opened t6`70 -degrees. _- 1$18} A At upstairs entry •ratnp doorw. reme?'vc hold qpc n d "ey ce attached to , battdm T114 of door; 18 -3826 4 At upstairs entry ramp doorway remove portion of guardrail blocking 1.24 *4,0gc:clean ncc GH1!HC CEA]HHsR, $$R; }�HORHU 53�� :l3ARRI�RS TQ.$GHtYiGES'(PriontY?i .. , 15-BT, 2 - A Remount telephiirie.so that Fthe cgin slot.is no higher 54 than above .. .. ,. grade and• a clearance of 27" `is pioGided beAeat'h enclosure. J& ,4A40 : A' At upstairs corridor' do¢r aujust door: closer so that a sweep - sdconds fninunum is Provided when door is opened tor70 degrees: - - L � 1 si f� f r s }. Y Y, n. guivey V ax-pon P�90 Category -CIT T/CC)UYI`Y LLBR�+RY99s PAW'st AR IC S a U-40(mvs (Pii '72 4; is,rcso6hsibl� fdr i dd a Tie County roa-m- "Ggo;vqq OOR D FL 251A5c c A' AL -4 i 'en' S "i6q'in, 'd i b6ttor� fo"or_ adj�, ar sweep , io that i . Opufe4jr of 3, seconds iniMmunlAg fprovihd, iY'h6lf&OHS.- % 71 5- wasjc,� %I to 7t1 degr °es 2 1133a A, In men --dutid-flopr d gi restroga wrap' Watd, Una a atories", lj 5436 In,m6i'9'gro,u�d,fioor rCrS too replace -frQ,!n :Walt with 194 IS t'- q 4 14 "iroin w4' . 2i­1P7 A In men's 'ground O"66r fire ,alarm ,. ZS -105 B nnwn't ground floor rest room png eAs6 disabled t oilet stall width -58" '60" - A� 25- 1cf Ih nf6fi's, iround'ho4r. s6at,height:to-a tnib, urh"o IT 60ve-floor,; - 5-:kC-10d �r'dbnd fl�qr.regQ,6ojn.repo.siuon si, e grab 2 In, men's d bar. go that: the h. S GRQUL I) FLOOR REST RO 25- -.3cie A 1-n,7wqpeg'S grou'nd adjust-:door..c6ee.-sp that t a,sweep-. W66 frota -a position, 0% 70' d*c 6. of 5-'S.ewonds�'nflniinu'm/ig &.0k, Reinom door ho j , open devacc from b ottoin. iW of kick plitp_= 25-2B3 9- 25-287 A In women's l gr o u*oc� visual fire . alarm 7 ' O'M,5A1 ll to Increase, �s(t' .20 , 25-2C6 'A . lrl&iasd'itO t W',aboyg: fibbir. e seat eig t t _25-2C-10d• A , In women's ground: iloorrestcooni'roposttaon, s de ')&b " bar, SID, 1711e;,front. I Pad is c. V •UBLIC WORKS, 955 MORRO. ST-., : 'BAR WWRS To, BUIL ACCESS wrwity w 17 A Vrovi& it .eiifr'y s!�.iis apd'a: Oirect6ry-.6f sanit. fadftks. acc6ssibl IS- 4v cWOW'Y'95 2). fmwal'6 �h" "'that at least 411 -6c, A Provide dri�.king: bubbler 4 stie' J4-1.A % i b h" 29 4b Provid&. a i acc ss : i at 1 66 1 T-p 'Oii65' desk 'that ;has a work slt r face located 34" ­Ab6p flo Oi ,Aid: propel.- >n space e at, 1 11 Ll • I •F ID 4- c ory ry R `05t� �VJO. MORRO (h Pum OgS; K $T.,, k STR i6pit*.3, F5 -JAlj _75-1A4,., V 25-2k4 ef clear: -opcming, 'h6r- ghv. of 8Q" ,�a. a" d-; o:u7, tmurfi thtabohl. . I height of M slope ; -, ,prop 252A54 , x A At, n' resiroUiit entry ddor "sell closer i 0 5do -.Cost ID 4- c ory ry R `05t� �VJO. MORRO (h Pum OgS; K $T.,, k STR i6pit*.3, F5 -JAlj _75-1A4,., At men 's"dwomen" &Jt strb(Ym' entry ;doors, ,'replace existing door Ort' 25-2k4 ef clear: -opcming, 'h6r- ghv. of 8Q" ,�a. a" d-; o:u7, tmurfi thtabohl. . I height of M slope ; -, ,prop 252A54 , x A At, n' resiroUiit entry ddor "sell closer i 0 5do not OX Jck stop sojhaua.110!1.rl' high uninu r ­25-Wa A At men reWrobm c�t,y d( prov)de! h ' �idv of the door 25 1B7;; 2-52K A . InsEall vi kla" ab*, flooe wr b oth inptis an& W 0 me S7_ restrooins. �Cl b Replace staff door latch xn hica's and '}vom6 restrboh- vot h 'a latch tch 25-,20 b that does riot tequ11 a rbtati% pp injo dose and-has anoutgf,,e,-, handle ,for o' .25-IC4a -.25-' A" move Xtur&,an' JS d.,W',',.�;te,pl.ur�bing;sci:'i-Iiit th" toilet centered 48, from t ih%ead of the exgstin 19" 25 1C7, 15 2C7 A Replace tollit:fltish.control 'vMv'e.*i"th one which i operates wos i the wt de sid)6"Of the ce#q 25�1:0'2-5-2C9 A 'di 40" Ai4ffipve mquntift h PPV.er ls�p�p�j� h4f Poor.,, 2-5=2,W A Adjust -mourung height of sanitafy rthpXjn and waste containers to inaxim urti abAve floor. CORPORATION VAto, 25 PgApp ROAD ,_ AAARI Ort Ey A Rro%ride accessibili signs at Priipety building dhtri.es. ?rqvide; accesstbia)dernific5t ;on:s!gnq'-At §O:,Mtb p6ma ffient identiRcAtiqn. 0 N YARW-25 PR BARRTRS ," 'PAtArC 06�r 7 11-1 ��S I -( _) ;l I w -14-2A3; B An main fiaHwayig h I nj "ggdtlt to 32" cTe0c,"t" coy-c; from the existing 307112"% .18-.Llk4d 18- A Adjust door'closersid-meet APA requirements O, for sw eep tune and .2A4d, 18 -4A4d, opening fo pe fee Wd; 18-7A4d, 1840M 18-11133iD B oil co nAtence room Zentry )dqOr do proper -At ruke 64-6 dlear4nce of li on the push side of doorby redvcm on ^sSrlge 9$& of latch 1940.3 A ycogli ot In rogin'�Otr OpYll 4 fire iclivgfion positioned 14K,l` p ADWj etne t L 11 sf' • I $>yivey - " ° � Iii •�• •Category Actrop R�ttired n CU4R ORATION YARI)' 25 PIMP RUAD, -. iARRIERS Tb;SER 'IC S (Fh ''I 2 2� =1F3 A ]a sdminisf�ation- rceeptiori tifficc� install visual fire alarm 29 2P3 A In conference 'room ,A install visual. fire alarm.;,_ . CORPORATION YARD, 15TRADO ROAD. - BARRIERS TO,RES'FROO4IS (Priority-1) " MEN'S RES'I'ROOM 25 -1A5c . A Adjust entry door closer to-meci the sweep t mle o 3 seconds. , 25 1B3cd,e,f A Upgrade existing, a'cessible Sink with} acceptable, clearance from, floor., and hand activated conttol, -. 25-184,25 -1135 A. Lover :mirrors, taWdIs, -and waste c-ontamers toJa maximum of 40" above The floor: 25187. :. A _. Install visual Fire alarm within res[rodm' 25 -10" A Provide stall door handles oq both sides of acc "essible toilet stall. door., W6MEN'S RESTRO6'M 25 2A1;25 -2A5c ' A Dn restco4rri entry door, install disabled access" :•sign and adjust door closer 16r minimum 3 second door sweep. - 25- 283f,g; A Install hand ag' vated,fauce( controls ;on disabledl access,aink and "wrap . waste aqd hot vyater lines. ' 25 =284,25 -2B5 A Lower mirrors, tow,•el draper stirs, antlsanrtar napkin dispensers tq maximum of 40" above " the "floor. ' 25 =2B7 A Install visual fire alarm within /restroom 25 -2C1 . A Provide stall door handle oh;both srtles Qfcaccesstbie t6ileLsta"11 door. 25 -2C4a A Move accessible toilet so that it iii cenfered,l8'•':from side walla - "PAUL STREET PARKING STRUCTURE:-.BARRIERS T O.SER14 (PrIi0eity 2) ---- 1 -IA1; 1 -jA1Aa A _ „•, .,kesti_ipC staltt to. provide an addidonaL 2 Hrsabl d_parkrctg- sta5ls.for a . iota) of 9 disabled stalls, two stalls shall be.designated as "Van 'Accessible” with Proper signageand'8'' loac'ingzone. 15- 1:53,15 -1ASA; 15 -113, 15 -1C1 A At Palm .St. public;telephorie install,a volume.contrel "and TDD= device. Remount telephone with the com, slot "at the proper height 48" for frogial approach.. MARSH STREET PARKING STRUCTURE - BARRIERS TO SERVICES (Priority 2) 1 -1A2, 1 -1A10a A." Restripe parkin g stalls to provide an additional 4 disabled parking stalls for a to[al of 7 stalls, line stall shall be` designated as "Van . Accessible" with groper signage and 8' unleadng fiAtie. . ' V� fi 4urvfy Cosf 7 77 "Category. Astign �iq MARSH STREET PkkKING`STRUCf`V'R'E-' A',4jR'-,RIER$ T_q"§E6ICt,-'! �.W WM4 -2) 23-WLa,23-- A. At elevate- %'itbin Oaekjng'structure, provilk audibiz! warning devices 1Al2, 23-: A that soundonce for 6; up direction and twice -f6r'd%%*:provide raised -IA13A- floor indicators, provide'2" tall grade B- br'ailie,,O-hoill door jambs,+ provide illumirfated,tiVrnerals as the 'car passes lsr:ar I ilves at each floor.. - NIARSH STREET -PARKING STRUCTURE - STAOq�O­ft-ioefty. 3 _�AkWRS'TOAII�, A Provide, a 12" access "symbol atIlie.office re9troom. -FOLAM DEPARTMENT, 1042 WALNUT ST. BXRPIERS'TO RUILIYING_,A'(Gt5S.(PA6rAt� y. 5-I4.21 5-IA7c, B At main entrance, iffai-casc existing ramp.width to.,49' pr6yrideI 7­2" " ., $ -j 49h - I .. . intermediate landing; extend handrails top '-and -' bottom,. 5-2A(,_5 _,5-2A7a; 'T B At downstair� hall, enti Y,on west end,,, peovi& i,fiqel gjuides-d.n., 4;kry 5-2.A9 alb ramp, enlarge landing I io at , I Q cast 78'� 41 kng-t1%, incas)fr� fr6m.-:;door " in' closed pQsiIJqn, 'pToviq§.qomplyizig handrails on holjt sidp s,.bf ramp, 513A7a 5 -30 B. At front entry ramp, provide akQ`9601' top landing, handrails to 65lh'sle�. ramp: 7 &IAObjd A, front en W ..try stafts, pro", q proper txterisfbns%kboth- t6b and b6t(6m 'of handrails., 1S A2, 45 -IA3, A At publitreele 4011e ' by .front f P roht ehtr', br-dvidt.29" cord 'length, ,Y0 Iumd- control and TDD accomm6dation,.` 16%y,6r pho#dP.enddsu -F t 10'a 15--1C2,15-IC4 M. axim om of 271. .1573A3, i5-3A5, A At red phone by front th p:iovide a volume �,ce`he- rbh) 'an- d T D 15-3C4, accommodation. Lower phone enclosure k h6to�amaxmpm* o . , 17-1 A , Second floor ProvideZaccessible,mitry signs An p6tnan sign s i and, spaces. identifying roqr� POLICE DEFARTMEIN4, 1042 WALNUT ­St.'­- BARRIERS TO SERVICES (Priority 2) 171-1 A First Floor.'- Pro ­vide accessible entry signs and permanent si gias identifying rooms and tpapes.,, 15-2A2 15-2A,3- A, At public telephone -within lobby; provide 29!'c6i'.dlcngth,�vdIprne, 15-2A51 15-2I821- control, and TOD accommodation. Lower Pbl*g-Cnictowre'.. hiaigh t,to a, - 15­2C21 15-2.C4 -maximum of 27". 18- B At door into operations hall r6place' existi d 0 a ing with heth C 86AA� 18- provides 32" cleat' eping, install lever -type hird*ez Alt 9p Alter existing L187,86A2, 8692b, opening to provide tfike edge ddarifi6e, chok',possible. reversing 9 of door swing. 41 A N. Y.. A J., X17. 14 Survgy Cost rz­U T S!iEEZ 1- -Pot-Aa.DJETAXT ME i42 N� It NT Wit A < At dor fr1lo i., 6se , to" §, ddor, closer st than qb 18 92A4 A.' r 111, to f1m, rW At ddo' w IMO&w,204 Install 18-93A4b At door into irv!p ro�p 2(t3 install levi r type ­�ard, 6'QI If J EPARTNIENt, 1042 W N&fst'r- BA to, 25-1,Bf, 254.B51 ' A" Af- lobby .11 r. lower 01 c -tow 26-1R7 27-ICS6 dispenser to 4W: rnax.-.abot floor r6v ide, a W'ItWn p r6b" replace -rear r4br tnilbt,with�' fi I FIRE SfAT_ dN. #29 136 N CHPR'�O ST,,-- BARRIERS T-O'-Rutu)j,�. S ACCT CE 54 A I Noide. an p*ktcriot. ramp. ,op 10 a jIindi 1i Mok rjo mom from doot. 17, 1S4A3;45-1A5,-- A - ALeftergency.,phone dea one wi 15-lBl; 15-02 volume cbmi-61: wi d T od an 48 �igh is forward h or 5-4 too cont slot; id d apprG4 r�q I aire I i side I approich is, possible 16-1-M A Elitnisiatel drop' off hamrdv here chafig6s.,Irr'kveL'eiceed,4".a,t front, entry. by either -pfovidi 6"- 1 b' Irls I :�VAtn!ng -59t W inO guard tail. 17-1 A Provide accessible qi�try�4g�s-and- -allf 0 s; pqrm 1x(sig*Jdenti(*rvO in$ �g and spaces. I8 -IA1, 18-: A At front ,d6or,Ansral I a lan'dinj thacrcduccs vertical ifirdshoid. LA4 clang o a rn.,�ffipm of 2", Pfowde"16vbr�" t hardware and adjust the door closer Ap�a mini U s s,�,e f e. , _m _m­of 3 second," ,,Pp 13 N ridrity,3) P" STATION CH M4 -18)� '(P P ;FP.S.T'O, 7_5-1A1,1 25-,Wi At' ,416oraaeskihgiestro6m. froiri-oi, provide td'IZ: door symbol T,601-ac'e �196f, a mbly, with it Ih unit t at .3 hat it i� gi�atj�d ce. "441' abovqjloor,, adjust ; or.,44loscr to'a seconds sweep minimum tune. 2�4B! D r6 am, of, 44" -rni niin urn 'ut,"resiroOm., 2-5- - 1B3 A _PjWQVW6 a_ sank with proper laide rgpice beneath, wrap; hot water and drain Pml! install accessible L!c6t to ntEoj's. 25-05, A Lowir towel.dispe6ser.s_-,4n srm,la> LXtUr eSW a dia)d it um of 49! 4b—ov& A Rejlace'ufinal, With an , a , ccessible.jjnjt mt 01i ntddr n6,mrore than'17 above Boor thdt fftu Or Ik! from wall, . X �g 4 Y� 7 I i Ca FI'"STATI'()!%f#j,b6`N Cliaklio BAR1� 101-8j,'O o,ri*. 25.1 C Provide ana6cessiblci&W and stab ."Ti ing access mad ,require. All TeMON41: 64"1 toileC-W- reworking of stab vpi thdhif"dtibiri� df giablbirs - or oglit r -ciiio4il)v&k UlObp required J � prq de i0fficicnf an c " -bi FIRESTAT,fON,.,#3,l180 u To Kq� P 1% A FroAde a. volume cqfi't;T'bl indTD61device 6r 15--LASA5,IBI ou ej,y the f ront'do& Lowor phone 16 tae appropriate ac&iijbk� i 15 1$2 15--lC1 -whethO act'" "i athi" _d-b'.al�j& g. oig rmperiquij,46 . - 'Y' �§ - c�S'. 5 eVe Y� 7 Ca FI'"STATI'()!%f#j,b6`N Cliaklio BAR1� 101-8j,'O o,ri*. 25.1 C Provide ana6cessiblci&W and stab ."Ti ing access mad ,require. TeMON41: 64"1 toileC-W- reworking of stab vpi thdhif"dtibiri� df giablbirs - or oglit r -ciiio4il)v&k UlObp required J � prq de i0fficicnf an c " -bi FIRESTAT,fON,.,#3,l180 u To Kq� P 15-W, 154A4, A FroAde a. volume cqfi't;T'bl indTD61device 6r 15--LASA5,IBI ou ej,y the f ront'do& Lowor phone 16 tae appropriate ac&iijbk� i 15 1$2 15--lC1 -whethO act'" "i athi" _d-b'.al�j& g. oig rmperiquij,46 . - 'Y' �§ - c�S'. 5 eVe a&..Or' ad preach..: appro- entry .signs and ifiqn6nt'sjgns, r en f f inKOO w-S, At front yide,alcveif, lAn difig:w'lheI Affi " h e" *h t `th threshold ' ` �doof,lpt6 access Chaigb4 hddoor hadware'to lev ef, ic i o r ty pe Which requires a siil'Oe. act ion, p.,disengage ' 'Utcha. - IRE JTiATION #3, S-xpri:ority,4)( 18-2DI, 18, A,' At. 'slidin 'g door into rest,roo.'rri, area, provide, clear floor area for access 1&2D,3 1Dto _ l d6oi by movipt, desk or any other that M -(in'-: a.eqess area. 264-Al,.`16-IAA' ,. ill At door 'accessing .'r-est,'r'o,o'm',- psoMe new -door that-iiieets aects gibpky' i,," 26-IA4p 26- standards;. Installation in accessible dkir'should'be toi '�wcff coordinated,; IASb,26­ with rumoderi4g efforts to provide accessibility- . with", the. _cxpstroom, - 'l IA6a,b', 26 !A8 26-1131,-26-11132, Provide proKf, clearanOesvOthin the tesrr66& lo allow a'60",diiidi6tbr 25-Mb,c dj,g turning area. Trovide a new sink,wit h - proper. oer access arid kned. soace .1 1 c-leasaneesl' accqq;pke,,!;gntrols,,in atedlotNwaL & dF4iiipge piping: 54,267195 9 Lower mirrors, toikol disp6jiser, and other__ atures v4tk 910M to 4W m ftiniiiii1a, py;,thieho� or, 26 7C I3 Provide 4"as io.i6j 'Withififestroom, ',Access, to toilet along With, other klmuiFpA will require extensive leffi o4 I 01 Pe `Aroo M- FIRE STATION #4. 1395 'NN ACCESS CC (non l):: 1111 15 --IA3; 15T1A5 A - At volume a uc6liirtio03tk ons A Where gate 'Obstiuc0 accessible wa)kwayi provide , anaccessib pte Which iicju des !6vdi4& action 601 ltyellar4inp )n car i d 6 2, arid, A"' cli "p*eto­Pqsfi sil "'gate. 17-1 'A P Yovi e AccossiW_e n t identifying y 5!9il'ag Terian�'ti si s,ide joom L and §pacqs.. 0 Survq -ID FIRE STxTI #4,-13S,.MADON-N�itgA,D,-BAKKIE M ,}l]U)jNf--ACC V ES$ (P#ork!y 4�1 FIRE STATION #4' -..tAk R' YOMS 1395 MA Ap' 0 ESTR( !'Y 26-3A1, . 2,6-W-,' 14j 26-, Lam" 26-Wt% N�x At rest'room entry do--Or,, provide access -'sign m gn'i. o"-d ocr, replace door as'semi)iwitiuhit th a. wilt pride , ' c 163r opening, install' ever acticihliardWare, lotaic door 'toprovide. st q& c 6 d'gc clearances. 26-IA8 Installation or a�cgssiblc door should be coordinated with remodelin 0WIS to P'Ivviop acc0sibility-'within restroom. 26-1B1, 26-IB2,. 26-IB3, 1) Pio'Ade pKope'relciaiances Within the restr t oom to allow a 6(l:' diameter Providea new-sink With pr'oper*- access and knee space. &2ran'ccs, accessible cantrols,'and insulai6d hoLwater and drainage piping. 26-1B5 14, `.Lowcr, towel 'd1spcnier and other- features within; th6 r6stroom to.401"" ma)dmum above r 26-1C lb - Provide access to.ioilet,within , restroom Access -to toHet, along with ,c C. e :f'e t other features Will rp quy -r xtengft r;emod I "o - f room ' RECREATION I) EPA9TMENT Off.110E, 86Q'-PAC1F1.&')S'rkE&. - NOTE: No protects ,identified; ,.as -now building -is rridur construction and old buildmig,15"lo be, demolished. HISTORICAL VSEIJ �11,DjN ACCESS 496 MONTEREY ST 7 IIARRIE�S' TO�JBU '.�'G, (Priority I),- Providea.ccess; to brjt.h, upper and lower ffo6rs by qonstructing' a new access. point* to low pr floor from Adj.Acdnt pLking -lot. IRISTORIC.AL-MU.S.EUM,690MONTIEOY,ST.-B.A.RRIFRSTOS]EkVFCES. (Priority 2 I "Additional :survey work necessary ito.i4pntifys erviqes, t res riqions. HISTORICAL M.0 $IEUM,.,69,6M.)NTEREY'S*Wl OA!tRitRS. TO` ,U'STR 11D, _y 3) .0'QMS t (Pr; ri Survq -ID FIRE STxTI #4,-13S,.MADON-N�itgA,D,-BAKKIE M ,}l]U)jNf--ACC V ES$ (P#ork!y At main entry doqr, piov.ldc levei'actio - n htr&ifc-md adiuk door -..." FIRE STATION #4' -..tAk R' YOMS 1395 MA Ap' 0 ESTR( !'Y 26-3A1, . 2,6-W-,' 14j 26-, Lam" 26-Wt% D At rest'room entry do--Or,, provide access -'sign m gn'i. o"-d ocr, replace door as'semi)iwitiuhit th a. wilt pride , ' c 163r opening, install' ever acticihliardWare, lotaic door 'toprovide. st q& c 6 d'gc clearances. 26-IA8 Installation or a�cgssiblc door should be coordinated with remodelin 0WIS to P'Ivviop acc0sibility-'within restroom. 26-1B1, 26-IB2,. 26-IB3, 1) Pio'Ade pKope'relciaiances Within the restr t oom to allow a 6(l:' diameter Providea new-sink With pr'oper*- access and knee space. &2ran'ccs, accessible cantrols,'and insulai6d hoLwater and drainage piping. 26-1B5 A: `.Lowcr, towel 'd1spcnier and other- features within; th6 r6stroom to.401"" ma)dmum above r 26-1C lb - Provide access to.ioilet,within , restroom Access -to toHet, along with ,c C. e :f'e t other features Will rp quy -r xtengft r;emod I "o - f room ' RECREATION I) EPA9TMENT Off.110E, 86Q'-PAC1F1.&')S'rkE&. - NOTE: No protects ,identified; ,.as -now building -is rridur construction and old buildmig,15"lo be, demolished. HISTORICAL VSEIJ �11,DjN ACCESS 496 MONTEREY ST 7 IIARRIE�S' TO�JBU '.�'G, (Priority I),- Providea.ccess; to brjt.h, upper and lower ffo6rs by qonstructing' a new access. point* to low pr floor from Adj.Acdnt pLking -lot. IRISTORIC.AL-MU.S.EUM,690MONTIEOY,ST.-B.A.RRIFRSTOS]EkVFCES. (Priority 2 I "Additional :survey work necessary ito.i4pntifys erviqes, t res riqions. HISTORICAL M.0 $IEUM,.,69,6M.)NTEREY'S*Wl OA!tRitRS. TO` ,U'STR 11D, _y 3) .0'QMS t (Pr; ri Provide atc RECREATION CENTER, . 864 SANTA �ROSA - .B�4 TO.Q�t k�,RJNG ACCESS' (Priority. 1) ' 5-2A6, ,6-2A9a,g,h A. At -ramp to gym frOmMill St. sidewalk; prov!&,wheel guides on left; ,side of ramp, replace handrail""Witli otie-,d)at has a 1-1/4" to 1-1112" drameter, amount new ,handr ail -3.4"-38":abov& ramp surface, provide handrail extension of 12" beyond the to P -and,_bbuom of ramp. 17-1A1, I7-1A2, A Provide proper signage directing people tq accessible entries, 17-IA3 identifying accessible- entries, and a'building 1 1 in diroctor indicaji g the accessible sanitary, Wilt d S. ; 17-1BL 17495, 17- 1B6, 17.1B7 - A." 'Provide accessible ide'n'tification s'jgnatz M toorns-and spaces with permipeqt ident1 f can' on Locate tg' ns" en fe r d,6@' proper cha Y. 1 1f GL z. o. MY - 177, `�A 't 'n .R J, CIE ROSA WE" (Pri6ri 4), AA. 14_3A; 1&3AA, A . . . . . 4MIAdl Sk.-Oitty door,• fe VL dAOr' "atttH 'u doer capable cif' W 4'� 55, Y. 1 1f GL z. o. MY - 177, `�A J, CIE ROSA WE" (Pri6ri 4), AA. 14_3A; 1&3AA, A . . . . . 4MIAdl Sk.-Oitty door,• fe VL dAOr' "atttH 'u doer capable cif' 18-3MLMC43 il g* idjj uitsf6cir c18ser to" . e; QVI proper S%!ap m on P, '!96ty -A w that lint r slolSetimist rs, tr plaee hantlrall walit'V&`6, -.bila d L4 At -lobby 466,111 "n 'Pfd04e;r �i that, t�. "We dw., r -PAralfej i6 the"froet at 14-2AUC, side rm driainj f6unWri,�p Jgh 17"49" deep FOO 0 isi d 14 ?A6c knee 4pacCb&tath-'(o.uittain,,. provide -:bkbbler thal-diredts warer''g'- ow 14W, & 'At east sidp.gym, drinkifij f5unwa, pro I" :same r. u iiegents .4. 14 t )C requited is -d for wcst�ue drinking lhi'tt-' t: Id 1S 1A5, A, Atlobby .te ep4oe,,;pro rood A cntrk dory, 7 time an&qdera !j#rr�jf fk" a ' s d fi Vick gia npu push -.49, U entry'door t, o .Inb6fifik io 0 cXoker kq proper sweep ', >' , 18 &B1 r Cjjne' Provide, a sto LIdt 184 A4 A At•Little ;ecers interior entry, -adjust-'&' oQr, closer t to proper closing' 18 IOBI' • force,, provide a 18-11A4e, M At :meeting. room R entry door, ; idj4sf cbser tb i, proper closing ,force; " a sm-iobth,' 6_nin7terr u* d kick plate pu!�Yiido, provid e 12" strike edge c)ear4nce by rjoovtng door .42AAe" A At gyjn4obby pss propef: to c10-sing myce. 13A4 At. f ' h Atrot ergym-lobl' pass ;,t aq'.4�t r 0'pf0vide", .7 18-16A-4c _qI sib g,f i6m pt oxide ii smooth, uniterrupfed kJ ' 18-17)33b, A _At craft- hallway-entry doors, p F& �j 4eJI!, f 000164404! 18-18A2, 18- B -At wexgbl room -stage ebtr3rdoor; replace ;d6ofwith ..',,o re' .hat provides i8B3 >• 32" cleu open in g r p rovide proper landiag'4pace.of W -on either side , P f , V T 7 71 to .r Y Y� t 5 LI / � ,.,� > � -..a ors• YT.F 4;, j ID # Category Action l�e9t�res3 RECREATLON CENTER, 864 S 1'C#SCi E#t�rlC£S fPriofty3) 20 -W . C Provide wheelchair access betvruen the "'weight rgom.- stage. area and the," ground Q'ocr, Access.;may berorided by' itheraa ramp.or wliee #chair Y, 21 -iA1, 21 -1A3, S. At stairway accessing °the stage area, remove existing stairs and replace. 21 -1A4, 21 -1.A51 With a com.piyrng stairway; Provide proper ha4drail.on both Sides of . . 21 -1A6, 2144 stair ran.;' 21 -1112 RECREATION CENTER, 864 SANTA ROSA 'BARRIERS TO RESTROO1vIS {Prior) ty 3) Men's Restroom: .r Y Y� t 5 LI / � ,.,� > � -..a ors• YT.F 4;, j ID # Category Action l�e9t�res3 RECREATLON CENTER, 864 S 1'C#SCi E#t�rlC£S fPriofty3) 20 -W . C Provide wheelchair access betvruen the "'weight rgom.- stage. area and the," ground Q'ocr, Access.;may berorided by' itheraa ramp.or wliee #chair lift 21 -iA1, 21 -1A3, S. At stairway accessing °the stage area, remove existing stairs and replace. 21 -1A4, 21 -1.A51 With a com.piyrng stairway; Provide proper ha4drail.on both Sides of . . 21 -1A6, 2144 stair ran.;' 21 -1112 RECREATION CENTER, 864 SANTA ROSA 'BARRIERS TO RESTROO1vIS {Prior) ty 3) Men's Restroom: 25- 1A5c,d A. Adjust' entry `door Glaser to proper closing ft)rcd and sweep time. 25 -1135. A Lower towel „di`spens er. to hei hC of tto: wk,11tan 40” abave,tloor to operat�onal,.}iortwn . 15 -YC1 A Provide stale, door handles on both s�des`of sta(I'd'oor. 25 -1,C7 A' Relocate flush controls to wide -kde of toilet sCall;and maximum of,44" - ,..above floor.., Women's Restroom. 25 -2A1 A, Raise entry door sigp to 60" above, the floor. 25 -2A5''d 'A Adjust entry door opening f6 ce,,, to 5 lbs. maximum.' A := l Lower towel dispenser to a rnaximaru of 4.0" above the floor to 25 -21135 nerational portiors: 25.2C1 A provide stall door handles'on both sides.of stall door. 25 -20 A' Lower toilet seat dispenser to a maximum of 40" above finish floor. " Boy's Restroom: 253B5 A Lower•towe# dispenser to a maximum of 40" above finish' floor to operador�at'porcionr ' _ GlrPs-Restroom: 25 -4,E5 A . Lower towel dispenser to a th'kxtmum gf4l'- above finish floor to operational portion - -= 25=4C7 A . Move toilet flush control valve;tq tvide,side of toilet compartmc nt. ' 281B4c - A Lower shower controls m met%'s shgwerroom CO' <a xiiaxitnym of 4U "" " ` above flooi 2&2B4c -. A Lower shower'con[rgl's to women's shower room.:lo a maximum of '4b" above floor; _ R' I^';3 -'+'-� .^ r (' .� r.'•" , - ^•rs -[-- r P"•-" b` y-'- -+ rv� rF�"r' rT^ L .y,,p.,• r E,y �yyt � � 4pq w y d,h +o f Le ii f• , h G qr - Oy�rn, r z re-r� °+ r• . f G s'`i q yI »�.S ,•r'i �,�� f "?�•^ "hp t, a .D' S^ ..!?I' A �� G !' •Z' N f Et' C, of 1j{ 9�. a ,( ■'y♦ y/������,((y�]} te pjj��.Q�.iy `1.,��' ,{,�� WI. '*A- ' S 0 Ala EWUi.`PFr6r�t+y, 1 i' 1 ✓ fi r a n L }� r t ; 1$= A d"avid4 do att 7 I.e'_efryftl#%"tie JaciS+IsG..• . ^. c JACk HOUSE. $36 MARSfi St=- it T() SER1ICES {Prionty2) _ -: f - ! Access to theeeclnd''floar �? not prov<dcd A0A lam allhws for y -. alternaii "ve means dt ace -ss w -off the histo4tc fabric ma b sacriOced by access tnprpveziies such uuig audio- visual ,A.JCenatiyes . materials and A&cet to depiee th s� p ruons a 'are his or s ptoperty r ` that eannot'pther*e,b ttrade accessible mayls�;acceptable ! y z: JACK HOUSE, 536 IvYARSHT <. I3ARKp TO ItEST1tOQM3 (Prigr�ty 3) ' 251AJ , A~ • lyFotlde �Ig tl 1<2' at �Ign cezrrered f,r 4�tt per a}JIIVe'fl6�r 25-W, 4 A AL.cntry dpo'ry ad3u�c�he door closer to proper fo ce bf $S •Ibs ' , f ' 2S 1A76 Provide proffers strike a e'Cl�arra»ec<ot l2' i# the door Rasa latch..s ' ` ' >m Pr, fi� ;i7 231B3f,B - Provide leGsr t to s nk %eA�trol ;requir34+31�ibs e tt w inum. tap %L `• wsie and ltot tStater piped unfit hulk ' .w ..'N 25 1iB4 .2 1B5' Lower mirror.; o �ha th�bottoin edge is ";n6t mRre,thanf40" above ' z ; n_ •,. floor lgWeF "t�1�YC7 disPser (Y 2 rtlaxsmnsip of 4(l' above.,. .. .. _ .. :. s 251B6 A • ?Provide an accessible urerjial that'ys locased d.max :of 17" above floor. 2S IC1. . A - T'rovide stall 465pi ktai files 6n [loth sides of floor aceessidg %a, Lath - shall! not regtrire gras iin' or t S'M-g 1 25 iC6, 2S -iCl ,'. ` A Adju$t toslet,seat heighr -with lifters to a height of 17-19"' , - i?rowrde 25 1C9 -roll type toilet paler i¢wer seat 2tiYei di5petlser tos =a.MAXimum of 40" above floor women's Restroom: a sJ 25-IA1 _ A Provide proper 12" access sign ;centeret' (0" wave {loor: - . A At enXry doo t ad3�f:e dd'of - .closer_ to proper foi ce of E 5 Ibs„ 25- ?A7#�' ' • Provide. pXo�e� ginke edgy clearance AF k " rf the ddor has a latch ie v - ?5 2B3f g A Provide le'ver.IW9 MA c'6ntri is°zequirjij Fibs eff&t maidinuin Wrap Waste and hot,waterp %pes undetsink 2- 2 4, A, 7 Rwer mvroi sr=tb�( ,{iotlom edge is no't pre thmi 40" above Hoot. r> - �' Lower xgwel.k riser;ic�a maximum of q0v' aboYe floor., ? 25 X1 A Provide SSalt float haadles�on b1tt7154des of dpot cessin$ +stall Tgtch Shadl not r�gitirerasptt► =jdr txvisttn 4 x ' - Z 25-2C.8 A. Adjust tatf C seat Nevi i nth h[ ter§ tv a liei`gh -4• '7 4 j' 2$.4C 9 �p t het' er I vr►v�i 15 seat cover d,spensttr to a•maldm!ua of 4q':' 1 ., . ., abot!e fluor �, _ _. -,. - ' • ' Elul a. , _ i l ` 1 �,i.f�'Y,y..G�, t'r': .,,• J' .. �^.-K' 7 �^i-'* � i+N r;2 h 'iI"Yr.F"f �{ --r..- f�rA' 5''w ^r�r "�•^(_2 ..vS'° ✓ — F,y !, �.y. -.�.� '}^�, -v- -.. ny.'R'n f�i;("t < 'S, Y^ rfy , ,,. fh ✓ .. �` ,� Jr -E.� , �U+?� yT'hr i .( 5- _ . z � ,. � y r�i t r� •(f� I PO J r F� YB u! ,r y ; p. -,Az, 0 + !q` J> .rj z �, ,� • y 2 � wt° r ' i r.�' •r �e R � a. 6 f J �,',`jf(. p,/' l a ,� , F ., � ,'� .' U� w <"r J`�' � ✓� 4 r'a�j �. d� � $ i � f IBS ro ' i � �" � r J- �Ll` .c� ° G . /.d l er, a.^ .{ 'v.'` !r '4.�*�` +r � rrv! r,. `•of n,' �,'L z I Je a`�rii. ' .' .6 ,. �"' •� ry' z 7� •N r 3 r i r u , 3 y , utv�'7 '9. TrI% # Category Ate SE:N!OR CENTER, 1445 SANTA AOSA ST BdRR#ER9 rA so�Lnrnc A cE$S tPirrgrt 3 v 4-1A9 , . A.. -,,At entry;_ w4lk from $attta kQsA, fremovi a6d- .safpce reve1•changes that 5 -1A9g A,: G.J At miry ramp from „3artta Rosa, iaise t "e'ramp.han&kil so that the t handrrdil top is between 34' 3$!' above 551np su l c e- p.i � r .. y v{. �, ar ��J i• 17=1 A, Pro'nde accessible enfy signs and a drrectory of samiary facthrzes ': rlMd '18- ..A At main h;dht'eOtry door,, adjust a6ok 6Iosi' At p%obar swzep time:; . 1Bi . Removd door hold:'oPen device at bsft .om o1 doocprgviding 10 ". kick jute .clearance SENIOR CENTER 1445 SANTA dtOSA �T = $ARIZI)RS TQ SER�ICS (Pnority Z} . 15 lAi;,25 ]A3�" A _ At Fient entty conygriience' "phone, provi a p "x4$ access area by' 154g5 `. Tetaoyi fuimtur Proande,a.uolutgt •root %oi dqptce, __include_.. , ,identi n s boil • ' de FI)IiEacsgin odai ons a _• - 18.6A4e A - At door between large-assembly rdom.and„lobb34 addust door closer to`" proper operatat�g efPct#tf � . 1 &8A4e P.. P.t doer [o,b�l, latcben, �d�ust:door closer to prorop6ratutg efftirt ' 18 =12$1 A At door to �onfereneC roomy.xembv door hold open deva2e prgrding 1Q" kick•piate cferaice I8 ?.34d, A t At.ddor P ;oxn Inb63 ;into card`bom, reiziovedbor,iojd =open dewce - 73.13B2 pYgvi�fut 10!j kick +pate clearance _ : , 18 =148L tk At door from lobb3 tq pool topm, removea door�fioidr open; dev►ce' .” QcovfdinJD' kEC cleatarice plate ,.Kitchenette -1 ; ,. .� 29 -5A1, . C Provide a turrnng area of 60 ".ihimmrr� diaatr with the space: 29 =5B1 Prov�de.cleai #loos spade of 3(1,"x48" tn;front of all'swatt�es outlefs and'•. w - rontrgis 29 5b1, 29-;1 G 'Provide a dear ti — -59ace of 30'x48" at the worts surface. `I rV*46' SI12, 2Q =SD3 proper, knee space under the work• sur "ta "cs : Jilocate thi work sli_ace between 2$ " -3d" above The floor 29 SE2 B Relocate ,upper rtgrape 404tls to a_max7mum of 54" above the, floor.. i arge.IKitchen: _ 29 6 A2 c Provide a turning afea of'60'' :rn1n to diameter with the space • Prrovide plear Boor space e� 3pHx4$" as frg0f, of , s & coritrois, -29,-6M 29 C provtde, a clear flogr`space a0ON49" a the°work surface rovxsle 6i?2; Z9 6b3 prgper.kne2 spaFe;arntier the work - surface` Relocat8 the'rorCc space ._ between 28� 34" above tlxe floor t e- p.i � r .. y v{. �, ar ��J i• J F l w � x , i. x:.. r .:,. � L.�.. .. n 4 .. sh � `. %.x"w•N �' -:f i.r A/ .- -. .' a ...� I0.. Y4 `r T ,r -k- A S ey, ury _11�os -1, A I le Z1. td PIT, 1 7 11 6, zve gin Crtr rike 't provide 1 " truce ej,* iwa,Og sidcL • A. Lower Oft 4�101cpkl_ T ,r -k- S ey, ury _11�os -1, A 16.4 77 Z1. td PIT, SeNtol� CO�,l 1W SANTA WS V Q - ',0"g. zve At entry door, prbYtde._.*.W'. on rike 't provide 1 " truce ej,* iwa,Og sidcL • A. Lower Oft 4�101cpkl_ T-Qikt App 25-lCl4ab C Move toilet s&, Oat kis cenJe;TZd7l8lf,fro "the�fr -:6 M I , -, , - in front qf -WH4,6 601" by citftq�mwAqg 16ifitl b� J,, ,,or mgvalj! bf: restrobcn wide Y! rse 0 flush valve tp., A !C X. I 60 46V6 11 p 25 2A6a,: C, 'A(`cntry.A or; Ja4ftg dn'tho swin-&!ii4 cstt&�A� 6 provide, or 5- - 2 7b, jlrmida 12" StAk pbi4 Sid ? :6f 'ab 'A 17 -dower 49welld f4 1! k handle g bpw sLid 'qp aa'tta "d .-,-Prqyi4e. 25R A,' t �C4 Move kt"404_ tit.J, lhpr to 141V 2 .Increase X, fjacl or 04 .1 estrorl A t( e 1,7 19. u ckmi�k,"O §01hr, 41 01R.11W, _X 17-W TT-iA-2 7,W , J_136� P and' ClfitYCS ly; 7� 18-1 t�-2B A Ain, fy,6'nf entry d� ors llitel),W.WL in , p - , * - SWIM C-ENTEX,. 9" S()VTjfWOOA IM., To Vl S'ER C214- Prbvidp__I�qmp 17 -7iS�, 17 -IBS A "Pray 'Complylkig idegfi tion I fi*ta d W-4 -Outd Ousel S Remove, ex.iStInj dleck;o46und shavers 1/20' per 06�s t 0, :and,�aga Do t I 1�, �,� I ­ . I , � I . to a`':.; grit- faced 34-IA.3a A In men's I 24" s48". AL Z1. • F Zr 4r, I t&q V, ... ... -_ 1! k 04 .1 W W, JN, % A I 'rV r. Sttra�ey ID SWtfYi CENT g00 S9 34- 4: IA A - '11n men "s I�nckg-r i Nil bmith'Ixiin ..'t 8111 Tot 1, a, rria?c intiArd Ok trtsnt of 2dui4�tnuror 14 -lA30 A in waVen's tprkef mo Od"a btpdi,vAVb T&Irtiml�jn:dwips X 24kW" �4-1A3 --A In the Men`§lock& tobifil, a 24"x48 -660th. SINSiI,EJ1FIC'R'C0NC-ESSION, 000 SOUT-kflkO_91 -- $ARPIERS TO ja OLD 0 ACCESS lily lj Wlkli 19--LA2' A: At oXt�� ify obtry, 80or 1 erMjjIt' pgrpose m6ih, riiodl -olmshold to 1 -IA-4 8 ,bd , 1� I cot4ly' cdarke'd�o 1% - x,, :td IV rist d an- Revel type Late 18 _01,2- -v, hardwar�' provid&,rco_.fript�inz j3or- clos . �Ihstall icr &gfi u W64e 'Jt bdtgmif i4d proyide a jove the j," §ift 6 r - I " rz MW alfw.� z�od t Od I 011". IMP Y34TO ell.. e. 0 'G� c A At 2nd - f1bor `Stair%th dbqr, PI'9 vide- lever, 'doi3T,c 194Mdje, -A At 2nd floor, prtqss box dcmm, provi Ide lcyorlypc Iatch,,jfig*hrdware, 18.8A4d'C' a djust door: .clesa* r. 1,84 a-,e SIN$.FfE..! COTNCESMON, 906-SOU''T, �'W666 ST_ - J�AP.F"jT.q 8tywas' ri q�.Iy 8-�A4• Remove axisting,. 42 " ,thigh tickig counter i ce ayitlr a 36" kjgh_ tl ", ickqc ynter 8-101a,b,c = B PcOyjde A'porhaagieov-.I i 6d, iisien�oj system for 4 of- seating "'Capapity;t `5ystom fixed "seating.,. Installigign 4ge,at, ticket bjmkinforming f sctyip e" 141 P eepjace e, kft fb"tain with ':one ,rbg i�Cets-A-D-A • 14-2: . •A -ADA 15 3A, 15-Wa, A 'Relocate iOe phones o" ffiai a VX40" nCtM� area is 15 -D 4 .giovidec ,- device- 154AS,a,b,c 17 jPil;, 71A2, 'A 1q, 'S. Win ' W any. eXls ngrdent ticatwn, -s I ifu - . 6G" fl 'fro 19-SA4b,, lk., -A At -wetibi diop'r to ssi n %de, r c type '2b, 1-9-503b pro provide 1$4 o,ft p door: har are, e: clop'. 119'f Alt k pro C.'a Ae Odg PUS d400r. Xa n �isl C- -v, 'Vt 17 FjSSS 1= F1 7 4 bb quird T OtgSER . rorw MeO RP 1, 0 A Pr 2,5-1�3qf. Pfovl& an Aic, &6cct,.cQn wTap,w atd hot ti water fees, i 7 25 - JR$ W Lower water closet 'C' -0! tispefiser to — Xdmdj7v he7ght pf,40% A- Provide an .accessible .-iW Pik in, M&4 reAro Om l ,25 'ICI A Provide dggt handles on both sides accessible stQ1 door On 't Restmoin. Z,21AJ. A Provide disabled oo ' dj door -;X id' JP A e an accessible , n and faucet ", )VAste A t water line 29 2B5 A.- t6wer watet c1biet" u Beat penset a rht6rn f 40 _—t, 4pe set ZS A P-1 Provide door hapdles 60' thaWsof the4ccessiNe st-&-doot. .25-2M -A Mow- fjjfqh c on t rOJ 10�liq# �d w mpa t 25-21> '�B Tranisfoxtn one of the,,'�*tiog non disabled stalls sbnt disabled Stall, a. �,�kl; PAVILION • SA910 IAMMLOJNG A, —7, K, 'l �Provide signa$ h 'di-" d(lon i b4o -viuvidet'ac G ooiog - 11 7- W7 ic. ac ttz e. g la o : t vel main, c PITY. to cW;Pih;kl- threshold Yin *qjcal. change . .... ..... eels iH 1A,2, U. B At main d69t -(630*ee F&Yel replies, pne set b double.09T- s with anew door capable 0(g ope e 44ftg a Ir wide clea 'ping. %� doq)r thal 1, meet, ALFA requiFe rents tot type of bar 410 are, kick;p.late�'� din7ensian and door 18-2AZ, MIAF, B At double OjjtryLa&GrS-:t e "to Noe I elast?ng floor do a neW.L b p A shashall meet A%,JA are, kick plate 1, lo I r1c 13A2, -113- oi'tar At twq dc Ivy Yoice��Od!eabg doOr with aI n�.W, �,o6 ppq, 3A4e, X8-381 .1 capable b ON4 644-32* W6 Cie,& r dp6ning 4y�- dear ?sfi -indt ADA. for :tSpe of ,handWarei kick plate dim�l j d Ly6r opening f8rcd. Prov>sde sirilce of door. 7 -4. Fly 5 .9 t " _71 L Grh ". G 4 T b �w YJ I ( •` Grp ' a l `l 1 � i i' r; ,c i i .r . r i , f 1 _ �'�.+' •rG' �[ , . <. x `�' ' �bt�� `.�,�li�"� ' • t ` fir„ r . ." -• ••y -rte-. ,ry:.ry. .r - "�,/�y � r .'. W,.. 1 - MEAD6 PAR "t ii[Y?: , tb n JII.Jiirl .- y 14.1 17 dS`` "' Aro!7de aecsile, rdlitiCt�E4ad Ste dt ;ro0ttld Sates ; It 2i iRl, 21 fi4, A At atairx�af Gr jtzftrl6i pto de cott�ra�On �tiip�'at tread �nosty, ;. 21 iAS ° prowde 2" tread.ttos_e iii pfop6' tYeS�gn = 166 e A. hrrilS`�14 td n Toth' [de of aLaSf6 fief eedJowex - c Feve1•'xod aitte�atEtlrato`lcsl , ; ,': n _ n 27A4 A in, tan s'l[p restSE m$Jr�ai on t�tst tntet�br rafnp SLttface - J4 lA9a,f; >h R Fr�ivrd`d A15AP� ?ve, audrauls Pn bisclt sided §f the intertor,ramp � % A]DQW PDX_ VIG1Q7rl BARRIE a1CQ RE iFRQ ®1615 (pi ority Montil 0=1 pr a dtsabed ed on' acsr fij moovad the rlooi / 2S IRS : A �r7 Replace ex�stibg €tpry dQOr wtth d door capable ofsovtdrng` a 32" vfide ` 25 1B3g A ::' Wfap waaCe an hok water pipes tia�iet restftonfi sudt: 254- - A i�rovtdr new urtnal'thetxpro7edm, at least i4 "'mtriimum fr-6 vall, 25 -1Ci, 25 -3C2, B .PrQvidi- q new accessible". ,46t stag me M the eaa'stmg space, 25= 1C4b,c •.n re5tr ctibar a,sGde VIAT, � Atal slrouI'd lie.prduided.. Lk6ke; fbilek rg�ght.so 2§ -105, 25;:7:06. • ry 4fi .t •9` 4 tKat -the SeaE is located •nG. tgreatihan 1J "' al ilve the floor. • Women's Restroom.. , : : - 25 2A1 ` A -Provide a dis,7ed aeces -sign on the xestroont entry: door Jieplace existing �ptry�cogr y7�tt}i oae capabe ol5mvxdttig a 32" clegt opening � 25 2B3g A Wriaste andzt wateFEpes Xrid�€ sink. A' .� h !iu 5 �' .l r `Y I ! �' /..;ir✓ 6 l 1'sw�:'( 25,201,13 -202, v� rovi<ie a new accgs5ib�fe tor7et #tall Dtie tq gxrset g,'space t sfticuons "' - . 24 2Li4b,r a sede'opppning "stalk 3hogld be providEd I tivter toilet hgaght As that tb ^ . �2C5� 25 =x06, -sit is lo�tCd pn mpffe i�ai� 19" �taovc t�te�faoor Cilit;)dR�AI'S Mi15LLI161;1010 N1Pt3MNf Sr►RR1�S iQ $U1GDti�� ACCESS 4�ority lj - 3t�451, YS A LSn iitain elctry door, acjt chc rtonr closer sq That a aweetx tmc of 3 : ;' 's cola minittt kni iromra po,iti6rt;ol70 °' Js pbTatn d: Provrde a sitio4th, _ '' utup[erruptei3: bottom fail tic, i•.fck� slate tliaE "ts �0" tnin ut heist j rY� I / } I R •.n � •r.I ry 4fi .t •9` 4 ��'r b. IrRt`M.�r( - yiJ .9+ r t 1"N � �i � :Y. J'! .! A' .� h !iu 5 �' .l r `Y I ! �' /..;ir✓ 6 l 1'sw�:'( v� ' E -A si fee 6�• r. R.� rY :,j rk n. r. L U, 1. ft�*ft 3,44A Niallus Se- n 41 lrNdI.- AMN, M 'd'(#( I-A k." r 26-M1ii* L42 ii ' XII,i30t- k regp Ode; tmifereA 60 ' 26-1 26, '- abo jU -, 00i 1, &-IOCAOJ4�0 .0at alt 10 fl/4uW' F s bpveletl 'a at 45 -e '-W,49 grA -,—ba m—so th-0 t tb 67' d3A1ddS `!'a ►T -11 OHN PAW fr o i d, �1111 e- aq I d, o' or - 1A, 13 . Move>ont entry flnoLEorwr f 25.. love, atch tie �loti� wail at . . . . . . . . . . 71814 021 A' , jn ordex Y ro 2S ]83d,f oveihp& o proReet� the' wasteth beneath sink, a nsi 25,146. A 77 aJCS4st11-Mt A -!qstf, 2 . 1310( Vivall 6ndpon e4t nftdi t6mo er;., I* A ti, 25-IC6 2,5'IIC7 25 -7 CIO Tzars Tar side 1, in Cpm % .-25-2AI A , , 4e aptcrprtoe a2" access bol, entered 6%l" gn entry dozy .: M 104 Aa TO w war Ktntry, 46 -h ag tL n, , d on' 0 1� U2 rW:sp i;�— Aft vidh,bdth 4 on'lagm,withla. R.� rY :,j rk n. r. 67' A S�q s .�t 1: r' I., q 77 77-77, c�aS'Y ey, � � 5 F•�' s c � �' � —, s " SIO TA t f3A E f F L _,. • 4 2?3$f g A `Vrovide leveic type faucet connpl ,pr push b'utfost equtru,g:'less than •S WA�„ srs nets. torte to "dgerate aL ink: LVrap If waL-orfind lrnes waste tiu3er st k l- 25 ZCk, "2� 2C3;" 77 77-77, c�aS'Y ey, " SIO TA t f3A E f F L _,. Wome2r's RWroorn (Contll} r' 2?3$f g A `Vrovide leveic type faucet connpl ,pr push b'utfost equtru,g:'less than •S nets. torte to "dgerate aL ink: LVrap If waL-orfind lrnes waste tiu3er st k l- 25 ZCk, "2� 2C3;" . - fi�C,ekavtikattgstn�3let cQmlr2rtment- needst'be removed to order 25 204,;2$ -2CS, to; provide: _a t aced stfsle coal rtgient., install side o niog 25 2 6; 2 -2L'7,` z omgar. ent dtvtder set aut32" front t(Ad Msgl! •groper srze grab - 4M. for s1dC ),6ad4n - 't(jil L coin:�aftment. l�opf ppen�'I'i 1Q •.• cofnpartment serail i 24 ", Proaidc a new toilet seat which lifts seat, height from 17' 19'" q door. LAGUNA °1 A1fE PAPK I3gRRIElt9 MWTR©GM �Prtortty 3) 23 i m The exlstttig meet s reytroom is _substt[alLyfrgztC6f com)Sliattca A ebrstpreherf5iue des}i a¢cpuittitg for all;aceets of access >coinpharice is u Yequieed, The' cxitting w6rhen''si estroom is substant,a1(y out .of compliance A cgmprehcpsive design accounting,fW all asp ds of access eompliartce.4 required.: , 119tfeHfiuLT PARK BARRIER$ ®ILSTROOhIS -QPrror►ty%3j Aan's,Restro{,m � r . 23 SA1 . :4 Lower ihu restrcbni sign sa that it -is centered W- Aove.flooi, ins "tall the :correoC'sign if has riot thu'Approgcia"te 12" symbol. - 25_Y133c f "" A Al sink, provide - knee space beticath -and rn tall areossibte ednir6l . _ .. 25 ILIA, 25= B Replace men`s tp,let :vitfi a un}t comp1, v�r;heRccess standards " IGih,c 5 -kC 6, " I PtoQe 48r, e{earanc.�betWcen front an tD. and stall d�aor•, .center „” t4ri!'et l$" frotp: 1F,tv2slfs, raise toI t-syat t aIr jgltt t�F 1,T' li �j 1CxIq d4 tttior - ReniounL gra : bars -so th5t the r: aid xer Bred 33 .a iotre flbbr: -. ,Ptou,dp xollei€'ItQr{et'paper dispenser . - r° Women's ReStrown'. ,. 25 2A A Lower th'e restrgom sign so that �L is centered %!' ;above floor, irrstaft the convect 'sign rf it.is: not 'the appropriate �" sytubot. 25 2B1, 25 2$2 tw ' • Increase the. clear Space tv,tlun.kbe restrgom so fhn� a m'ittmum t4 4 4 :. Width is ptcivic�ed rhr�sughdut An a, 60" d atr berturutng;+areakrs " "r• provr ed th>s may tro rearrangiraq r;terr6r Mures or Vncreasing - ' Lhe, dth o ,iest�oom a 'W6VM g the W9 ls 25 *3c,f. A Raise or t g si6i - so that an area 4f 29" "'14 is provided beneath €or- knee space ;Replace qq rols with ':ever ".type Qr push bdtkon', oQ-Aow u al Kj 2t mj ........... zY 17 r .1 25-lCla, 25 'standards.' Pro— oa4e 25 -.24 malls. raise 'R61a ;Ab,b,`Ar§ ' SQ A that & t V h qft ire " 4 T : r N0qA ef -25 V` .25 IM 777777 stlqg­meh.s� rx, p, ul� �a �krqqwwould req re exlefisive xem,, e Jworder 254 ,02, -jk�c�jfieAd dem4hing regtioditi "d 25 p PD& 001R. IV 25-7A-4 15 M3t" V A�dsttns , v 'in,,- ttib Ell IS I % E m grta 7�1 L.Y 2j 25 e T, it ALC. RO E Ool SA, k �C -ess. k*pAeiqs,.,-, II ovate it ileL` < le e. - ad' "en (6 tout 7 - ev, A "a v I mj zY - ti 4 ef ef IV 7�1 e Al� ev, A "a RESOLUTION NO. 8467 (1995 SERIES) ,kifiL, A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO DECLARING INTENTION TO REIMBURSE EXPENDITURES RELATING TO PURCHASE OF PROPERTY (314 -350 HIGUERA STREET) FROM THE PROCEEDS OF OBLIGATIONS OF THE CITY AND DIRECTING CERTAIN ACTIONS WHEREAS, the City has previously advanced funds, and expects to make future advances, to finance a purchase of real property (the "Project ") , and in order to provide funds to finance the Project, the Council intends to issue debt for such Project and to use a portion of the proceeds of such debt to reimburse expenditures made for the Project prior to the issuance of the debt; and WHEREAS, United. States Income Tax Regulations, Section 1.150- 2, provides generally that proceeds of tax - exempt debt are not deemed to be expended when such proceeds are used for reimbursement of expenditures made prior to the date of issuance of such debt unless certain procedures are followed, one of which is a requirement that (with certain exceptions) , prior to the payment of any such expenditures, the issuer declare an intention to reimburse such expenditures and WHEREAS, it is in the public interest and for the public benefit that the City declare its official intent to reimburse the expenditures referenced herein; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows:, SECTION 1. The Council hereby declares that it reasonably expects to issue obligations (the "Obligations ") for the purpose of paying costs of (i) the acquisition and improvement of property, known as 314 -350 Higuera Street, to be used for street widening, assisting in flood control, compliance with the City's Adopted Downtown Physical Concept Plan and Bicycle Transportation Plan. SECTION 2. The Council hereby declares that it reasonably expects (i) to pay certain costs of the Project prior to the date of issuance of the Obligations and (ii) to use a portion of the proceeds of the Obligation for reimbursement of expenditures for the Project that are paid before the date of issuance of the Obligations. SECTION 3. The maximum principal amount of the Obligations is $1,000,000. R 8467 Resolution No. 8467 (1995 Series) On motion of Council Mbr. Smith. , seconded by Council Mr. Romero and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Smith, Romero, Williams, Roalman and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this 7th day of November , 1995. MAYOR ALLEN SETTLE ATTEST: Acting City Cle c, K m Condon i A or ' H:MATHPROP.RES r'� / \ G'•'' ���� � �� RESOLUTION N0. 8466 (1995 SERIES) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO DECLARING INTENTION TO REIMBURSE EXPENDITURES RELATING TO CITY HALL SEISMIC SAFETY/HVAC IMPROVEMENTS AND MISSION PLAZA EXPANSION FROM THE PROCEEDS OF OBLIGATIONS OF THE CITY AND DIRECTING CERTAIN ACTIONS WHEREAS, the City expects to make future advances to finance projects consisting of City Hall seismic safety/HVAC improvements and Mission Plaza expansion (the "Projects "), and in order to provide funds to finance the Projects the Council intends to issue debt for such Projects and to use a portion of the proceeds of such debt to reimburse expenditures made for the Projects prior to the issuance of the debt; and WHEREAS, United States Income Tax Regulations section 1.150 -2 provides generally that proceeds of tax- exempt debt are not deemed to be expended when such proceeds are used for reimbursement of expenditures made prior to the date of issuance of such debt unless certain procedures are followed, one of which is a requirement that (with certain exceptions), prior to the payment of any such expenditures, the issuer declare an intention to reimburse such expenditures; and WHEREAS, it is in the public interest and for the public benefit that the City declare its official intent to reimburse the expenditures referenced herein; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. The Council hereby declares that it reasonably expects to issue obligations (the "Obligations)) for the purpose of paying costs of (i) removing the existing City Hall roof, strengthening connections between the roof trusses and walls, installing bracing for interior partitions and a new structural steel roof deck, and reinstalling the roof; (ii) removing the existing City Hall steam boiler and radiators, replacing the electrical switchboard to provide an adequate power supply for the new HVAC equipment, installing a new boiler for heating and chiller for air conditioning with new air handlers, ductwork, air volume terminal boxes, and an energy management system; and (iii) expanding Mission Plaza on the Monterey Street side of San Luis Obispo Creek between Broad and Nipomo Streets by acquiring property and installing retaining walls, pedestrian paths, a pedestrian bridge, an amphitheater, landscaping, fencing, and lighting. SECTION 2. The Council hereby declares that it reasonably expects (i) to pay certain costs of the Projects prior to the date of issuance of the Obligations and (ii) to use a portion of the proceeds of the Obligation for reimbursement of expenditures for the Projects that are paid before the date of issuance of the Obligations. R 8466 SECTION 3. The maximum principal amount of the Obligations is $1;500,000. On motion of Council Mbr. Romero , and seconded by and on the following roll call vote; Council Mbr. Smith AYES: Council Members Romero, Smith, Williams, Roalman and Mayor Settle NOTES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing Resolution was passed and adopted this 7th day of November, 1995. Mayor Allen Settle ATTEST: Acting City Clerk , m Condon APPROVED: '1��JWF — WdA. 1 Iry 1� a --r7 C, O RESOLUTION NO. 8465 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE C_ TTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO RESCINDING RESOLUTION NO. 8233 (1993 SERIES AND APPROVING THE APPLICATION FOR FUNDS FROM THE TRANSPORTATION ENHANCEMENT ACTIVITIES PROGRAM UNDER THE INTERMODAL SURFACE TRANSPORTATION EFFICIENCY ACT OF 1991 FOR THE PHASE H RAILROAD BICYCLE PATH PROJECT WHEREAS, the United States Congress has enacted the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991, which is intended to provide over $200 million in federal dollars over a six year period as matching funds to local, state and federal agencies and non -profit entities for transportation enhancement activities; and WHEREAS, the Department of Transportation has established the procedures and criteria for reviewing proposals and is required to submit to the California Transportation Commission a list of recommended projects from which the recipients will be selected; and WHEREAS, said procedures and criteria established by the California Department of Transportation resolution certifying the approval of application by the applicants governing body before submission of said application to the California Transportation Commission and the State of Califomia; and WHEREAS, the applicant, if selected, will enter into an agreement with the State of California to carry out the transportation enhancement activities project. NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED B_ Y the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo, California the following: .Approves the filing of an application for the Transportation Enhancement Activities Program for consideration of funding for the Phase II Railroad Bicycle Path Project. 2. Estimates that the total cost of the project is $396,000. The City will commit to using local funds to support 20% of the total project cost. 3. Certifies that the.City of San Luis Obispo will make adequate provisions for the operation and maintenance of the project. 4. Appoints John Dunn, City Administrative Officer as agent of the City of San Luis Obispo to conduct all negotiations, execute and submit all documents; including but not limited to application, agreements, amendments, payment requests and so . on, which may be necessary for the completion of the aforementioned project. Upon motion of Council Mbr. Romero seconded by Council Mbr. Smith and on the following roll call vote: R 8465 Page 2 -- Resolution No. 8465 (1995 Series) AYES: Council Members Romero, Smith, Williams, Roalman and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this 7th day of November, 1995 Mayor Allen K. Settle ATTEST, Acting City Clerk m Co don APPROVED: L 'ef RESOLUTION NO. 8464 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO APPROVING THE FILING OF APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDS FROM THE REGIONAL STATE HIGHWAY ACCOUNT (RSHA) PROGRAM FOR FOUR ELIGIBLE TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo desires to carry out improvements to its transportation system to include: (1) The Jennifer Street Bicycle- Pedestrian Bridge; (2) Orcutt Road Widening; (3) Los Osos Valley Road Landscaped Median Islands; and (4) South Higuera Street Sidewalks as described in attached Exhibit A; and WHEREAS, the City, in consultation with staff of the San Luis Obispo Council of Governments ( SLOCOG) has determined that these candidate projects are consistent with Article XIX of the State Constitution and are eligible for State Highway Account funding; and WHEREAS, the City has determined that these candidate projects are consistent with the 1994 Regional Transportation Plan, the San Luis Obispo Circulation Element (1994) and, where applicable, the San Luis Obispo Bicycle Transportation Plan (1993); and WHEREAS; the City certifies that if Regional SHA funding is approved for the candidate projects; the funds will be expended with twenty four months of the final SLOCOG action to approve funding. NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: Approves the filing of four (4) separate applications for the use of Regional State Highway Account (RSHA) funds to carry out the projects described in Exhibit A. 3. Certifies that the City of San Luis Obispo will make adequate provisions for the operation and maintenance of projects that are constructed using RSHA funding . 4. Appoints John Dunn, City Administrative Officer as agent of the City of San Luis Obispo to conduct all negotiations, execute and submit all documents, including but not limited to application, agreements, amendments, payment requests and so on, which may be necessary for the completion of the projects presented in Exhibit A. Upon motion of Council Mbr. Romero seconded by Council Mbr. Smith and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Romero, Smith, Williams, Roalman and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None R 8464 Page 2 -- Resolution No. 8464(1995 Series) the foregoing resolution was adopted this 7th day of November, 1995 Mayor Allen K. Settle ATTEST: Acting City Clerk, Ki on on APPROVED: k764114111,71KA91 WIMP;" �. ttorney /./• /• •.. ^ �..' EXHIBIT. A an Luis, Obispo Council :o� governments Re Tonal. Trans ortation Plannin A enc ALascadcro Arco o Grandc g ..... P g` . g :. Y...: Grover Beach M etropolitan Planning Organization . Moro Bay Paso Robles . Pismo Beach Congestion Management Agency San Luis Obispo San Luis Obispo County- DATE: 'AUGUST,30, 1995 TO:. CITY /CO. ADMINISTRATORS, PUBLIC WORKS & COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DIRECTORS FROM:.­ RONALD L: DeCARLI, EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR SUBJECT: URBAN & REGIONAL SURFACE TRANSPORTATION PROGRAM (STP), STATE HIGHWAY ACCOUNT (SHA); TRANSPORTATION ENHANCEMENT ACTIVITIES,(TEA) PROGRAM; & TRANSIT CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT (TCI) PROGRAM FUNDING APPLICATIONS This memorandum is a follow -up of a recent announcement of the extended application deadline to notify all jurisdictions of the application details necessary to be addressed in order to receive funding from the following sources: A. Additional Surface Transportation Program (STP) /State Highway Account (SHA) funds from the current ISTEA for regionally significant projects in FY 96197; B. Urban Area & Regional STP/SHA funds expected to be allocated to the region after enactment of the next ISTEA in FY 97/98, C. Transportation Enhancement Activities (TEA) program for projects to be funded in FY 96/97. D. Transit Capital Improvement (TCI) program for projects to be funded in FY 96197. SLOCOG staff will be contacting the City Managers, Public Works Directors, and Community Development Directors to arrange a meeting between in each jurisdiction September 11th and 26th to discuss the.specifics of each funding opportunity. Attached with this memorandum are descriptions of the allowable uses of both STP and SHA funds, including the project prioritization process for regionally significant.projects, and an application form to be used to describe all projects proposed for funding. Applications for all funding categories, including STP, SHA, TEA & TCI must be received by the Council of Governments by Monday, October 2, 1995. r A. Regional STP /SHA funding - SLOCOG staff recently recalculated the amount of funds estimated to be received over the entire six years of ISTEA based on the amounts received in the first four years. It is projected that an additional $500,000 of funding for regionally significant projects will be available in FY 1996197 for programming. If your jurisdiction does not have a project ready to construct in this time frame you may want to consider applying for funding to prepare a needed Project Study Report (PSR) and /or design that will be a necessary step in constructing the project during the next funding cycle. For more information call Mike Harmon at 781 -5724. B. Urban & Regional STP /SHA funding - SLOCOG staff are also calling for applications for the use of $1.35 million STP /SHA funds expected to be available in the first year of the next surface transportation act in FY 97/98. This is necessary to conform to Federal requirements for preparation of the Federal Transportation Improvement Program (FTIP). Of the total funding projected to be available in FY 97198, $715,042 will be reserved, per Federal requirements, for applications by the County for projects in unincorporated urban areas and by the cities based on the population of the applicable areas in 1990 (funding targets are included in attachment A). ---a 1 1150 Osos St. Suite 202, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 ♦ Tel. (805) 781 -4219 ♦ Fax. (805) 781 -5703 The remaining $634,958 is to be reserved for regionally significant projects throughout the region. The County of San Luis Obispo will continue to ieceive $478,000 as its direct allocation from the State per Federal law for projects not covered by this project prioritization process. For more information call Mike Harmon at 781-5724. C. Transportation Enhancement Activities (TEA) Funding - As was previously announced, the San Luis Obispo region has a bid target of $1 million for project applications through the TEA program in FY 96197. We expect to receive approximately $400,000 to $500,000. The projects types which may receive funding are as follows: 1. Pedestrian and bicycle paths and facilities 2. Acquisition of scenic easements and scenic or historic sites 3. Scenic or historic highway related programs 4. Landscaping and other scenic area beautification 5. Rehabilitation of historic transportation facilities 6. Preservation of historic sites and railway corridors for trails 7. Control and removal of outdoor advertising 8. Planning and research related to archaeological sites The minimum project funding request for a project is $100,000. The amount of funding actually approved by the CTC for projects in the region will depend on the competitiveness of the applications in meeting the scoring priorities, which are as follows: 1. Extent to which the project provides a regional and community enhancement 2. Overall cost effectiveness of the project and how reasonable the cost is 3. How well the proposal meets project specific performance The California Transportation Commission (CTC) has made it clear that while a wide range of project types are eligible, there will be a focus on projects that provide a direct transportation benefit. For more information and application forms, contact Richard Murphy at 781 -5754. D. Transit. Capital Improvement (TCI) Funding - The San Luis Obispo region is guaranteed a County Minimum of $130,000 for projects to be funded in FY 96/87 based on a total of $30 million in funding being made available statewide from the Transportation Planning & Development (TP &D) Account. In past years the region has been granted approval for projects totaling from 150% to 200% of the County Minimum. SLOCOG staff intend, therefore, to request funding at a level higher that the County Minimum, based on the competitive strength of the applications. TCI program funds may be used for any of the following project types: 1. Railroad right -of -way acquisition 2. Bus rehabilitation 3. Exclusive public mass transit guideway and rolling stock 4. Railroad grade separations 5. Intermodal transfer stations 6. Ferry vessels and terminals 7. Short line railroad rehabilitation The SLOCOG staff project programming priorities are as follows: 1. Under funded intercity rail projects to expand passenger rail services 2. Bus and rail coach rehabilitation projects 3. Construction of intermodal stations All projects other than for intercity passenger rail service require a 50% local match. Feasibility and planning studies require a 75% local match. For applications and other information on the State project submittal threshold and ranking criteria, call Peter Rodgers at 781 -5712. 2 Attachment A STP /SHA PROJECT SELECTION.& PRIORITIZATION PROCESS Draft amended August 16, 1995 A. Project Threshold Requirements - Projects submitted by a city or the county for urban or regional STP or SHA funding per the revised funding targets shall be recommended for approval as long as they meet the following minimum threshold requirements: 1. Projects using SHA funding must be consistent with the requirements of Article XIX of the State Constitution, and all projects using STP funds must be consistent with the requirements of Section 133 of ISTEA, as detailed below. 2. Projects must be consistent with the adopted 1994 Regional Transportation Plan (RTP and the Congestion Management Plan (CMP), including the seven -year Capital Improvement Program (CIP). 3. Project submittals must be included in local plans or be approved by the governing board of that jurisdiction on or before the November 8, 1995 SLOCOG meeting, with such approval including certification that the funds will be experided within 24 months of the SLOCOG action. B. Urban Area and Regional Project Nomination - The project nomination process for the use of the additional State Highway Account (SHA) funds projected to be received in exchange for STP funds in Fiscal Years 95/96 & 96/97 of ISTEA, urban area and regional funds estimated to be received in first year of the next Surface Transportation Act in FY 97/98, and STP funds not exchanged, is as follows: 1. Local jurisdictions may submit a request(s) for the additional regional funding estimated to be available in FY 96/97 and for the amount projected to be available in FY 97/98. Each city and the county may also submit a : request(s) for urban area funding allocated to that jurisdiction for the first year of the next surface transportation act in FY 97/98. 2. The funding request(s) shall consist of a map showing the location of the proposed project together with a written description of the project including the estimated cost breakdown and project justification. 3. Since it is possible that one or more jurisdictions do not have a project in an urban area in FY 97198 or that the allocated funding is not adequate to complete a project, these jurisdictions may defer project programming and allow other jurisdictions to program projects in excess of their allocation (subject to an agreement between the affected jurisdictions). 4. Urban.Area Funding Allocation Targets for FY 97/98: Arroyo Grande $63,435 Grover Beach $51,429 Paso Robles $81,993 San Luis Obispo City $185,128 Los Osos urban $63,435 Atascadero $102,090 Morro Bay $42,640 Pismo Beach $33,837 Cambria urban $23,747 Oceano urban $27,219 C. , Regional Project Prioritization - Projects submitted by a city or the county to be funded from the additional projected STP /SHA funds to the region shall be prioritized by staff and given up to 100 points based on the following criteria: 1. Up to 1.5 points when addressing a safety problem of regional significance. 3 J 2. Up to 15 points based on the demonstrated need for the project. 3. Up to 15 points when addressing a regionally significant multimodal or interconnectivity related transportation need. 4. Up to 15 points when mitigating a regionally significant congestion or air quality problem. 5. Up to 15 points based on the demonstrated cost effectiveness of the project. 6. Up to 15 points based on whether the project enhances or increases the equitable distribution of funding throughout the region. 7. Up to 10 points based on the funding contribution provided by the local jurisdiction. B. Up to 10 points for planning studies needed to develop policies, standards, guidelines addressing livable communities and intermodal access; including project study reports and project alternative analysis reports to scope and define project alternatives for subsequent programming. D. ELIGIBLE SHA & STP PROJECTS 1. Use of SHA Funds - Projects to be funded with State Highway Account (SHA) must be consistent with Article XIX of the State Constitution, for purposes related to public streets and highways and public mass transit guideways, as follows: a) The research, planning, construction, improvement, maintenance, and operation of public streets and highways (and their related public facilities for nonmotorized traffic), including the mitigation of their environmental effects, the payment for property taken or damaged for such purposes, and the administrative costs necessarily incurred in the foregoing purposes. b) The research, planning, construction, and improvement of exclusive public mass transit guideways (and their related fixed facilities), including the mitigation of their environmental effects, the payment for property taken or damaged for such purposes, the administrative costs necessarily incurred in the foregoing purposes, and for the maintenance of the structures and the immediate right -of -way for the public mass transit guideways, but excluding the maintenance and operating costs for mass transit power systems and mass transit passenger facilities, vehicles, equipment and services. A "mass transit guideway" is interpreted to be: a channel, slot or track in which a common carrier vehicle is fitted or linked so that its line of motion is controlled. No other type of mass transit would qualify for the expenditure of gas tax monies. Based on this restriction, jurisdictions in the San Luis Obispo region would not be able to use the SHA funds for public transit improvements (including the purchase of buses, etc). Bikelanes would still be able to be funded, since they are, related public facilities for nonmotorized traffic. 2. Use of STP Funds - Projects that may be carried out with Surface Transportation Program (STP) funds may be any of the following from Section 133, of the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA): a) Construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation, resurfacing, restoration, and operational improvements for highways, (including interstate highways) and bridges (including bridges on public roads of all functional classifications), including any such construction or reconstruction necessary to accommodate other transportation modes, and including the seismic.retrofit and painting of and application of calcium magnesium acetate on bridges and approaches thereto and other elevated structures, and mitigation of damage to wildlife, habitat, and ecosystems caused by a transportation project funded under this title. b) Capital costs for transit projects eligible for assistance under the Federal Transit Act (FTA) and publicly owned intracity or intercity bus terminals and facilities. C) Carpool projects, fringe and corridor parking facilities and programs, and bicycle transportation and pedestrian walkways. d) Highway and transit safety improvements and programs, hazard eliminations, projects to mitigate hazards caused by wildlife, and railway- highway grade crossings. e) Highway and transit research and development and technology transfer programs. f) Capital and operating costs for traffic monitoring, management, and control facilities and programs. g Surface transportation planning programs. h Transportation enhancement programs. 1) Transportation control measures listed in Section 108 (f)(1)(A) (other than clauses (xii) and ((xvi) of the Clean Air Act. j) Development and establishment of management systems under Section 303. 5 -.. 1\ C SAN LUIS OBISPO COUNCIL OF GOVERNMENTS SURFACE TRANSPORTATION PROGRAM FUNDING APPLICATION PLEASE SUBMIT AN APPLICATION cbNTAINING THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION (You may use this form or your own. Please follow the outline format shown below) A. Jurisdiction: B. Contact Person: C. Project Name: D. Type Funding Requested (ie. STP or SHA): E. Priority, if more than one project is submitted: F. Amount Requested & Fiscal Year Needed: G. Project Description (attach additional information if necessary H. DESCRIBE HOW THE PROJECT MEETS THE THRESHOLD REQUIREMENTS: 1. For STP funds, describe consistency with Section 133 of ISTEA: 2. For SHA funds, describe consistency with Article XIX of State Constitution: 3. Is the project consistent with the 1994 RTP. 4. Is local governing board approval expected by November 1, 1995. 5. Will the funds be expended within 24 months of scheduled project start I. FOR REGIONAL PROJECT FUNDING ADDRESS THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: 1. How does the project address a safety problem 2. How is the need for the project clearly demonstrated. 3. How does the project address a multimodal need. 4. How does the project mitigate a congestion or air quality problem. 5. Describe the cost effectiveness of the project. 6. How will the project provide an equitable distribution of funding. 7. What local funding contribution is being provided. C1 . /n'� /� ',. �.�� ��'��� �� o ;� '�� � ��� � �`� PI f'' ��� 0 RESOLUTION NO. 8463 (1995 SERIES) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO APPROVING PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT NO. 016 TO THE LOCAL AGENCY STATE AGREEMENT FOR FEDERAL -AID PROJECTS NO. 05 -5016 FOR THE BRIDGE REPLACEMENT PROJECT ELKS LANE AT SAN LUIS OBISPO CREEK CITY PLAN NO. L-10H WHEREAS, the City and the State have entered into Master Agreement No. 05 -5016 for Federal -Aid Projects; and WHEREAS, Program Supplement No. 016 to the Master Agreement designates the Federal Funds requested and the matching funds to be provided by the City for Construction Engineering, Right of Way Acquisition and Construction for the Bridge Replacement Project, Elks Lane at San Luis Obispo Creek; and WHEREAS, the City is eligible to receive Federal Bridge Replacement and Rehabilitation Funds (HBRR) for this project; NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo, California hereby: Approves Exhibit A attached, entitled "Program Supplement No. 016 to Local Agency - State Agreement for Federal -Aid Projects No. 05- 5016," and the Mayor is authorized to execute the same. 2. Directs the City Clerk to transmit the two (2) originals, attaching to each a copy of the authorizing resolution to: California Department of Transportation Office of Local Programs - MS1 P.O. Box 942874 Sacramento, CA 94274 =0001 R 8463 Resolution No. 8463 (1995 Series) Page Two. Upon motion of Council Mbr. Romero seconded by Council Mbr. Smith and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Romero, Smith, Williams, Roalman and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this 7th day of November 1995.. ATTEST: ACTINGI': CITY CONDON APPROVED AS TO FORM: te: September .21, 1995 PROGRAM SUPPLEMENT--NO. 016 Locate ion: 05- SLO -O -SLO to Project Number: BRLO- 5016(001) LOCAL AGENCY -STATE AGREEMENT E.A. Number: 05- 142004 FOR FEDERAL -AID PROJECTS NO. 05 -5016 This Program Supplement is hereby incorporated into the Local Agency -State Agreement for Federal Aid which was entered into between the Local Agency and the State on 06/22/78 and is subject to all the terms and conditions thereof. This Program Supplement is adopted in accordance with Paragraph 2 of Article II of the aforementioned Master Agreement under authority of Resolution No. , approved by the Local Agency on (See copy attached).` The Local Agency further stipulates that as a condition to payment of funds obligated to this project, it accepts and will comply with the covenants or remarks setforth on the following pages. PROJECT TERMINI: In San Luis Obispo on Elks Lane @ San Luis Obispo Creek, Br. No. 49C- 081. TYPE OF WORK: Replace bridge & Approach roadway LENGTH: 0.1 (MILES) PROJECT CLASSIFICATION OR PHASE(S) OF WORK [ ] Preliminary Engineering [X] Right -of -Way [ ] (X] Construction Engineering [X] Construction Estimated Cost Federal Funds Matching Funds Local OTHER OTHER $ 5142451117 $ 411396 $ 102849 $ 0 $ 0 $ 0 City of San Luis Obispo By Date November 7, 1995 Attest l Title Kim Condon, Acting City :Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA Department of Transportation By Chief, District Liaison Branch Office of Local Programs Date I hereby Certify upon my personal knowledge that budgeted funds are available for this encumbrance: Accounting OfficerVct /nn Date 0 '� G5-- $ 411396.00 Chapter Statutes I Item Year I Program 13C1 Fund Source I AMOUNT 303 1995 2660 -101 -890 95 -96 20.30.010.300 C 224060 892-F 411396.00 Page 1 of 2 05- SLO -0 -SLO BRLO- 5016(001) `-" DATE: 09/21/95 SPECIAL COVENANTS OR REMARKS 1. All maintenance, involving the physical condition and the operation of the improvements, referred to in Article VI MAINTENANCE of the aforementioned Master Agreement will be performed by the Local Agency at regular intervals or as required for efficient operation of the completed improvements. 2. The Local Agency will advertise, award and administer this project in accordance with the current Local Program Procedures or the new Local.Programs Manual, when issued. . 3. The Local Agency agrees the payment of Federal funds will be limited to the amounts approved by the Federal Highway Administration in the Federal -Aid Project Agreement (PR -2) /Detail Estimate, or its modification (PR -2A) or the FNM -76, and accepts any increases in Local Agency Funds as shown on the Finance or Bid Letter or its modification as prepared by the Office of Local Programs. 4. In executing this Program.Supplemental Agreement, Local Agency hereby reaffirms the "Nondiscrimination Assurances" contained in the aforementioned Master Agreement for Federal -Aid Program. 5. Whenever the local agency uses a consultant on a cost plus basis, the local agency is required to submit a post audit report cover- ing the allowability of cost payments for each individual consul- tant or sub - contractor incurring over $25,000 on the project. The audit report must state the applicable cost principles utili- zed by the auditor in determining allowable costs as referenced in CFR 49, part 18, Subpart C - 22, Allowable Costs. Page 2 of 2 k It/ SAN LUIS OBISPO MY PARKING PENALTY SCHEDULE - CODE&SECTION DESCRIPTION PENALTY LAST REVISED SLMC10.12.030 REQUIRED OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.12.040 BICYCLE ON HIGHWAY- REGULATIONS 20 12/31/91 SLMC16.12.050 INTERFERENCE WITH POLICE /AUTHORIZED OFFICER 80 12/31191 SLMC10.12.080 REPORT OF DAMAGE TO CERTAIN PROPERTY 75 12/31/91 SLMC 10. 14.030 OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.14.090 UNAUTHORIZED PAINTING ON CURBS 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.16.010 OBEDIENCE TO TURNING MARKERS, 75 08/13/92 SLMC10.16.030 OBEDIENCE TO NO -TURN SIGNS 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.16.040 SIGNAL CONTROLLED INTERSECTIONS -RIGHT TURNS 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.24.010 STOP SIGNS 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.24.020 EMERGING FROM ALLEY, DRIVEWAY OR BUILDING 45 12/31191 SLMC10.28.010 DRIVING THROUGH FUNERAL PROCESSION 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.020 COMMERCIAL VEHICLESUSING PRIVATE DRIVEWAYS 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.030 RIDING OR DRIVING ON SIDEWALK 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.040. NEW PAVEMENT AND MARKINGS 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.050 LIMITED ACCESS 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.060 OBEDIENCE TO BARRIERS AND SIGNS 75 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.070 ENTRANCE INTO INTERSECTION- OBSTRUCTING TRAFFIC 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.32.020 PED CROSSING IN BUSS DIST -OTHER THAN XWALK 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.020 STOPPING OR STANDING IN PARKWAYS PROHIBITED 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.030 STOP /STAND/PARK IN VIOLATION OF CHAPTER 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.040 NO PARKING ZONE - PROHIBITED PARKING 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.050 USE OF STREETS FOR STORAGE OF VEHICLES PR_OHI_BITED 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.060 PARKING DEMONSTRATION 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.070 REPAIRING OR GREASING VEHICLE ON PUBLIC STREET 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.080 WASHING OR POLISHING VEHICLES 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.090 PARKING ADJACENT TO SCHOOLS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.100 PARKING PROHIBITED ON NARROW STREETS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.110 PARKING ON GRADES 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.120 UNLAWFUL PARKING- PEDDLERS, VENDORS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.130 EMERGENCY PARKING SIGNS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.140 LARGE /COMMERCIAL VEH. PRKG NEAR INTER STI ECON 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.150 NIGHTTIME PARKING OF LARGE VEHICLES 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.160 NIGHTTIME PKING/VEH/W /OPERATING AIR/REFER 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.200 PARKING IN A RESIDENTIAL PERMIT PARKING AREA • 20 10/17/95 SLMC10.36.230 PERMITS- DISPLAY OF PERMITS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.367235 NO PERMIT LOT 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.010 12,15,24,30,36 MINUTE PARKING 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.020 ONE HOUR PA RKING 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.030 TWO HOUR PARKING - 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.040 PARKING PARALLEL ON ONE -WAY STREETS 8 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.050 DIAGONAL. PARKING 8 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.060 PARKING SPACE MARKINGS 8 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.070 NO STOPPING ZONE 8 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.080 ALL NIGHT PARKING PROHIBITED 8 12/31/91 SLMCIO.44.020 CURB PARKING TO. INDICATE NO' STOPPING/PKING REGS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.44.030 EFFECT/ PERMISSION TO LOAD/UNLOAD IN YELLOW ZN 20 12131/91 Attachment 1 /-9 Date 09/15/95 CODE&SECTION SLMC10.44.040 SLMC10.44.050 SLMC10.44.070 .SLMC10.48.010 SLMC10.48.020 SLMC10.48.030 SLMC10.48.040 SLMC10.48.050 SLMC10.48.060 SLMC10.52.040 SLMC10.52.050 SLMC10.52.060 SLMC10.52.010 SLMC10.52.080 SLMC10.52.110 VC5204(A) VC2116(B) VC21113(A) VC21113(A) VC21113(C) VC21113(F) VC22500.1 VC22500(A) VC22500(B) VC22500(C) VC22500(D) VC22500(E) VC2250o(F) VC22500(G) VC22500(H) VC22500(1) VC22500(J) VC22500(IO VC22500(1) VC22502(A) VC22502(B) VC22502(C) VC22504(A) VC22505(A) VC22505(B) VC22507 VC22507.8(A) VC22507.8(B) VC22507.8(C)(1) VC22507.8(C)(2) VC22510 C' San Luis Obispo City Parking. Penalty Schedule DESCRIPTION rt Page 2 i� PENALTY LAST REVISED EFFECT OF PERMISSION TO LOAD/UNLOAD IN WHITE ZN 20 STANDING IN ANY ALLEY 20 HANDICAPPED PARKING 275 CERTAIN VEHICLES PROHIBITED IN CENTRAL DIST. 45 ADVERTISING VEHICLES 20 ANIMAL DRAWN VEHICLES 20 TRUCK ROUTES 75 COMM. VEH PROHIBITED FROM USING CERTAIN STR. 15 MAX.GROSS WT.LIMITS OF VEH. ON CERTAIN STR. 75 PARKING METERS- OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES 2 UNLAWFUL TO PARK AFTER METER TIME HAS EXPRD 8 UNLAWFUL TO EXTEND TIME BEYOND LIMIT 2 IMPROPER USE OF METER 2 PARKING METERS /STANDARDS - PROPER USE 2 MOTORCYCLE SPACES 2 CURRENT TAB IMPROPERLY ATTACHED 50 CROSSWALK -USE WHERE PROHIBITED 54 VEHICLE OR ANIMAL ON PUBLIC GROUNDS - MOVING 103 VEHICLE OR ANIMAL ON PUBLIC GROUNDS- PARKING 20 DRIVEWAYS, PATHS, PARKING FACILITIES ON GROUNDS 20 MOTORIZED BICYCLES, SKATEBOARDS ON PUB. PROP. 103 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:FIRE LANE 75 STOPPING / STANDING /PARKING:WTIHIN INTERSECTION 20 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING.ON A CROSSWALK 20 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:BETWEEN SAFETY.ZN 20 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:W/IN 15' FIREHOUSE ENT 20 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING :PUBLIC/PRIVATE DRVWY 20 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:ON SIDEWALK 20 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING :ALONG /OPPOSTTE OBSTR 20 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:. ROADWAY SIDE OF VEH 20 IMPROPER PARKING IN BUS ZONE 250 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:IN TUBE OR TUNNEL 20 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING -UPON BRIDGE EXCEPT RUTH 20 IMPROPER PKING IN WHEELCHAIR ACCESS 250 CURB PARKING 20 PARKING OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC 20 CURB PARKING - WHEELS MORE THAN IN. FROM CURB 20 UNINCORPORATED AREA PARKING 20 PARKING ON STATE HWY WHERE SIGN POSTED 20 POSTED NO PARKING -STATE HIGHWAY 20 UNLAWFUL PARKING 20 PARKING IN SPACE FOR HANDICAPPED 275 PARKING IN SPACE FOR HANDICAPPED - OBSTRUCT/BLOCK 275 PARKING IN SPACE FOR HANDICAPPED -ON LINES MARKED 275 PARKING IN SPACE FOR HANDICAPPED - PARKING LOT 275 PARKING IN SHOW AREAS 20 12/31/91 12/31/91 01/08/93 1131/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 12/31/91 07/02/92 12/31/91 01/06.93 12/31/92 12/31/92, 12/31/92. 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/92 01/04/93 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/92. 12/31/92 12/31/92 12/31/91 12/31/91 01/05/93 01/06/93 12/31/92. / -/Q Date 09 /15/95 Said Luis Obispo City Parking Penalty Schedule — Page 3 " CODE&SECTION DESCRIPTION PENALTY LAST REVISED VC22511.7 HANDICAP ZONE 275 12/31/92 VC22512 VEHICLE UNATTENDED 103 12/31/92 VC22513 TOW CARS - PARKING ON FREEWAY 20 01/04/93 VC22514 FIRE HYDRANTS 20 01/04/93 VC22515(A) UNATTENDED VEH -SET BRAKES /STOP MOTOR 20 01/04/93 VC22515(B) UNATTENDED VEH -SET BRAKES/WHEELS/PREVENT MOVE 20 01/04/93 VC22516 LOCKED VEHICLE 103 12/31/91 VC22517 OPENING AND CLOSING DOORS 103 12/31/91 VC22520 STOPPING ON FREEWAY 20 01/04/93 VC22520.5 VENDING ON FREEWAY RIGHT -OF -WAY 103 12/31/91 VC22520.5(A_) VENDING ON FREEWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY 103 07/29/92 VC22521 ILLEGAL TO PARK ON RAILROAD TRACKS 20 01/04193 VC22522 PARKING NEW SIDE WALK ACCESS RAMPS 275, 01/04/94 VC22523(A) VEHICLE ABANDONMENT 270 12/31/91 VC22523(B) VEHICLE ABANDONMENT 270 12/31/91. VC22526(A) BLOCKING INTERSECTION- PROHIBITED- ANTI - GRIDLOCK 50 01/04/93 VC22526(B) BLOCKING INTERSECTION 50 12/31/91 VC22650 UNLAWFUL REMOVAL OF UNATTENDED VEHICLE 103 01/04/93 VC22651(13) VEHICLE PARKED/LEFT STANDING TO OBSTRUCT TRAFFIC 103 12/31/91 VC22658.I TOW COMPANY -; REPORT DAMAGE 103 12/31/91 VC226580) TOW COMPANY - ILLEGALLY REMOVING VEHICLE 103 09/28/92 VC22951 PARKING LOT - STREEET AND ALLEY PARKING 20 01/04/93 VC22952(A) PARKING LOT- TOWING OR REMOVAL 103 12/31/91 VC22952(B) PARKING, LOT - TOWING OR REMOVAL 103 12/31/91 g:lpensched / -rl RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: City Clerk City of San Luis Obispo P.O. Box 8100 San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 GIFT DEED It is the intention of Grantor, FELTON A. FERRINI, that said property hereinafter mentioned forever remain in its natural state, and forever be open space, and that no buildings, structures or signs of any kind be erected thereon, that any groundwater produced from any well(s) on the property be used only on. the property or within the CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO and through the City's distribution system,, and that no non - structural improvements (e.g., public parking or trails) be installed, constructed, placed or permitted thereon, except for those presently erected thereon or required by Parcel Map SLO 94 -072 (as described below) and except for those non - structural improvements required for the municipal use of said property for open space not in conflict with these conditions. FELTON A. FERRINI, an unmarried man (hereinafter "Grantor ") hereby, for and as a gift, release, convey and quitclaim, to the CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO, (hereinafter "Grantee ") that certain real property in the City of San Luis . Obispo, County of San Luis Obispo, State of California, more particularly described as Parcel 4 of Parcel Map SLO 94 -072 recorded September 21, 1995 in Book 51, Page 74 of Maps of said County, to its successors or assigns, upon the condition that the above described property forever remain in its natural state, and forever be and remain open space, and that no buildings or structures of any kind be erected thereon, that any groundwater produced, from any well(s) on the property be used only on the property or within the CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO and through the City's distribution system, and. that no non - structural improvements (e.g., public parking or trails) be installed, constructed, placed or permitted on the .property, except as provided for herein. UHIBIr a -1 It being expressly understood and agreed by and between the Grantor and Grantee, that in case Grantee ceases to use the above described property, as in the manner and for the prescribed uses and purposes, and with the limitations and upon the conditions hereinabove set forth, that. then and in that case the property hereinbefore conveyed shall revert to and become the property of Grantors, their heirs, executors, administrators or assigns. Unless the CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO accepts and records this deed on or before December 31, 1995, this gift deed is revoked and conveys no rights whatsoever to the CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Gift Deed has been executed. Dated: October 25, 1995 -FELTON A. F RRI A -2- SPATE OF CALIFORNIA ) ss COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ) On October 25, 1995, before me, a Notary Public for the State of . California, personally appeared FELTON A. FERRINI personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument he, or the entity upon behalf of which he acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. PATRICIA L CORDON Notary Public s Iola= Z Z. -m ,Notary P�tilfe — CaBfomin sAN wrsoe�PO couNn MV Comm. E ire APR 23.1998 A-3 POR NW 1/4 SEC 21 ea®s 804cm "0. S � & 4 cn � q n $y as s �I M= � arm i i ai - awi ws �r !II �9 P 90' EP i 10Y107 Y i i y i� cl _g $�+ 00 I � / if I rMy is Eazzooz C ?� ® 3) h mw �� d F14 (� A 0 PO 0 c� m 102 N "x moo° co f v n sz,— A a� i I s b 0 z A w Y- -- ---- - - - - -- $ _niV U1 gg &4$ w an �R �fjro� a C Z V= PIMP. ;-4 &414y d .o' y H m iv x ltj� 8a� •'t$ `Au 9A A a� i I s b 0 z A w Y- -- ---- - - - - -- $ _niV U1 gg &4$ w an �R �fjro� a C Z V= PIMP. ;-4 &414y d .o' y x A sad A a� i I s b 0 z A w Y- -- ---- - - - - -- $ _niV U1 gg &4$ w an �R �fjro� a C Z V= PIMP. ;-4 &414y d .o' y SCHEDULE A )rderNo: 203725 DS Your W. FERRINI 1. The estate or interest in the land hereinafter described or referred to covered by this report is: A FEE 2. Title to said estate or interest at the date hereof is vested in: FELTON A. FERRINI, an unmarried man 3. The land referred to in this report is situated in the State of California, County of San Luis Obispo and is described as follows: Parcels 1 and 4 as shown on Parcel Map SLO 94 -072, in the City of San Luis Obispo, County of San Luis Obispo, State of California recorded on September 21, 1995 in Book 51, Page 74 of Parcel Maps, in the Office of the County Recorder of said County. "Chmen t 3 371 Page 1 Order No: 203725 DS SCHEDULE B Your Ref: FERRINI At the date hereof exceptions to coverage in addition to the printed Exceptions_ and Exclusions in the policy form designated on the face page of this Report would be as follows: V 1. Any taxes, current or delinquent, tax sales, street assessments, bonds, special assessments, as districts, tax deeds, Treasurers deeds, and certificates of sale, which may exist as liens, charges or encumbrances against said land. No examination of the records pertaining to said matters having been made: C 2. An easement for the purpose, shown below and rights incidental thereto as set forth in a document (No representation is made as to the present ownership of said easement). Granted to: Pacific Telephone & Telegraph-Company Recorded: December 27, 1910 in 'Book 87, Page 288 of Deeds Purpose: an anchor with the.necessary wires and fixtures_ thereon Affects: Property herein described. D 3. An easement for the purpose shown below and rights incidental thereto as set forth in a document (No representation is made as to the present ownership of said easement). Granted to: Pacific Telephone & Telegraph Company Recorded: December 27, 1910 in Book 87, Page 289 of Deeds_ Purpose: anchor, with the necessary wires and fixtures thereon Affects: Property herein described E 4. An easement for the purpose shown below and rights incidental thereto as set forth in.a document (No representation is made as to the present ownership of said.easement). Granted to: Santa Maria Gas Company, a corporation Recorded: September 11, 193.9 in Book 263', Page 411 of Official Records Purpose: a pipeline for the transmissin of gas only, for heat, light, power and other purposes Affects: Property herein described. F 5. Restrictions on the use, by the owners and Santa Maria Gas Company of said land, of the easement area as set out in the easement document Recorded: September 11, 1939 in Book 263, Page 411 of Official Records Page 2 Order No: 203725 DS G M N n r SC_ HEDULE B (contnued) Your Ref: FERRINI. 6: An easement for the purpose shown below and rights incidental thereto as set forth in a document (No representation is made as to the present ownership.of said easement). Granted to: Pacific Gas & Electric Company, a,California corporation Recorded: January 21, 1944 in Book 358, Page 105 of Official Records Purpose: a single line of poles, wires and.fixtures therewith Affects: Parcel 2 7. An easement for the purpose shown below and rights incidental thereto as set forth in a document (No representation is made as to the present ownership of said easement). Granted.to: City of San Luis Obispo, a municipal corporation_ of the State of California Recorded: July 5, 1984 in Book 2611, Page 392 of Official Records Purpose: open.space Affects: a portion of said land Covenants, conditions and restrictions (deleting therefrom any restrictions based on race, color'or creed) as set forth in the document referred to in the numbered item last above shown. Reference is made to said document for full particulars. S. An easement for the purpose shown below and rights incidental thereto_ as set forth in a document (No representation is made as to the present ownership of said easement). Granted to: Recorded: Purpose: Affects:. City of San Luis Obispo, a chartered municipal. corporation February 25, 1985 in Book 2679, Page 940 of Official Records a, waterline pumping station -with the right to maintain, reconstruct, repair, remove,. replace, enlarge and /or add to said pumping station, and all appurtenances thereto; for access to the waterline pumping station with the right to maintain, reconstruct, repair, remove, replace and increase the size of said access; and an easement for a waterline with the right to maintain, reconstruct, repair, remove, replace, increase the number and /or size of said waterline, and all appurtenances thereto Portion of Parcel 4 herein described 3 -3 ^' SCHEDULE B Page 3 (continued) ']rdrrNn• 17n171) c ns Your Ref[ FERRINI Q 9. An easement for. the purpose shown below and rights incidental thereto as set forth in a document (No representation is made as to the present ownership of said easement). Granted to: City of.San Luis Obispo, a chartered municipal corporation Recorded: January 29, 1986 in Book 2796, Page 3 of Official Records Purpose: a waterline, water storage tank and access thereto Affects: a portion of said land W 10. A covenant and agreement Executed by: Felton A. Ferrini.and Matthew F. Ferrini and Elizabeth Ferrini Katsaris In favor of: City of San Luis Obispo Recorded: September 21, 1995 under Recorder's Series Number 1995- 042540 Which.among other things provides: Grant of easement and agreement for common driveway X Said matter affects: Parcel S herein described and other property Y Among other things, said document provides: (a). The owner(s) of Lots 1, 2, 3, their heirs and assigns will be jointly responsible.to improve, maintain and keep in repair, said driveway. (b) Prohibit all parking on the common access portions Z Reference is made to said document for full particulars. M END OF SCHE = B A8 caw . 14 city of san lul s oB1 spo CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the interest in real property conveyed by GRANT DEED dated October 25, 1995, from FELTON FERRINI to the CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO, a Political Corporation, is.hereby accepted by the undersigned officer on behalf of the City Council pursuant to authority conferred by Resolution No. 5370 (1984 Series), recorded June 15, 1984, in Volume 2604, Official Records, Page 878, San Luis Obispo County, California, and the Grantee consents to recordation thereof by its duly authorized officer or his agent. Date: 11 " 1S' XS� CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO B Mayor Allen Settle 1 RESOLUTION NO.8462(1995 SERIES) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO APPROVING THE ESTABLISHMENT OF PARKING CITATION FEES, PENALTIES, SURCHARGES, AND PROCESSING AND RESCINDING RESOLUTION NO. 8202 WHEREAS, State law provides, in Vehicle Code Section, 40203.5, that cities establish the amount of parking penalties, fees, and surcharges; and WHEREAS, State law authorizes the City to recover administrative fees, parking penalties, fees and collection costs related to civil debt collection, late payment penalties, and other related charges; and WHEREAS, State law and the issuing agencies authorize the adoption of uniform fees, penalties, collection, adjudication process, authority to issue parking citations, and to establish a compliance program for parking citation processing; and WHEREAS, the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo did hold a public hearing to consider an increase in the parking fine for residential parking permit districts. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: A. Resolution 8202 (1993 Series) is hereby rescinded effective 30 days after final passage of the ordinance authorizing the establishment of parking fines by resolution. B. The City has implemented the provisions of AB 408 and hereby establishes the penalties for parking violations, late payment penalties, administrative fees, and other related fees for all parking violation codes set forth in Attachment 1, attached hereto and incorporated herein effective 30 days after final passage of the ordinance authorizing the establishment of parking fines by resolution. On motion of Council Mbr. Romero ,seconded by Council Mbr. Roalman, and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Romero, Roalman, Williams,'Smith and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this 17th day of October ,1995 R -8462 Resolution 8462(1995 Series) Page two ATTEST ACTING CITY CLERK, Iy CONDON ' APPROVED "6 aa 4 CITY ATrORNEY SAN LUIS OBISPO CITY PAREING PENALTY SCHEDULE CODE &SECTION DESCRIPTION PENALTY LAST REVISED SLMC10.12.030 REQUIRED OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC-REGULATIONS 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.12.040 BICYCLE ON HIGHWAY- REGULATIONS 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.12.050 INTERFERENCE WITH POLICE /AUTHORIZED OFFICER 80 12/31/91 SLMC10.12.080 REPORT OF DAMAGE TO CERTAIN PROPERTY 75 12/31/91 SLMC10.14.030 OBEDIENCE TO TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.14.090 UNAUTHORIZED PAINTING ON CURBS. 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.16.010 OBEDIENCE TO TURNING MARKS_ RS 75 08/13/92 SLMC10.16.030 OBEDIENCE TO NO -TURN SIGNS 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.16.040 SIGNAL CONTROLLED INTERSECTIONS -RIGHT TURNS URNS 45 - 12/31/91 SLMC10.24.010 STOP SIGNS 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.24.020 EMERGING FROM ALLEY, DRIVEWAY OR BUILDING 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.010 DRIVING THROUGH FUNERAL PROCESSION 45 12/31/91 SLMC10,28.020 COMMERCIAL VEHICLES.USING PRIVATE'DRIVEWAYS 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.030 RIDING OR.DRIVING ON SIDEWALK 45 12/31/91 SLMCI0.28.040 NEW PAVEMENT AND MARKINGS 20 12/31/91 SLMCI0.28.050 LIMITED ACCESS 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.060 OBEDIENCE TO BARRIERS AND SIGNS 75 12/31/91 SLMC10.28.070 ENTRANCE INTO INTERSECTION- OBSTRUCTING TRAFFIC 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.32.020 PED CROSSING IN BUSS DIST -OTHER THAN XWALK 20 12/31191 SLMC10.36.020 STOPPING OR STANDING IN PARKWAYS PROHIBITED 20 12131/91 SLMC10.36.030 STOP /STAND /PARK IN. VIOLATION OF CHAPTER 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.040 NO PARKING ZONE - PROHIBITED PARKING 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.050 USE OF STREETS FOR STORAGE. OF VEHICLES PROHIBITED 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.060 PARKING DEMONSTRATION 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.070 REPAIRING OR GREASING VEHICLE ON PUBLIC STREET 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.080 WASHING OR POLISHING VEHICLES 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.090 PARKING ADJACENT TO SCHOOLS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.100 PARKING PROHIBITED ON NARROW STREETS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.110 PARKING ON GRADES 10 12/31/91 SLMCI0:36.120 UNLAWFUL PARKING- PEDDLERS, VENDORS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.130 EMERGENCY PARKING SIGNS 10 12/31/91 SLMC1036.140 LARGE /COMMERCIAL VEH. PRKG NEAR INTERSECTION 10 12/31/91 SLMC10:36.150 NIGHTTIME PARKING OF LARGE VEHICLES 10 12/31/91 SLMCI0.36.160 NIGHTTIME PKING /VEH/W /OPERATING AIR /REFER . 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.200 PARKING IN A RESIDENTIAL PERMIT PARKING AREA 20 10/17/95 SLMC10.36.230 PERMITS- DISPLAY OF PERMITS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.36.235 NO PERMIT LOT 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.010 12,15,24,30,36 MINUTE PARKING 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.020 ONE HOUR PARKING 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.030 TWO HOUR PARKING 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.040 PARKING PARALLEL ON ONE -WAY STREETS 8 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.050 DIAGONAL PARKING 8 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.060 PARKING SPACE MARKINGS 8 1251/91 SLMC10.40.070 NO STOPPING ZONE 8 12/31/91 SLMC10.40.080 ALL NIGHT PARKING PROHIBITED 8 12/31/91 SLMC10.44.020 CURB PARKING TO, INDICATE NO STOPPING / PKING REGS 10 12/31/91 SLMC10.44.030 EFFECT/ PERMISSION TO LOAD /UNLOAD IN YELLOW ZN 20 12/31/91 Attachment 1 /- 9 Date 09 /15/95 San Luis Obispo City Parking Penalty Schedule Page 2 CODE&SECTION DESCRIPTION PENALTY LAST REVISED SLMCi0.44.040 EFFECT OF PERMISSION TO LOAD /UNLOAD IN WHITE ZN 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.44.050 STANDING IN ANY ALLEY 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.44.070 HANDICAPPED PARKING 275 01/08/93 SLMC10.48.010 CERTAIN VEHICLES PROHIBITED IN CENTRAL DIST. 45 12/31/91 SLMC10.48.020 ADVERTISING VEHICLES 20 12/31/91 SLMC10.48.030 ANIMAL DRAWN VEHICLES 20 12/31/91 SLMCi0.48.040 TRUCK ROUTES 75 12/31 /91 SLMC10.48.050 COMM. VEH PROHIBITED FROM USING CERTAIN SIR. 75 12/31/91 SLMC10.48.060 MAX.GROSS WT.LIMrrS OF VEH. ON CERTAIN STR. 75 12/31/91 SLMC10.52.040 PARKING METERS- OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES 2 12/31/91 SLMCI0.52.050 UNLAWFUL TO PARK .AFTER METER TIME HAS EXPRD 8 12/31/91 SLMC10.52.060 UNLAWFUL TO EXTEND TIME BEYOND LIMIT 2 12/31/91 SLMC10.52.070 IMPROPER USE OF METER 2 12/31/91 SLMC10.52.080 PARKING METERS/STANDARDS-PROPER USE 2 12/31/91 SLMC10.52.110 MOTORCYCLE SPACES 2 12/31/91 VC5204(A) CURRENT TAB IMPROPERLY ATTACHED 12/31/91 VC2116(B) CROSSWALK -USE WHERE PROHIBITED 54 12/31/91 VC21113(A) VEHICLE OR ANIMAL ON PUBLIC GROUNDS- MOVING 103 12/31/91 VC21113(A) VEHICLE OR ANIMAL ON PUBLIC GROUNDS- PARKING 20 12/31/91 VC21113(C) DRIVEWAYS, PATHS, PARKING FACILITIES ON GROUNDS 20 07/02/92 VC21113(F) MOTORIZED BICYCLES, SKATEBOARDS ON PUB. PROP. 103 12/31/91 VC22500.1 STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING :FIRE LANE 75 01/06.93 VC22500(A) STOPPING /STANDING /PARKING:WITHIN INTERSECTION 20 12/31/92 VC22500(B) STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:ON A CROSSWALK 20 . 12/31/92 VC22500(C) STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:BETWEEN SAFETY ZN 20 12/31/92 VC22500(D) STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:W/IN 15' FIREHOUSE ENT 20 12/31/92 VC22500(E) STOPPING /STANDING /PARKING:PUBLIC/PRIVATE DRVWY 20 12/31/92 VC22500(F) STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING:ON SIDEWALK 20 12/31/92 VC22500(G) STOPPING/ STANDING /PARKING:ALONG /OPPOSITE OBSTR 20 12/31/92 VC22500(H) STOPPING /STANDING /PARKING: ROADWAY SIDE OF VEH 20 12/31/92 VC22500(I) IMPROPER PARKING IN BUS ZONE 250 12/31/92 VC22500(n STOPPING / STANDING /PARKING:IN TUBE OR TUNNEL 20 12/31/92 VC22500(K) STOPPING /STANDING/PARKING :UPON BRIDGE EXCEPT AUTH 20 12/31/92 VC22500(1) IMPROPER PKING IN WHEELCHAIR ACCESS 250 01/04/93 VC22502(A) CURB PARKING 20 12/31/92 VC22502(B) PARKING OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC 20 12/31/92 VC22502(C) CURB PARKING- WHEELS MORE THAN 18 IN. FROM CURB 20 12/31/92 VC22504(A) UNINCORPORATED AREA PARKING 20 12/31/92 VC22505(A) PARKING ON STATE HWY WHERE SIGN POSTED 1251/92 VC22505(B) POSTED NO PARKING -STATE HIGHWAY 20 12/31/92 VC22507 UNLAWFUL PARKING 20 12/31/92 VC22507.8(A) PARKING IN SPACE FOR HANDICAPPED 275 12/31/91 VC22507.8(B) PARKING IN SPACE FOR HANDICAPPED - OBSTRUCT /BLOCK 275 12/31/91 VC22507.8(C)(1) PARKING IN SPACE FOR HANDICAPPED -ON LINES MARKED 275 01/05/93 VC22S07.8(C)(2) PARKING IN SPACE FOR HANDICAPPED- PARKING LOT 275 01/06/93 VC22510 PARKING IN SHOW AREAS 20 12/31/92 /_/0 Y Date 09 /15/95 San Luis Otiispo City Parking Penalty Schedule Page 3 CODE&SECTION DESCRIPTION PENALTY LAST REVISED VC22511.7 HANDICAP ZONE 275 12/31/92 VC22512 VEHICLE UNATTENDED 103 12/31192 VC22513 TOW CARS- PARKING ON FREEWAY 20 01/04/93 VC22514 FIRE HYDRANTS 20 01/04/93 VC225I5(A) UNATTENDE D VEH -SET BRAKES /STOP MOTOR 20 01/04/93 VC22515(B) UNATTENDED VEH -SET BRAKES/WHEELS/PREVENT MOVE 20 01/04/93 VC-22516 LOCKED VEHICLE 103 12/31/91 VC22517 OPENING AND CLOSING DOORS 103 12/31/91 VC22520 STOPPING ON FREEWAY 20 01/04/93 VC22520.5 VENDING ON FREEWAY RIGHT -OF -WAY 103 12/31/91 VC22520.5(A) VENDING ON FREEWAY RIGHT -OF -WAY 103 07/29/92 VC22521 ILLEGAL TO PARK ON RAILROAD TRACKS 20 01/04/93 VC22522 PARKING NEW SIDE WALK, ACCESS RAMPS 275 01/04/94 VC22523(A) VEHICLE ABANDONMENT 270 12/31/91 VC22523(B) VEHICLE ABANDONMENT 270 12/31/91 VC22526(A) BLOCKING INTERSECTION-PROHIBITED-ANTI-GRIDLOCK 50 01/04/93 VC22526(B) BLOCKING INTERSECTION 50 12/31/91 VC22650 UNLAWFUL REMOVAL OF UNATTENDED VEHICLE 103 01/04/93 VC22651(B) VEHICLE PARKED /LEFT STANDING TO OBSTRUCT TRAFFIC 103 12/31/91 VC22658.1 TOW COMPANY- REPORT DAMAGE 103 12/31/91 VC22658(1) TOW COMPANY = ILLEGALLY REMOVING VEHICLE 103 09/28/92 VC22951 PARKING LOT - STREEET AND ALLEY PARKING 20 01/04/93 VC22952(A) PARKING LOT - TOWING OR REMOVAL 103 12/31/91 VC22952(13) PARKING LOT - TOWING OR REMOVAL 103 12/31/91 g: \pensohed RESOLUTION NO. 8461 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ACCEPTING A NEGOTIATED EXCHANGE OF PROPERTY TAX REVENUE AND ANNUAL TAX INCREMENT BETWEEN THE COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AND THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO FOR THE GOLDENROD ANNEXATION AT 4380 BROAD STREET (SLO COUNTY ANNEXATION #43) BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo, that: WHEREAS, in the case of a jurisdictional change which will alter the service area or responsibility of a local agency, Revenue and Taxation Code Section 99(b) requires that the amount of property tax revenue to be exchanged, if any, and the amount of annual tax increment to be exchanged among the affected local agencies shall be determined by negotiation; and WHEREAS, when a city is involved, the negotiations are conducted between the City Council and the Board of Supervisors of the County; and WHEREAS, Revenue and Taxation Code Section 99(b) requires that each local agency, upon completion of negotiations, adopt resolutions whereby said local agencies agree to accept the negotiated exchange or property tax revenues, if any, and annual tax increment and requires that each local agency transmit a copy of each such resolution to the Executive Officer of the Local Agency Formation Commission; and WHEREAS, no later than the date on which the certificate of completion of the jurisdictional change is recorded with the County Recorder, the Executive Officer shall notify the County Auditor of the exchange of property tax revenues by transmitting a copy of said resolution to him and the County Auditor shall therefore make the appropriate adjustments as required by law; and R -8461 Resolution No8461(1995 Series) Page 2 WHEREAS, the negotiations have taken place concerning the transfer of property tax revenues and annual tax increment between the County of San Luis Obispo and the City of San Luis Obispo pursuant to Section 99(b) for the jurisdictional change designated as Annexation No. 43 to the City of San Luis Obispo (Goldenrod Annexation); and WHEREAS, the negotiating parties, to wit: Paul Hood, Principal Administrative Analyst, County of San Luis Obispo, and Ken Hampian, Assistant City Administrative Officer, have negotiated the exchange of property tax revenue and annual tax increment between such entities as hereinafter set forth; and WHEREAS, it is in the public interest that such negotiated exchange of property tax revenues and annual tax increment be consummated. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo, as follows: 1. That the recitals set forth above are true, correct, and valid. 2. That the City of San Luis Obispo agrees to accept the following negotiated exchange of property tax revenues and annual tax increment: (a) No base property tax revenue shall be transferred from the County of San Luis Obispo to the City of San Luis Obispo. (b) Annual tax increment in an amount to be determined by the County Auditor, based upon the following percentage agreed to by the negotiating parties, 13.78343 percent, shall be transferred from the County of San Luis Obispo to the City of San Luis Obispo in the fiscal year 1996 -97 and each fiscal year thereafter. 0 Resolution No6461(1995 Series) Page 3 3. Upon receipt of a certified copy of this resolution and a copy of the recorded certificate of completion, the County Auditor shall make the appropriate adjustments to property tax revenues and annual tax increments as set forth above. 4. That the City Clerk is authorized and directed to transmit a certified copy of the resolution to the Executive Officer of the San Luis Obispo Local Agency Formation Commission, who shall then distribute copies in the manner prescribed by law. On motion of Council Mbr. Williams seconded by Council Mbr. Smith and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Williams, Smith, Roalman, Romero and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this 17th day of October 1995. Mayor Allen K. Settle ATTEST: n1 ACTING City Clerk, T Kim Condon i ;< L 2 TANK / \ ok o � o0 C - -- ' - CITY UNLIT Poi rc e f to bne 0 FEET 1000 20, VICINITY MAP I ANNX /R 110 -93 GOLDENROD LANE in, e t v� J RESOLUTION NO. 8460 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO SUPPORTING PARTICIPATION IN THE REGIONAL NETWORK CONSORTIUM WHEREAS, effectively using information technology can help achieve key organizational goals of improving productivity, customer service, community involvement in civic affairs and public access to information; and WHEREAS, developing reliable and cost - effective information technology infrastructures is essential in allowing electronic communications between remote sites within our own information systems as well as with other public and private sector organizations; and WHEREAS, collaborating with other governmental agencies in San Luis Obispo County can result in more efficient and cost- effective ways of developing regional networks and information technology infrastructures; and WHEREAS, implementing joint solutions requires a way of identifying and sharing plans with other agencies, which is the purpose of the Regional Network Consortium as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved that the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo supports participation in the Regional Network Consortium. Upon motion of Council Mbr. Williams, seconded by Council Mbr. Smith and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Williams, Smith, Roalman, Romero and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this 17th day of OctobeV 1995. Mayor Allen ATTEST: p ACTING City Clerk, KIX6bON APPROVED AS TO FORM R -8460 REGIONAL NETWORK CONSORTIUM Working Together Today for Better Networks Tomorrow MISSION STATEMENT Who are we? We are a voluntary association of government agencies in San Luis Obispo County working together in making information infrastructure improvements that will help each organization better meet its technology needs. Wliat do we stand for? Virtually every government agency operating in San Luis Obispo County has plans - formal or informal - for using information technology to achieve important organization -wide goals such as improving productivity, customer service, community involvement in civic affairs and public access to information. And in almost all cases, these plans require reliable and cost - effective information technology infrastructures that allow electronic communications between remote sites within their own information systems as well as with others. The purpose of the Consortium is to create a forum where information technology plans can be shared and solutions identified that will either help make possible through collaborative efforts what no one agency could achieve alone, or result in more efficient and cost - effective solutions for everyone. How does the Consortium help accomplish this? The Consortium helps bring about better regional networks and electronic connectivity by: ■ Providing an ongoing forum for public agencies to share their plans with each other and in turn identify solutions that can mutually benefit each of them in terms of better service or lower costs. ■ Sponsoring workshops to keep member agencies current on new networking products, services and trends. ■ Providing staff from smaller organizations with opportunities to discuss needs and solutions with staff from larger, more technologically sophisticated organizations. ■ Developing technical standards and guidelines for communications hardware and software for use by agencies, on a voluntary basis. ■ Working closely with private sector service providers like Pacific Bell and Call America as well as community -based organizations like SLONET, United Way, Chamber of Commerce and recognized community advisory groups in identifying ways of improving regional networks and overall electronic connectivity. ■ Maintaining a directory of information technology contacts from member agencies, private sector organizations and community -based groups. ■ Assisting in coordinating efforts to obtain funding that may be available for improving regional networks through the National Telecommunications and Information Assistance Program or similar grant programs. What the Consortium isn't The Consortium is not another layer of government: it does not act independently nor review or approve plans and activities of other agencies. Each agency already possesses the ability to cooperate with other governmental agencies or private vendors in joint projects and programs that mutually benefit them. What each agency does not currently possess is knowledge about what other agencies are doing (or planning to do) where collaborative efforts would result in a better product or lower costs. In short, the Consortium solely exists to help agencies put together joint projects when it makes business sense for each of them to do so by providing a forum for sharing plans so that areas of mutual interest and benefit can be identified. How does an agency become a Consortium member? Every governmental agency doing business in San Luis Obispo County - a city, state agency, special district, council of governments, joint powers authority, the County - is already by definition a member of the Consortium. However, benefits from membership can only be obtained by actively supporting - and participating in - Consortium activities. J, C, PJ C RESOLUTION NO. 8459 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ESTABLISHING ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCE PRESERVATION GUIDELINES WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo has adopted Environmental Guidelines (Resolution No. 5302, 1984 Series) to implement the California Environmental Quality Act _(CEQA) and to assist developers, staff, citizens and decisionmakers in understanding a project's environmental effects prior to approval and to mitigate significant adverse effects; and WHEREAS, Section 21083.2 of the California Public Resources Code requires local governments to determine whether a project may have a significant effect on archaeological resources, and to mitigate any adverse impacts to unique archaeological resources; and WHEREAS, the City has developed archaeological resource preservation guidelines to implement CEQA and to promote the preservation of archaeological resources for public benefit, in conformance with the General Plan; and WHEREAS, the Cultural Heritage Committee, Planning Commission And the City Council have held public hearings on the proposed Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines, intended to amend and update the City's Environmental Guidelines; and WHEREAS, the proposed guidelines amendments come to the Council upon the recommendation of the Cultural Heritage Committee and Planning Commission; and WHEREAS, the potential environmental impacts of the amendments have been evaluated in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act and the City's Environmental Guidelines and the Community Development Director has determined that the proposed guidelines are categorically exempt under CEQA Section 15307, which exempts actions for the protection of natural resources; R -8459 Resolution No. 84501995 Series) Page 2 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Environmental Determination. This.Council, after considering public testimony, the Cultural Heritage Committee and Planning Commission recommendations, and staff reports thereon hereby affirms the Community Development Director's determination that the proposed guidelines are categorically exempt (CEQA Section 15307). SECTION 2. Environmental Guidelines Amended. The City's Environmental Guidelines are hereby amended to include the Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines, Exhibit "A% attached. SECTION 3. implementation. The Community Development Director shall be responsible for amending the Environmental Guidelines and implementing the Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines. SECTION 4. Effective Date. The newly adopted guidelines shall be effective immediately upon adoption. On motion of Romero , seconded by Toi, , ; ,mom , and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Romero, Williams, Smith, Roalman, Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT' None the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this i,,j Of ortofier , 1995. APPROVED AS TO FORM: a CU�,"-44 City Attorney AWL uchm.ms Mayor Allen Settle m �IIIIII 11 � IIIII�IIIIII�II A city of San 1L11S OBISPO ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCE PRESERVATION GUIDELINES An amendment to the City Environmental Guidelines, Adopted October 3, 1995 by the San Luis Obispo City Council, Resolution No. 8459 (1995 Series). October 1995 City of San Luis Obispo Community Development Department San Luis Obispo, California 93401 -3249 r 1iiiruiiu 111 11 11p1�lllllll SAN LUIS OBISPO CITY COUNCIL Mayor Allen Settle Bill Roalman Dave Romero Dodie Williams Kathy Smith CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO CULTURAL HERITAGE CONE%I=E Garth Kornreich Dan Krieger John Edmisten Alice Loh Wendy Waldron Victoria Wood 01`. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT Arnold Jonas, Director John Mandeville, Long -Range Planning Manager Jeff Hook, Project Planner €' €_ Community Development Department 990 Palm Street San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 -3249 (805) 781 -7172 Section TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 Introduction ........................................ ..............................1 1.10 How to Use These Guidelines ..................... ............................... l 1.20 Exempt Projects ................:..................... ..............................2 1.30 Sensitive Areas ....................................... ..............................2 1.40 Relationship to General Plan ....................... ..............................3 1:50 Cultural Heritage Committee Role ................ ..............................3 2.0 Archaeological Resource Inventory ....... ..............................3 2.10 Purpose ................................................ ..............................3 2.20 When Required ....................................... :.............................3 2.30 Submittal and Review ............................... ..............................4 3.0 Subsurface Archaeological Resource Evaluation ..................4 3.10 Purpose ................................................ ..............................4 3.20 When Required ....................................... ..............................4 3.30 Submittal and Review ............................... ..............................4 3.40 Determination of Significance ...................... ..............................5 4.0 Archaeological Resource Impact Mitigation ..........................6 4.10 Purpose ................................................. ..............................6 4.20 When Required ........................................ ..............................6 4.30 Mitigation Methods ................................... ..............................7 4.40 Archaeological Data Recovery ...................... ..............................7 4.50 Monitoring of Construction Activities ............. .............................10 Subsurface Arch. Resource Evaluation: Submittal Requirements ........... 4.60 Archaeological Discoveries During Construction .............................10 Arch. Data Recovery Excavations: Submittal Requirements ................13 4.70 Violations .............................................. .............................10 Definitions ................................... ............................... 4.80 Appeals ................................................. .............................11 5.0 Attachments .....................:................... .............................11 5.10 Selection of Qualified Archaeologists .............. .............................11 5.20 Content of Consultant Proposals .................... .............................12 5.30 Archaeological Resource Inventory: Submittal Requirements ..............12 5.40 Subsurface Arch. Resource Evaluation: Submittal Requirements ........... 12 5.50 Arch. Data Recovery Excavations: Submittal Requirements ................13 5.60 Definitions ................................... ............................... 5.70 Checklist - Archaeological Resource Management Reports 5.80 Instructions For Recording Historical Resources 5.90 California Environmental Quality Act -. Appendix K 5.95 Flow Chart: Archaeological Evaluation Process CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCE PRESERVATION GUIDELINES 1.0 INTRODUCTION. This is a guide to the preservation of archaeological resources in the City of San Luis Obispo. Archaeological resources refer to the artifacts, human remains and sites associated with past human activities, including: • Prehistoric Native American archaeological sites; • Historic archaeological sites; and • Sites or natural landscapes associated with important human events. The guidelines were developed by the Cultural Heritage Committee (CHC), a group of seven citizens who advise the City Council on cultural resource preservation, including both pre - historic and historic features. The guidelines are part of the City's Environmental Guidelines. Citizens, developers, design professionals, staff, the CHC, and decision makers will use these guidelines to determine whether a project complies with CEQA and what information is needed to evaluate a project's effects on archaeological sites and artifacts. The preservation of historical sites and buildings is addressed in another city publication, the HISTORIC PRESERVA77ON PROGRAM GUIDELINES. Archaeological resources are reviewed as part of the State - mandated environmental review process. The California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), and implementing guidelines found in Section 15000 of the California Administrative Code, apply to all projects carried out by state and local government agencies, special districts, public institutions, and private individuals or groups. CEQA requires that the reviewing agency determine whether a project may have adverse effects on important archaeological resources, and if so, what measures are available to reduce or eliminate the adverse effects. These guidelines implement, and are consistent with CEQA requirements and are enforceable through legal action by the City and by private individuals and groups. 1.10 How to Use These Guidelines. Archaeological resource preservation starts during the early stages of project planning and design. Property owners,. developers, builders, design professionals and others involved in public or private development can use these guidelines to anticipate community concerns, protect important cultural resources, and to design their projects so as to avoid delays during development review and construction. ■ To determine if archaeological or historical studies are required for a development project, check Section 1.20 below. Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 2 ■ For a quick overview of the archaeological -review process, refer to the flow chart in Attachment 5.95. ■ For an explanation of what information is required, how to determine what is "significant ", and how to mitigate impacts to archaeological resources, refer to Sections 2.0 through 4.0. ■. For specific requirements for archaeological resource evaluations and for recording archaeological resources, see Attachments 5.70 and 5.80. For questions about these guidelines or for help in determining whether your project is exempt, contact the Community Development Department at (805) 781 -7172. 1.20 Exempt Projects. Not all development projects will require archaeological or historical assessment. For example, the following types of projects are either exempt from CEQA, or are of a size or type which do not normally raise archaeological resource preservation issues: 1.20.1. Projects which are either categorically exempt or statutorily exempt under CEQA are usually not subject to these procedures. However, projects that normally are considered categorically exempt but that are located within Sensitive Areas may require an Archaeological Resource Inventory pursuant to Section 2.0 of these Guidelines. Sensitive Area maps are on file in the Community Development Department. 1.20.2. Projects on parcels, including those in Sensitive Areas, which have undergone substantial subsurface disturbance, as determined by the Community Development Director ( "Director ") and as defined in Attachment 5.60. 1.20.3. Projects on parcels of less than 1 acre, not in a. "sensitive area ", which the Director determines would have little or no potential to adversely affect archaeological resources. This determination must be based on specific findings, such as information. from previous archaeological studies or a preliminary' evaluation of the site by the Central Coast Historical Resource Information Center at the University of California at Santa Barbara. 1.30 Sensitive Areas. Archaeologically "Sensitive Areas" shall include: A. Areas inside or within 200 feet (61 meters) of the boundaries of an archaeological site shown on U.S. Geological Survey topographic maps on file in the Community Development Department or recorded with the Central Coast Historical Information Center. l n Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 3 B. Areas within 200 feet of top of banks of the San Luis Obispo, Stenner, Brizzolara, Acacia, Old Garden, Prefumo, and Froom Creeks; C. Areas inside a Historical Archaeological District, as shown on archaeological sensitivity maps on file at the Community Development Department. D. Sites designated on the Master List of Historic Resources, or determined to be eligible for listing on the National or California Register of Historical Resources (PRC Section 5024.1 (a)). E. Sites designated as being within a historically or archaeologically sensitive area by the CHC, City Council or other governmental agency. 1.40 Relationship to the General Plan. These guidelines are based upon and implement policies in the General Plan Land Use Element, Conservation Element, and Open .Space Element. 1.50 Cultural Heritage Committee Role. The CHC is appointed by the City Council, and its members have special interest or expertise in the field of Cultural Resources. The CHC maintains these guidelines and provides expertise to resolve questions referred to it by the Director. The CHC's actions and recommendations are advisory to the Director, Architectural Review Commission, Planning Commission and the City Council. 2.0. ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCE INVENTORY. 2.10 Purpose. The purpose of an Archaeological Resources Inventory (ARI) is to determine if archaeological . resources may be present on a parcel of land. The ARI involves a check of maps, records and other historical literature, and requires a surface field survey by a qualified archaeologist. A written report must be submitted to the Director to determine if . more extensive resource evaluation is necessary. Once accepted, copies of the report must be filed by the archaeologist with the Historical Resources Information Center. 2.20 When Required. An Archaeological Resource Inventory (ARI, or "inventory") shall be required when the Director determines that a project is likely to disturb subsurface materials, and when the project site is vacant or essentially so and is one acre or larger in size, or contains vacant area that is one acre or larger. A parcel less than 1 acre in size may also require an inventory if it is located within 7 Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 4 a "Sensitive Area." The project applicant shall be responsible for paying the costs of the ARI. 2.30 Submittal and Review Process. 2.30.1. When a project requires an ARI, the project applicant shall have prepared and shall submit an inventory, for review as part of a complete Planning Application. The inventory shall contain the information described in Appendix 5.30. NOTE: historic resources, such as buildings and historic sites, may require evaluation methods other than those addressed by these guidelines. Refer to the City's Historic Preservation Program Guidelines. 2.30.2. Upon receiving the ARI, the Director shall determine whether a subsurface archaeological investigation is necessary, pursuant to Section 3.0. 3.0. SUBSURFACE ARCHEOLOGICAL RESOURCE EVALUATION. 3.10 Purpose. The Subsurface Archaeological Resource Evaluation (SARE) is the primary method used by the City to identify significant archaeological resources. The outcome of the SARE determines which resources are protected.or evaluated further. It also forms the basis for mitigating project impacts and where appropriate, for data excavation and recovery. 3.20 When Required. When the ARI indicates the presence of, or the probable presence of archaeological resources, and development near those resources cannot be avoided, the Director may require a SARE to verify the presence of archaeological resources, location of the resources, and to determine the site's integrity, archaeological significance, and where appropriate, the effects of the proposed project on the resources. The project applicant shall be responsible for paying the costs of consultant services and for City administration of consultant contracts to identify and evaluate archaeological resources. 3.30 Submittal and Review. After completion of all field work, the SARE shall be prepared as described in the Checklist for Preparing and Reviewing Archaeological Resource Management Reports (ARMR), Attachment 5.70, and shall be submitted to the Director. The Director will determine from the SARE report if a significant effect may occur on significant or unique archaeological resources or significant historical resource. Once the SARE is accepted by the Director as being complete, the archaeologist shall submit copies of the report to the Historical Resources Information Center. Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 5 3.40 Determination of Significance. 3.40.1. Archaeological evaluations must include a determination of significance, including whether an archaeological resource is "unique" under CEQA. 3.40.2. "Significant" or "important" prehistoric or historic archaeological resources include those sites or features which: A. Are designated and /or mapped as significant cultural/historical resources at the local level, or are eligible for such local listing, or are eligible for listing on. the California Historic Register; or B. Are located within a geographically definable district with a concentration of site, buildings, structures, or objected which are historically linked and /or associated with an important historical event; or C. Exemplify or reflect noteworthy aspects of cultural, social, economic, political, aesthetic, engineering, or architectural development at the local, state or national level; or D. Are directly associated with an event or person of: (1) recognized scientific significance in San Luis Obispo City or County, California or United States history; or (2) recognized scientific significance in prehistory; E. Can provide information which is both of demonstrable public interest and useful in addressing scientifically or .archaeologically consequential and reasonable research questions; or F. Have special or unique qualities, such as oldest, best preserved, last example of its type, or of particular rarity; or G. Are at least 100 years old and possess substantial stratigraphic integrity; or H. Are determined to be significant or unique by the Director based on CEQA standards or other adopted State or Federal standards. 3.40.3. If upon completion of the SARE the archaeological consultant's findings are inconclusive, the Director may require revisions or supplements to the SARE. 3.40.4.. If upon completion of the SARE the archaeological consultant finds that unique or significant archaeological resources are not present, and these findings are accepted by the Director, then development review or construction activities may proceed without further delay and no further evaluation is required. o Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Yage 6 3.40.5. If the SARE concludes there is only a remote possibility that cultural resources may exist within the impact zone, monitoring of construction activities may be required to protect archaeological resources in accordance with Section 4.50. ° .3.40.6. If the SARE concludes that the archaeological site is significant and that the project may have a significant effect on important or unique archaeological resources, the project sponsor shall either: A. modify the proposed development to avoid impacts; or B. mitigate the adverse impacts to the archaeological site to a level of insignificance, as described in Section 4.0. The project applicant shall provide site security to prevent looting and site disturbance until impact mitigation and /or data recovery is completed, to the approval of the Director. 4.0. ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES IMPACT MITIGATION. 4.10 Purpose. Impact mitigation seeks to prevent adverse project- related effects on significant archaeological resources through avoidance, design modification, easements, data recovery or other means. 4.20 When Required. 4.20.1. When a significant or potentially significant archaeological resource may be adversely affected, the project shall be designed or modified to avoid damaging the resources, and /or the project shall include appropriate mitigation measures to protect or excavate and recover the resources. The project applicant shall be responsible for paying the costs of archaeological resource impact mitigation, up to the maximum allowed by law (see Attachment 5.900). A. If required by the Director, the project sponsor shall retain a qualified archaeologist to prepare a mitigation plan as described in Attachment 5.50(D). The Director may refer the mitigation plan to the CHC for review. B. If prior to releasing the Director's environmental determination for public review, the project sponsor agrees to revise the project's design to avoid potentially significant impacts or to incorporate mitigation measures that reduce the impacts to insignificant levels, a Negative Declaration of Environmental Impact, including required mitigation measures, may be issue, pursuant to CEQA. C. If a resource has been determined to be significant and project - related impacts cannot not be reduced to insignificant levels, and avoidance or data recovery of cultural resources is not feasible, an Environmental Impact Report (EIR) shall be prepared, pursuant to the Environmental Guidelines. Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 7 4.30 Mitigation Methods - Avoidance. For archaeological resources found to be significant, the preferred mitigation is protection in -situ through preservation, avoidance or capping. Preservation may be accomplished in several ways, including but not limited to: 4.30.1. Locating development and construction activities to avoid archaeological sites; 4.30.2. Planning open space areas to include archaeological sites. Cultural sites , and archaeological sites should be protected as open space wherever possible; 4.30.3. Capping or covering archaeological sites with a layer of culturally sterile soil before building. This layer shall be sufficiently thick to be able to incorporate all foundation footings, utility trenches, grading, etc. without disturbing the native soil. Capping may be used where: A. The soils to be covered will not suffer serious compaction; B. The covering materials are not chemically active; C. The site is one in which the natural processes of deterioration have been effectively arrested; and D. The site has been recorded and characterized as a result of subsurface testing. 4.30.4. Deeding archaeological sites into permanent conservation easements. 4.30.5. Employing other measures that eliminate the potential for damage to archaeological resources. 4.30.6. Project design or location changes to avoid significant archaeological resources. 4.30.7. Incorporating significant sites or structures into a development through restoration, rehabilitation, or adaptive reuse where avoidance is not possible. 4.30.8. Dedication of an historic easement or fee title land to preserve significant sites. 4.30.9. Archaeological data recovery excavation. 4.40 Archaeological Data Recovery - Excavation. 4.40.1. Purpose. The purpose of an Archaeological Data Recovery Excavation (ADRE) is to recover important archaeological resources from a site to mitigate project - related adverse impacts. When required by the Director, the project sponsor shall retain a qualified archaeologist to prepare and submit a written proposal to conduct an ADRE. The proposal shall contain the information described in n U ,Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 8 Attachment 5.20. Once the proposal is approved, the project sponsor shall implement the ADRE proposal, to the satisfaction of the Director. Results of the ADRE shall be documented in writing and submitted to the Historical Resources Information Center. 4.40.2. When Required. An Archaeological Data Recovery Excavation (ADRE) shall be conducted when, in the opinion of the Director, the site cannot be avoided and contains potentially significant archaeological resources which can be recovered using commonly applied archaeological methods. An ADRE may be conducted as the result of an ARI or the SARE, or due to the discovery of archaeological resources during construction. 4.40.3. Archaeological Data Recovery Excavations Procedures. Data recovery may include a variety of methods, including controlled surface collection. or mapping, subsurface excavation, photographs, sampling, and technical drawings to provide a permanent record of features which may be affected by development. As provided under State law, special rules apply to archaeological resource excavations: 4.40.31. The field excavation phase of an approved mitigation plan shall be completed in 90 days from start of excavation. The Director, upon the concurrence of the project sponsor, may grant an exception to the 90-day limit upon making written findings that special circumstances apply to the site or the resources which warrant a time extension. 4.4032. Excavation as part of a mitigation plan shall be limited to those site areas or resources that would be damaged, or that the Director determine are likely to be damaged by the proposed project unless special circumstances require limited excavation of adjoining areas to develop important information about the part of the resource that would be damaged. A qualified archaeologist shall be present during excavation, and site security shall be maintained by site fencing, resident caretaker or other comparable method to protect the resources from unauthorized collection. 4.40.33. Discovery of Human Remains. A. If human remains are recovered, there shall be no further excavation or site disturbance in the area likely to contain human remains until: 1. The County Coroner has been informed and determined that no investigation of cause of death is required; and 2. If remains are likely to be of Native American origin, representatives of local Native American groups should be consulted as to the appropriate disposition of the human remains and other associated grave materials, as provided in Public Resources Code Section 5097.98. Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 9 B. It shall be the project applicant's responsibility to rebury Native American human remains and associated grave materials with appropriate dignity on the property in a location not subject to further disturbance; or to treat or dispose of the remains pursuant to a agreement with the Native American Heritage Commission or other responsible Native American or cultural group. 4.40.34. Materials recovered must be analyzed and reported upon as outlined in Attachment 5.50(C). 4.40.4. Curation of Archaeological Artifacts. 4.40.41. All important archaeological resources removed from a project site shall be curated at a qualified institution. Qualified institutions are those that have facilities and staffing necessary for ensuring security, proper storage, and research access to collections. Collections shall be submitted with pertinent site maps, field records, artifact catalogs and photographs. 4.40.42. It is the project sponsor's responsibility for malting arrangements for curation and paying any necessary curation fees, up to the maximum allowed by law. 4.40.5. Access To Archaeological Records. 4.40.51. Access to archaeological records shall be limited to protect archaeological sites and resources. The following individuals are qualified to review or receive archaeological records on file in the Community Development Department and may do so after approval by the Director or the CHC: A. Qualified archaeologists and students conducting scientific research. B. Planners or other personnel employed by government agencies for purposes of preliminary project investigations. C. Qualified cultural resource managers employed by government agencies or public utility companies.. D. Consultants who are preparing environmental impact reports or other environmental documents. E. Owners of identified archaeological sites or their designated representatives. F. Designated representatives of local Native American tribes, or individuals listed with the Native American Heritage Commission. 4.40.52. Those receiving site record data must sign a document of confidentiality prohibiting the distribution of specific site location information in public documents without prior written consent of the Director. 4.40:53. To maintain local accessibility, archaeological resources shall be curated within San Luis Obispo County. Upon prior Director approval, archaeological resources may be curated at an out -of -county facility when the Director determines that adequate facilities are not available Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 10 within the County, or that preservation objectives would be best served by an out -of -county facility. 4.50 Monitoring of Construction Activities. Monitoring of construction activities may be required if, after completion of an ARI, SARE, or ADRE there is still a remote possibility that significant or potentially significant archaeological resources are present in the impact zone or it is not reasonable to conduct additional investigations prior to construction; and when monitoring is necessary to ensure that the mitigation measures enacted to avoid or otherwise protect significant archaeological resources located outside the immediate impact zone will be carried out. The proposal to monitor construction must: A. Be submitted to the Director in writing as part of the ARI, SARE, or ADRE and be approved by the Director prior to the beginning of construction; B. Identify. the qualified archaeologist; and where Native American artifacts or human remains are likely, the qualified Native American tribal representative or cultural community advisor who will conduct the monitoring; C. Recommend specific procedures for responding to the discovery of archaeological resources during the construction of the project, pursuant to Section 4.60. 4.60 Archaeological Discoveries During Construction. 4.60.1. Notification. If during the course of a project, archaeological materials are identified by .an archaeological monitor, City staff, the project sponsor or his /her representative or employee, all construction activities that may disrupt those materials shall cease. The Director shall be notified immediately of the discovery of archaeological materials. 4:60.2. Feld Study. Under most circumstances, the project sponsor will be directed to retain a qualified archaeologist to immediately visit the site, evaluate the materials recovered, and consult with the Director to determine the appropriate course of action. The archaeologist's written recommendations shall be filed with the Director. 4.60.3. Mitigation. If significant archaeological resources are present, the consulting archaeologist shall propose specific mitigation measures. The Director shall approve, approve with changes, or reject the mitigation proposal. The project sponsor shall implement the proposal, to the satisfaction of the Director. A copy of the archaeologist's recommendations and the Director's decision will be forwarded to the CHC. 4.70 Violations. Failure to comply with these guidelines may violate the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA, Public Resources Code Sections 21000 - 21178. 1), and constitute grounds for legal action Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 11 by the City or other interested parties. By the authority granted under CEQA Section 21004, the City may, as a charter city, exercise those express or implied powers granted to it under State law in reviewing and acting upon development permit requests, including the denial of projects which do not comply with CEQA. 4.80 Appeals. Any person may appeal a decision by the Director under these guidelines, pursuant to Section 15076 of the Environmental Guidelines. 5.0. ATTACHMENTS. 5.10 Selection of Qualified Archaeologists. 5.10.1. The Community Development Department'shall maintain a list of qualified archaeological consultants. To ensure that all types of cultural resources (eg. prehistoric and historic archaeological sites, or traditional cultural properties) are properly evaluated, consultants must be qualified in the appropriate area of expertise. To be placed on the department's list, a person or firm must: A. Submit a resume and evidence of compliance with the Secretary of Interior's Professional Qualification Standards to the Community Development Department; B. Submit a resume and evidence of experience to the Director. The Director may refer the determination of qualifications to the CHC or the Central Coast Historical Information Center at UCSB. 5.10.2. Preparation of Archaeological Inventory: Project applicants are responsible for selecting a qualified archaeologist from the Community Development Department's list, entering into a contract for consultant services, and paying the full cost of consultant services up to maximum allowed by law. 5.10.3. Subsurface Archaeological Studies: the Director, in coordination with the CHC, may select a qualified archaeologist and may enter into a contract for consultant services to conduct a Subsurface Archaeological Resource Evaluation (SARE) or Archaeological Data Recovery Excavation (ADRE). If the Director decides, at his or her option, to administer the contract, the project applicant will be responsible for paying the costs of consultant services and for department administration of the consultant contract, up to the maximum allowed by law, to the satisfaction of the Director. �l Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 12 5.20 Content of Consultant Proposals.` As a minimum, consultant proposals shall include: A. Research goals and objectives of the proposed archaeological evaluation. B. Description of the research to be conducted, methods used, and reporting procedures. C. Qualifications of all personnel that will be involved in conducting the evaluation. D. Purposes and procedures for digging test pits, taking auger samples or other methods for taking subsurface samples and methods of recording all data. E. Arrangement for curation of important archaeological resources in a qualified curatorial facility. The curation fees must be included as a budget item. F. Procedures for collection and cataloging consistent with that of the curatorial facility where the collections will eventually be housed. G. Cost estimate for each major phase of the work to be conducted along with a total cost estimate for all services rendered. H. Schedule for completing each phase of the research and for submitting progress reports and the final survey report to the Director. 5.30 Archaeological Resource Inventory: Submittal Requirements. The qualified archaeologist will: A. Review the City's resource files and maps and materials available at the Central Coast Information Center located at the UCSB Department of Anthropology; B. Conduct a surface survey of the site; and C. Contact a Native American Representative for information regarding sacred sites. D. Prepare a report, in a format as presented in the ARMR Checklist, Attachment 5.70. 5.40 Subsurface Archaeological Resource Evaluations: Submittal Requirements. 5.40.1. General Requirements. A. Archaeological evaluations shall be conducted, and all reports prepared by a qualified archaeologist. 4rchaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 13 B. If the project involves the excavation of a potential aboriginal site, sacred area, or a site of importance to an identified cultural or ethnic group, a monitor must be offered the opportunity to be present during excavation activities. C. All archaeological evaluations shall include field investigation and a report of findings. After the completion of field work, the consultant shall prepare a written report for submittal to the Director, following the standards described in ARMR Checklist, Attachment 5.70. 5.40.2. Subsurface Archaeological Resource Evaluations: Required Content. Subsurface archaeological resource evaluations (SAKE) shall include the information listed in the ARMR Checklist, Appendix 5.70. 5.40.3. Mitigation and Monitoring. A. Delineate areas recommended for protection. B. Describe specific measures to mitigate potential damage to important archaeological resources. C. Recommend whether there is a need for an expanded archaeological evaluation or not, justify this conclusion, and describe a general strategy for conducting such an evaluation, if necessary (eg. the types of subsurface tests recommended, etc., and the expertise required to complete such an evaluation). D. Recommend whether there is a need for monitoring the project during construction or not, justify this conclusion, and specify the type of monitoring required, if necessary. 5.40.4. Disposition of Archaeological Reports. Three copies of all archaeological evaluation reports shall be delivered to the Community Development Department, City Hall, 990 Palm Street, San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 -3249; and the required number of copies shall be submitted to the Central Coast Historical Resources Information Center. All maps and reports should be signed by the archaeologist who prepared or reviewed them. 5.50 Archaeological Data Recovery Excavations: Submittal Requirements. In addition to the requirements listed in the ARMR Checklist, the consultant will provide the following: A. Project Information. C1 Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 14 - Description of the project including maps identifying the potential impact area. Maps should be drawn to scale and should not be smaller in scale than 1" = 100 feet. - Description of the project's natural and cultural setting. B. Research. Design. - Research goals and objectives that are to be pursued by the expanded archaeological evaluation. -Maps and descriptions of the portions of the project site where subsurface investigations were conducted. - Description of the types of subsurface investigations (eg. test pits, auger samples, etc.) and a description of how they were accomplished. - Description of the data collection procedures and the cataloging system used. (These procedures and systems must be consistent those used by the selected curatorial facility.) - Method of recording evaluation progress (eg. daily records, photographs). Identification and qualifications of all project personnel and their role in completing the evaluation. C. Evaluation Results. - Historic, ethnographic and archaeological background. -Field and laboratory procedures, including total volume excavated, dimensions and depths of each unit, percentage of soils screened at particular mesh sizes, etc. - Results of field investigations including descriptions of each type of artifact and subsistence remains, a discussion of the dispositional history of the site (including disturbances to the deposits), reconstruction of occupational chronology to the extent that available data allows, and a discussion of the likely place of the site in regional settlement patterns. - Tables and /or graphs presenting weights of artifacts. The data in these tables should be interpreted with regard to patterns in their distribution and abundance. -Map showing unit locations tied to a site datum and a permanent landmark or permanent project feature. - Description and delineation of those portions of the site which contain important data or Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 15 features, and the basis for their importance. if collected data are determined to be unimportant, an explicit argument must be presented that supports this conclusion. - Evaluation of the direct and indirect damage that will be caused by the proposed project. D. Mitigation Plan. - Identification of alternative methods for mitigating damage to important archaeological resources. -An evaluation of the relative effectiveness of each alternative method - -how well each will reduce the damage to important archaeological resources. -A recommended mitigation strategy including a description of the work to be done, including qualifications of personnel to do the work, the method of execution, and cost estimates. (If data recovery is proposed as a mitigation alternative, a preliminary data recovery proposal and feasibility assessment of completing adequate mitigation within CEQA Appendix K funding limitations shall also be submitted.) E. Bibliography. -A listing of individuals or institutions consulted in the completion of the Expanded archaeological evaluation. -A bibliography following the most recent American Antiquity style guide. -Maps and documents cited. 5.60 Definitions. Archaeological Data Recovery Excavation (ADRE): Activities directed at locating, recovering, and properly curating important archaeological resources from a site to mitigate project - related adverse impacts. The ADRE is conducted when an archaeological site cannot be avoided and when the site contains significant or potentially significant archaeological resources, as further described in Section 4.40. Archaeological resources: Physical remains and their associated sites from all periods of human occupation, from prehistoric into historic times. Archaeological resource evaluation: An analysis conducted by a qualified archaeologist to determine the importance of an archaeological resource and to identify the potential project effects on the important aspects of the resource. Archaeological Resource Inventory (AR1): A preliminary archaeological study to determine if Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 16 a parcel contains or is likely to contain archaeological resources. The "ARP' requires a check of maps, records and other historical literature and a surface field study by a qualified archaeologist, as further described in Section 2.0. Archaeological site: Those areas where archaeological resources are present and may be larger or smaller than the project site. Curation: The identification, evaluation, storage, and where appropriate, public display of artifacts or other archaeological resources at a institution, such as a Museum, College or University, which has the necessary equipment, staff and expertise to provide such services. Director: The Community Development Director of the City of San Luis Obispo, or other designated responsible staff. Historic archaeological site: An area shown on the city's archaeological resource inventory maps as having been occupied by a structure more than 75 years ago. Monitoring: The watchful presence of a qualified archaeologist, Native American representative or other appropriate monitor during construction on or near an archaeological site. The monitor is responsible for observing construction activities, notifying appropriate persons when construction activities threaten archaeological resources, and for recommending specific procedures for avoiding damage to archaeological resources. Native American monitor: A descendant of local Chumash people, as certified by the Native American Heritage Commission (NAHC). The monitor shall have documented experience in the recognition of prehistoric artifacts and an understanding of state and federal laws concerning the protection of Native American human remains. Parcel or project site: Those areas affected by project activities or the subdivided parcels that contain the project activities, whatever is larger. Qualified archaeologist: A person with'a graduate degree in Archaeology, Anthropology, or History and additionally, whose credentials meet the U.S. Secretary of the Interior's Professional Qualification Standards for Historic or Prehistoric Archaeology; or a person whose professional credentials have been referred to and accepted by the CHC. Sensitive Site: A parcel or parcels which due to their location and /or history are likely to contain archaeological resources, as further described in Section 1.30. The Director may require that projects which are normally exempt but which are located on "sensitive sites ", submit archaeological studies and mitigate impacts pursuant to these guidelines. Significant or Important Archaeological Site or Resources: A significant or important archaeological site or resource includes prehistoric or historic archaeological features which: Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 17 A. Are designated and/or mapped as significant cultural/historical resources at the local level, or is eligible for such local listing, or are eligible for listing on the California Historic Register; or B. Are located within a geographically definable district with a concentration of site, buildings, structures, or objected which are historically linked and /or associated with an important historical event; or C. Exemplifies or reflects noteworthy aspects of cultural, social, economic, political, aesthetic, engineering, or architectural development at the local, state or national level; or D. Are associated with an event or person of: (1) recognized significance in San Luis Obispo City or County, California or United States history; or (2) recognized scientific importance in prehistory; or E. Can provide information which is of demonstrable public or scientific interest; or F. Have special or unique qualities, such as oldest, best preserved, last example of its type, or of particular rarity; or G. Are at least 100 years old and possess substantial stratigraphic integrity; or H. Are determined to be significant by the Director, based on CEQA standards or other adopted State or Federal standards. Substantial Subsurface Disturbance: Describes a project area where 80 percent or more of the site surface area has been disturbed to average depth of six feet or deeper. Subsurface Archaeological Resource Evaluation (SARE): A subsurface excavation and evaluation to verify the presence of archaeological resources, location of the resources, condition of the resources and their archaeological significance, and where appropriate, the potential project effects on the resources. The SARE becomes the basis for mitigating project impacts and where appropriate, for data excavation and recovery, as further described in Section 3.0. Subsurface Disturbance: Any physical change or disturbance which extends below the natural or established soil surface. Unexpected Archaeological Resources: Archaeological resources that are discovered during the course of construction of a project. Unique Archaeological Resources: Archaeological artifacts, objects, or sites about which it can C� C Archaeological Resource Preservation Guidelines Page 18 be clearly demonstrated that they have a high likelihood of. 1) providing information needed to answer important scientific research questions and there is a demonstrable public interest in that information; 2) having special or particular qualities such as being the oldest of their type or best available example of their type; and 3) being directly associated with a scientifically recognized important prehistoric or historic event or person. P/L.WCbVd9.dW 1)19S TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1.0 Introduction ........................................ ..............................1 1.10 How to Use These Guidelines ..................... ............................... l 1.20 Exempt Projects ...................................... ..............................2 1.30 Sensitive Areas ......:................................ ..............................2 1.40 Relationship to General Plan ....................... ..............................3 1.50 Cultural Heritage Committee Role ................ ..............................3 2.0 Archaeological Resource Inventory ....... ................:.............3 2.10 Purpose ................................:............... ..............................3 2.20 When Required ....................................... ..............................3 2.30 Submittal and Review ............................... ..............................4 3.0 Subsurface Archaeological Resource Evaluation ..................4 3.10 Purpose ................................................ ...........................:..4 3.20 When Required .........:............................. ..............................4 3.30 Submittal and Review ............................... ..............................4 3.40 Determination of Significance ...................... ..............................4 4.0 Archaeological Resource Impact Mitigation ..........................6 4.10 Purpose ................................................. ..............................6 Selection of Qualified Archaeologists .............. .............................11 4.20 When Required :..................::................... ..............................6 4.30 Mitigation Methods ................................... ..............................7 4.40 Archaeological Data Recovery ...................... ..............................7 4.50 Monitoring of Construction Activities ............. .............................10 Subsurface Arch. Resource Evaluation: Submittal Requirements .......... 4.60 Archaeological Discoveries During Construction .............................10 Arch. Data Recovery Excavations: Submittal Requirements ................13 4.70 Violations .............................................. .............................11 5.70 4.80 Appeals ................................................. .............................11 5:80 5.0 Attachments ......................................... ...............:.............11 5.10 Selection of Qualified Archaeologists .............. .............................11 5.20 Content of Consultant Proposals .................... .............................12 5.30 Archaeological Resource Inventory: Submittal Requirements ..............12 5.40 Subsurface Arch. Resource Evaluation: Submittal Requirements .......... 12 5.50 Arch. Data Recovery Excavations: Submittal Requirements ................13 -5.60 Definitions ..:........................................... ................:............15 5.70 Checklist - Archaeological Resource Management Reports 5:80 Instructions For Recording Historical Resources 5.90 California Environmental Quality Act - Appendix K 5.95 Flow Chart: Archaeological Evaluation Process Checklist for Preparing and Reviewing Archaeological Resource Management Reports Name of Undertaking: Name of Report: Reviewer/Agency- L Cover Letters (see page 1 of ARMR Guidelines) Date: A Provide the undertaking's name and location, and any identifying number. B. State agency name and where applicable, district, region, or branch. G Briefly describe the undertaking (type, acreage, components, scheduling). D. Describe the point that compliance with historic preservation law has reached. E Describe the phase and/or type of investigatioh. addressed by the document. F. Describe the results of the investigation. G. Indicate what compliance action is being requested under applicable laws. H. Name agency contact person administering, or most familiar with the undertaking and study. IL Title Page (page 2) A List the authors and consulting firm. B. Date the report by month and year. G Present the report title. D. Identify the entity (e.g., agency, local government) submitting the report. E Identify the the party to whom the document was submitted and contract number, if any. G. Cite the U.S.G.S., topgraphic quadrangles depicting study area. H List the acreage included in the study. L List keywords. III. Table of Contents (if tent of report erceedr 10 pages [see page 3]) A List major report sections, subheadings, and appendices, with page numb_ ers. B. Provide a list of maps with page numbers. C. List figures with page numbers. D. List tables with page numbers. IV. Management Summary /Abstract (page 3) A Describe the purpose and scope of the archaeological investigation. B. List the date(s) of the investigation. G Summarize the major findings of the investigation. D. If resources have been evaluated, summarize their significance/uniqueness. E Discuss how the undertaking affects significant resources.. F. Describe constraints on the investigation (e g., time, finances, logistics). G. Offer a summary of recommendations. R Describe the disposition of field notes, collections, and reports. Attachment 5.70 Checklist For Preparing and Reviewing Archaeological Resource Management Reports Page 2 V. Undertaldng Information/Introduction (page 4 of ARMR'Guidelines) A Identify the contracting institution, numbers, etc. B. Explain why the study was conducted. C. Describe the undertaking (include maps). D. Include a schedule for the undertaking. E. Identify the geographical limits of ARM study area. F. Describe how personnel were organized and list participants (qualifications in appendix). VL Setting (page 4) A Natural Setting (physical region; biotic communities; geology, flora, fauna;. current land use). B. Cultural Setting (include records and literature search results). VII. Research Design .(page 6) A Discuss the theoretical basis of the proposed research. B. Summarize previous research. C Present testable hypotheses or state the research goals. D. Identify the test implications of the hypotheses or expected archaeological information. VIII. Methods (page 6) A Present definitions for archaeological resource types. B. Describe the methods employed. C Indicate where collected materials, photos, etc, are curated. iX. Report or Findings (page 8) A Archaeological Resource Inventory Reports 1. Present results (resources present or absent). B. Archaeological Excavation Reports 1. Describe the physical context of the archaeological deposit 2. Describe archaeological features, artifacts, materials (ecofacts). 5. Describe the discovery, examination, and disposition of human remains. X. Discussion/Interpretation (page 12) A Discuss results of the investigation as they relate to specific research design items. B. Discusss results of the study in terms of general research objectives. XI. Management Considerations (page 12) A Inventory Reports 1. Identify the management status of resources identified during the study. 2. Describe the completeness of the study and likelihood of unidentified_ resources. 3. Outline the need for further management actions. Cbeckli.st Foi_ iepari.ng and Reviewing Archaeo�-6ical Resource Managment Reports Page 3 B. Evaluation Reports 1. Discuss significance or uniqueness of each archaeological resource. C. Assessing Effects. D. Consider Alternatives/Proposed Management Actions 1. Discuss possible measures to avoid/minimize impacts to resources. 2. Discuss the preferred alternative and rationale behind the preference. E. Recommendations/Proposals XII. References (page 16) XIM Appendices (Include sections limed below as appropriate, page 16). A Personnel qualifications (provide briefs or resumes). B. Record. search results. C. Repository agreements. D. Reviewers commentslagency correspondence. E. Artifact/Collection catalog. F. Artifact illustrations (if not in body of text). G. Photographs and photo records. H. Native American observer or monitor agreements. L Maps (non - confidential) and undertaldng plans, drawings, etc J. Special studies/technical reports. XIV. Confidential Appendices (page 17) A. General Historical and Archaeological Resource Location Maps. B. Native American sacred site location maps or descriptions. C. Resource Inventory Records. D. Heritage Nomination Forms. Office of Hisi6ricPiesiervaticn P.O. Box 942896 Sacramento, CA 942196-OW1 January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources INTRODUCTION Access to information about historical resources is a prerequisite for preservation efforts. Informed planning hinges on the use of that data and information about historical resources also plays an important role in research and education. In the absence of such information, historical resources may be harmed by development or even natural deterioration without consideration of the public loss. For that reason, managing information about historical resources is a fundamental role of the California Office of Historic Preservation (O1-IP)• The new recordation procedures described in this manual comprise a single system for documenting the full range of values present in a given location. As such, they are similar to the National Register of Historic Places (NRHP) nomination form. Like the NRHP form, California's new historical resource recording system provides for the collection of certain fundamental information about every resource on a simple one page form called a Primary Record. The Primary Record is designed to be used by anyone wishing to record a resource. A variety of more specific forms can then be used to supplement that information with further descriptive data and a statement of significance where appropriate. This manual establishes guidelines regarding the kinds of resources that merit recordation and the different levels of information it may be appropriate to gather about them to meet a variety of user needs. The scope and organization of the information managed by the OHP is first explained in this introductory section. Detailed instructions are then provided for recording all kinds of historical resources. Other OHP publications are being developed to explain changes in how that information will be managed. The Scope of OHP's Filing System For the longest time historical resources have been conceived of as buildings, structures, objects, and archaeological sites. That perspective has changed recently as more is learned about peoples of differing ethnic and economic backgrounds and their relationship to historical resources. A broader spectrum of resource types are now recognized, and awareness also has increased regarding the diverse values associated with historical resources. Both factors have contributed to the development of a more comprehensive and holistic view of the historic environment embodied in the use of concepts such as "cultural landscape." The California Office of Historic Preservation (OHP) is committed to developing an increasingly comprehensive and integrated system for managing information about all types of historical resources in order to accommodate this holistic view of the historical landscape. The scope of the information the OHP manages will continue to broaden to meet the diverse legal, educational, research, and other needs of its many users. Integration of the files will contribute to the efficiency of that filing system, facilitating access to information and enhancing, awareness of all aspects of California's diverse cultural landscape. The information currently managed by the OHP and its regional Information Centers includes a variety of specific information about historical resources, as well as reports describing how those resources were identified, evaluated, and treated. The files for specific resources have been divided historically between the Historic Resource Inventory (HRI) and the Archaeological Inventory (AI) . That separation has created a - number of management problems, as discussed by the National Park Service (1990c) and the OHP (1991a). One solution to those problems is to integrate the HRI and Al files —a process now underway. The recordation procedures described in this manual are designed to facilitate that integration. The OHP's filing system also manages reports documenting survey, treatment, and registration activities. Survey reports provide crucial information about the adequacy of efforts to identify historical resources and thus constitute another important source of information managed by the OHP. While this manual does not provide detailed instructions for conducting surveys, the forms explained here do provide mechanisms for cross - referencing reports, registration programs, and decisions about the significance and treatment of each resource. o c Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 Information about how to conduct and report survey activities can be found in final Romer Bulletin 24 (National Park Service 1985), the Secretary of the Interior's Standards Wd Guidelines &I Archeolo"Lud Historic Preservation (National Park Service 1983), and California Historic Resources Surve; Workbook (Office of Historic Preservation 1986). Appendix 6 summarizes the fundamental topics that the Secretary of the Interior recommends covering in reports describing reconnaissance and intensive surveys, while more detailed suggestions are offered in Archaeological Resource Management &ports (ARMR): Recommended Contents and Format (Office of Historic Preservation 1989a). What Kinds of Resources Merit Recordation? A broad threshold is set here for the kinds of resources that may be recorded for inclusion in the OHP's filing system. That threshold is intentionally designed to encompass resources that have been formally evaluated, as well as those whose importance has not yet been determined. More restrictive criteria must be met before resources included in OHP's filing system are listed, found eligible for listing, or otherwise ' determined to be important in connection with federal, state, and local legal statutes and registration programs. Any physical evidence of human activities over 45 years old may be recorded for inclusion in the OHP's filing system. That broad threshold allows for the collection of data about resources that may become eligible, for the NRHP or California Register of Historic Resources (CRHR) within five years — commonly the lag time lag between when resources are identified and when planning decisions are made. Documentation of resources less than 45 years old also may be filed if those resources have been formally evaluated, regardless of the outcome of the evaluation. Certain fundamental kinds of information must be recorded before a record for a qualifying resource will be included in the OHP's filing system, as discussed below. The OHP recognizes that there are a wide range of reasons for recording historical resources. It is understandable that within the constraints of a survey's objectives it is not always reasonable or appropriate to record all historical resources as defined here. Professional judgement in the field is essential when determining whether or not a resource warrants recordation. The scope of surveys may be defined by specific legal criteria. In such cases, survey methods may be clarified through consultation and agreement with the. State Historic Preservation Officer. Professional surveys that do not evaluate resources against specific legal criteria should record all resources that meet the broad threshold set here when those studies are conducted in connection with planned developments. Detailed recordation of all but the most limited resource types is generally required for such project - driven, non- evaluative professional surveys. Surveys conducted for reasons other than development activities may focus on a narrower range of resources based on the user's need for information For example, a thematic survey may focus exclusively on the identification of a certain type of resource or a reconnaissance survey may be conducted to develop a management plan for a large tract of land. The submission of records not produced as the result of surveys are - also encouraged. Classifying Historical Resources After discovering a historical resource it is useful to classify it. The OHP has adopted the NRHP resource categories as a basis for initial classification of California's historical resources. More detailed classification is then based on the presence of any of the attributes listed in Appendix 5. The NRHP categories are defined by the National Park Service (1990b:4 -5) as follows, and examples of each category are provided in Appendix 5: Building: A building, such as a house, barn, church, hotel, or similar construction, is created principally to shelter any form of human activity. "Building" may also be used to refer to a historically and functionally related unit, such as a courthouse and jail or a house and barn. January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources Structure: The term "structure" is used to distinguish from buildings those functional constructions made usually for purposes other than creating human shelter. Object: The term "object" is used to distinguish from buildings and structures those constructions that are primarily artistic in nature or are relatively small in scale and simply constricted. Although it may be, by nature or design, movable, an object is associated with a specific setting or environment. Site: A site is the location of a significant event, a prehistoric or historic occupation or activity, or a building or structure, whether standing, ruined, or vanished, where the location itself possesses historic, cultural, or archaeological value regardless of the value of any existing structure. District: A district possesses a significant concentration, linkage, or continuity of sites, buildings, structures, or objects united historically or aesthetically by plan or physical development. The OHP encourages a comprehensive approach to identifying historical resources. In that approach all historically associated and /or physically superimposed resources are documented together as elements of California's cultural landscape. Even if you lack the expertise needed to record all aspects of a resource in detail, you are urged to provide a brief summary of the full range of values that may be present whenever feasible (in Fields P4, B11, L10, Al, and D6). This will ensure that each element receives more routine consideration in the planning process. When conducting a comprehensive survey you should generally record large and complex cultural landscapes as districts. Small, simple groupings of resources such as a historic building constructed on top of an archaeological site or a house with an associated garage or bam are most appropriately documented together as an individual historical resource using a single Primary Record to index all of the values present and detailed recording Forms, as appropriate, to present more detailed information about each component. It should be emphasized that some resources lacking individual distinction nevertheless may contribute to the understanding and appreciation of California's history and prehistory. Such resources may include, but are not necessarily limited to isolated archaeological artifacts and remnants of cultural landscapes. If a resource cannot be readily classified as one of the five National Register types defined above, the checkbox for "other" in Field P4 may be marked to designate the presence of an isolate or very minor resource. The "other" checkbox should not be used for features that clearly fall into one of the National Register types. You are encouraged to document isolated and minor resources however it is most sensible to do so, either as individually recorded entities or as features of larger historical resources. The term "feature" is used in this manual to refer to minor components of historical resources. Features generally consist of small constructed works, discrete activity areas, landscaping, earthworks, non - portable natural objects modified by human use, and other similar cultural entities. They include, but are not limited to values such as: a garage or landscaping associated with a house; a gate valve associated with a ditch; an adit, tailings, or mined mill that are part of a mining complex; or a trash pit, orchard, discrete activity area, bedrock milling station, rock art panel, or carved tree associated with a site. Traditional cultural properties (TCPs) are an important aspect of California's cultural heritage that are receiving long- overdue attention. The California Native American Heritage Commission has maintained an inventory of sacred sites for many years. In 1988 the OR? published Eju Views: An Ethnic EtU 5u= fa California (1988) to promote awareness about resources important to several ethnic groups including Native Americans. The 01-IP specifically encourages the documentation of TCPs on a Primary Record as a basis for including information about them in the Inventory. More detailed information about TCPs may be documented depending on the need for information about that resource. Consult National Re 'ster Bulletin 38 (National Park Service 1990a) for information about how to conduct a survey of TCPs. 0 O Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 How Much Documentation Is Enough The recording forms in this manual are designed to meet a wide range of needs for information about historical resources. They allow reasonable discretion regarding the level of information that is collected based on each user's needs and the relative value of the resources that are being documented. That flexibility is intended to encourage the recordation of historical resources not consistently incorporated into the OHP's files up to this time. The minimum documentation needed before the record for a qualifying resource will be included in OHP's filing system generally consists of a completed one page Primary Record and a Location Map. However, the Location Map is optional for resources on small parcels of land in urbanized areas when a street address is provided. More detailed descriptive information and evaluations can be documented on the Building, Structure, and Object (BSO) Record; Archaeological Site. Record; and District Record to meet needs not satisfied by the minimum th1eshold. A Sketch Map should also be prepared to accompany most detailed records. The minimum level of documentation is designed to provide an initial record for all types of resources. It may even provide relatively complete descriptive data for simple resource types such as isolated archaeological fords and minor historic landscape features. However, it is important to emphasize that the Primary Record (and a Location Map when required) is strictly non - evaluative and constitutes the Trani ;um documentation needed to include a record in OHP's filing system. Professional surveys conducted in 1. connection with planned development projects should generally record all but the very simplest resources with a Primary Record, Location Map, and an appropriate detailed recording form or forms (e.g., BSO Record, Archaeological Site Record, and District Record). Several other optional recording forms have also been designed for use in conjunction with all of the aforementioned records. They include a Linear Feature. Record, Milling Station Record, Rock Art Record, and Artifact Record„ Photograph Record, Continuation Sheet. Use of those optional forms is entirely discretionary. . Examples of all the forms are provided in Appendix 1. Format Requirements and Submission of Records All records submitted for inclusion in the Inventory must be typewritten or computer- generated. Fields marked wither sidebar, asterisk, and boldface type in this manual must be completed. Please make'every " effort to produce clear and easily readable maps, photographs, and drawings when they are required. The use of computers is encouraged in the production all of the records described in this manual. Every required data field must be included on computer- generated forms, with header blocks presented as they appear on the sample.forms. For records documenting buildings, structures, and objects it is preferable to format computer - generated records the same as those reproduced in Appendix 1, with continued text placed on a Continuation Sheet. It is particularly helpful.to keep the photograph (required for buildings; structures, ` and objects in Field P5 on the Primary Record) on the first paSe of a record. When a photograph is not required, this space may be utilized for continuous text. For records documenting sites the text of computer- generated data fields should usually be entered as a continuous block,. with paragraphs used to break the text up as appropriate. Lengthy entries should generally be introduced with a paragraph that summarizes the data in that field. District Records may be produced with either continuous text or the use of a Continuation Sheet. The OHP encourages you to submit all types of data about historical resources for inclusion in its filing system, from minimal records to detailed documentation, reports, registration data, and other pertinent information. Each type of information will further preservation efforts and contribute to greater awareness of the value of our rich and varied history and prehistory. Recorders are urged to submit two copies of each record to the appropriate regional Information Center listed in Appendix 8 soon after completion of a survey. - - C � January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources Upon acceptance, the Information Center will assign a Primary Number and forward one copy of the record to the OHP for inclusion in its Central Records. A survey report is normally expected to accompany or follow any submission of detailed recording forms resulting from a professional survey. For built resource surveys conducted in connection with federal undertakings it is acceptable to submit one copy of the survey report to the appropriate Information Center after completion of the study and a second copy can then be submitted directly to the OHP. In such cases, the second copy should identify each resource by the Primary Number assigned by the Information Center. For surveys funded through the OHP, records and survey reports should be submitted in accordance with the contract. THE MINIMUM LEVEL OF DOCUMENTATION The Primary Record and a Location Map provide the minimum level of information needed to include a record in the OFFS filing system. The Location Map is optional for buildings located on small parcels of land in urban areas when an address is provided. This minimum level of documentation is designed to provide an initial record of all types of historical resources including buildings, structures, objects, sites, and districts, as well as cultural landscapes (sites) and traditional cultural properties (many of which are classified as sites). How to Prepare a Primary Record, The following are step-by -step instructions for completing the Primary Record. Please note that required information is indicated with a sidebar, asterisk, and bold type in the instructions that follow. Header Block: Information provided in the header block will be used to track resource records and the - decisions made about a documented resource. Enter the appropriate information in the spaces provided for Primary Number, Trinomial /HRI Number, Other Listings, and NRHP Status Code when known The space provided for Review Code, Date, and Reviewer will be completed by the OHP or Information Center staff and should always be left blank. Primaz�E N im r. Enter a number only if it has already been assigned by OHP or an Information Center. Trinomial/ I Number. Enter a number only if one has already been assigned by OHP or an Information Center. NRHP Status od : If only a Primary Record is filled out, enter a 7 in this field or leave it blank You may enter a National Register Status Code other than 7 if an evaluation supported by a BSO Record, District Record, or other detailed documentation is attached. Other n Enter any national, state, and local designation programs in which the resource is listed. Provide a reference number if applicable. Enter only those designations &Cady-appmved at the time of recordation. Use the following abbreviations: NABS (Historic American Building Survey), HAER (Historic American Engineering Record), NHL (National Historic Landmark), SHL (State Historical Landmark), CPHI (California Point of Historical Interest), CRHR (California Register of Historical Resources); or provide the name of the local register where applicable. 'Resource Name or #: Use this field to provide an identifier that can be used to link all the pages of the record. The identifier can be a historic or common name, parcel number, or any other designator which will consistently refer to the resource. Pl. Other Identifier: This space may be used to provide an identifier that relates to a project name, agency designation, or other unique identifier. 0 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 'PZ Location: First, indicate whether or not the location of the resource should be kept confidential. Then provide the name of the county (or counties) (Field P2a); USGS 7.5' quadrangle, township, Range, and portion of a Section (Field P2b); and an Address (Field P2c) and /or UTM coordinate(s) (Field P2d). Other locational information may be provided in Field P2e as needed. A Location Map must be attached to the Primary Record for sites, as well as other resources that do not have a street address. Locations Maps are also recommended for resources on large parcels where an address may not satisfactorily pinpoint the location of the resource within the parcel. •P2a. County Give the name of the county or counties in which the resource is located. If it is located in more than one county, put the county containing the majority of the resource first. Include the appropriate county and state for resources that extend outside of California. •P2b. USGS 7.5'Ouadrangle. Township. Range, and Section: Provide the name of the USGS 7S' quadrangle(s) that cover the area in which the resource is located and describe its legal location to the nearest quarter quarter section where possible. For large or linear resources spanning an extensive geographic area it may be helpful to provide several legal descriptions. Indicate the township, range and base meridian for each legal description. Plc. Address: Enter the complete address for the parcel on which the resource is located if one exists. Include the street or highway number and name, town or city, and zip code. For numbered highways, use "State Route" or "County Road" followed by a number. - P2d. UTM UTM coordinates are required for sites, and should also be used for other resources that either do not have a street address or cannot be accurately located by the address due to the size of the parcel. For example, linear structures rarely have addresses and many rural buildings are located on large parcels. In such cases, UTMs should be provided to more accurately pinpoint the location of the resource. Begin by entering the name of the U.S. Geological Survey quadrangle(s). Note the date the map was published or photorevised. For resources less than 10 acres, enter the UTM reference for the point corresponding to the center of the resource. Four UTM references are required when identifying the comers of larger resources. UTM references should be provided for both ends of linear structures and sites (or for the recorded segment of that resource). When more than one UTM reference is given, each reference point should be depicted on a Location Map. Refer to Appendix 3 for further information about how to calculate UTMs. Pte, Other Locational Data While no further locational data is required, it may be helpful to supply additional information such as a parcel number; lot, block, and subdivision; and /or directions to a resource. Parcel numbers may be particularly useful to local governments that make decisions affecting historical resources. For resources that are particularly hard to find, it may even be necessary to supplement the Location Map with an Access Map showing how to get to the resource from an easily identifiable landmark •P3a. Description: Provide a concise, well- organized description of the resource. Descnbe its physical characteristics and appearance and summarize any features that are associated with it. Where possible, note all aspects of the resource you observe, even if some of those elements are not recorded in detail. Descriptions of buildings, structures, and objects should identify construction details, materials, workmanship, and alterations. Buildings are often described in terms of overall shape, number of stories, siding type, roof shape and materials, dormer shape, window location and pattern, door location, porch type, and ornamentation. Information on the nature and extent of any alterations should also be included. Boundary descriptions may be brief and may refer solely to the resource's parcel where appropriate. Describe the area outside the boundaries, mentioning as appropriate landscape, use, architecture, and other aspects related to E. setting. 11-�/ January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources Descriptions of linear structures and linear sites should include an overview of the entire resource when possible, even in cases where only a segment of that resource is recorded. The overview should attempt to describe the type of resource, when it was constructed, how long it is, its shape, its origin and destination, how it was constructed (e.g., materials, workmanship, special engineering accomplishments, etc.), its setting and physical condition, and to a limited degree, its function When only a portion of a linear resource has been examined in the field, that segment should be identified on the Location Map. Descriptions of sites should summarize observed physical characteristics and major cultural and natural features (e.g., midden, lithic scatter, shell mound, housepits, rock art, bedrock milling features, etc.). While interpretive comments may also be included, the principal goal of this section is to describe the site in as much detail as possible. When recording traditional cultural properties, the description should be based on information provided by members of the community historically associated with that resource. Refer to National Reg sx ter Bulletin 38 (National Park Service 1990a) for further information about recording TCPs. Descriptions of districts should briefly summarize overall characteristics, setting, and the numbers and types of contributing and non - contributing resource elements. Discuss the characteristics that link the elements of the district and give it coherence. Mention natural and cultural features as appropriate. If you are describing an element of a district, provide the Primary Number and /or the resource identifier of the district, when known V3b. Resource Attributes: Enter those attributes which best define and describe the resource from the list of Resource Attributes in Appendix 4. Provide the code and a brief description for each attribute identified. For example, a complex resource may contain several attributes; such as a "(2) single family property," "(50) building foundation;' and "(56) bedrock milling feature." The codes provided in this data field will enable attribute -based record searches which, when combined with other variables, will faciliate contextual research 24. Resources Present: Check the category or categories that best describe the resource that is being documented using Appendix 5 and National Regjs Bulletin 15 (National Park Service 1990b) for reference. When documenting a resource with superimposed elements such as a building located on top of an archaeological site, check all categories that apply. If the resource is part of a district, check the box for "Element of District" in addition to the appropriate box (or boxes) that define the kind of resource If the., . record is being prepared to document a district, check the district box. °'P5 Photogra_ph or Drawing and Descrivtion: A dear and descriptive glossy 3- 1/2 "x5" black and white photograph is required for all records documenting buildings, structures, and objects, and may also be supplied when documenting sites (including isolated finds and minor features). Describe the subject, view, date the photograph was taken, and the accession number of the photograph (roll and frame #) in Field PSb. Place the print in a clear polyethylene or polypropylene envelope and affix the envelope to the record in the space provided using transparent tape, preferrably an archivally stable brand. Scanned halftone images may' be an acceptable substitute for original photographs; however, you should consult with staff at the OHP and regional Information Centers of the California Historical Resources Information System before submitting records with such graphics. Photographs of buildings, structures, and objects should provide an overview of the resource in its setting or a detailed view of the resource itself where appropriate One contemporary photograph showing the front and one side of the resource is usually sufficient. For some resources, however, it may be useful to provide additional views, supplementary historical pictures, photographs of details, and photographs of ancillary structures, placed on Continuation Sheets. This space also can be used for a drawing, plan, or map of minor resources and isolated archaeological finds; or for supplementary text where a photograph or other graphics are not required. �'P6. Date Constructed/Age and Sources: Indicate whether the resource is prehistoric, historic, or both, list Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 the construction date or period of use, and briefly describe how that date or period was determined. Indicate whether the date or period of use is factual or estimated. The term "historic" applies to all historical resources associated with non - indigenous peoples, as well as those used by Native Americans after direct contact with non- indigenous peoples. The tern "prehistoric" applies to all historical resources used by Native Americans prior to direct contact with non - indigenous peoples. Cite any references used to determine the age of the resource. *P7. Owner and Address: Give the name and address of the resource's current owner(s). If the owner is a government agency, clearly identify the agency by name (not simply "the State of California" or "the federal government "). You may give the name and address of the managing unit. Enter "unknown' or "withheld by owner' if appropriate. Ownership information is often required before a historical resource can be listed on various state and national registers or to meet local recordation requirements. *P8. Recorded By: Enter the name of the person who prepared the record, indicating their agency or organizational affiliation, if appropriate, and provide a complete address. *P9. Date Recorded: Indicate the date the record was prepared. *P10. Survey I=. Indicate whether the resource was recorded as the result of an intensive survey, reconnaissance survey, or other activity (e.g., volunteer effort) and describe the purpose of that effort. The terms "intensive survey" and "reconnaissance survey" are defined for the purposes of this entry in relation to the Secretary of the Interiors aSt ndards Wd Qidtliaes fa Archeology Md Him Preservation (National Park Service 1983). Appendix 6 briefly summarizes those definitions and the basic report contents that are . recommended by the Secretary of the Interior for each type of survey. *P11, Report Citation: Provide a complete citation for any report or publication documenting the discovery of the resource, if one has been completed or is under preparation. If no survey report or publication exists or is planned, enter "none." List the name of the author, date of the report or publication, title, and the name of the government agency, private finn, university department, publisher, etc that the report was prepared for or published by. P*Attachments: Check any forms that are attached to the Primary Record and list any other attachments if L' appropriate. Check "None" if there are no attachments. How to Prepare a Location Map The purpose of the Location Map is to accurately depict the location of the resource on a US. Geological Survey topographic quadrangle or other government map. The Location Map differs from a Sketch Map in - that it generally does not depict the internal arrangement of a resource. The only exceptions to this rule are the Location Maps created for linear resources and districts, which may depict component features and /or elements. The Location Map is optional for buildings located on small parcels of land in urban areas when an address is provided. Provide the name, scale, and publication date of the map(s) used to depict the location of the historical resource, and include a copy of the appropriate portion(s) of that map or maps on the Location Map record. If the map has been photorevised, place the date of the revision in parentheses following the original date the map was published. The OHP recommends using maps published by the government, particularly U.S. Geological Survey topographic quadrangles (for Waal areas) and Assessor's regional index maps (for urban areas). Because privately published maps are subject to copyright restrictions, you should check with the OHP before submitting such materials. All Location Maps should include a bar scale and north arrow. Accurately plot the shape and location of the resource on an appropriate map. Very tiny resources may be depicted with a dot, while the exact configuration of larger resources should be drawn to scale using a heavy black line to indicate the perimeter of January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources the resource. When possible, show the entire alignment of a linear resource, even if only a segment is recorded in detail. Do not obscure map details by filling in the areas covered by large historical resources solidly. DETAILED DESCRIPTION AND EVALUATION Three recording forms can be used for detailed description and evaluation of all types of historical resources. Those forms consist of the Building, Structure, and Object (BSO) Record; Archaeological Site Record; and District Record. Each detailed record builds on the basic information gathered on the Primary Record, and therefore must be accompanied by that form, and a Location Map (when required), unless submitted as an update to an existing resource file. Evaluation is a required field on the BSO Record and District Record, while it is optional on the Archaeological Site Record. Completing an evaluation involves assessing whether a historical resource meets defined criteria of significance. The NRHP Criteria for Evaluation are recommended as a uniform standard for California because they provide a basis for assessing the significance of historical resources at the national, state, and local levels. As such, they encompass and provide for routine consideration of other applicable state and local criteria. However, other criteria also may be applied when appropriate. The NRHP Criteria are provided for reference in Appendix 7. The significance of a historical resource is best understood and judged in relation to a historic context. A historic context consists of: a theme, pattern, or research topic; geographic area; and chronological period. The theme, pattern or research topic provides a basis for evaluating the significance of a resource when it is defined in relation to established criteria. A historical resource is considered significant, and hence, eligible for the National Register if it is associated with an important historic context and it retains the integrity of those characteristics necessary to convey its significance. When considering the integrity of a historical resource it is appropriate to take into account factors such as location, setting, design, materials, workmanship, feeling, and association.. Evaluation requires three basic steps: (1) identification of a significant historic context associated with the resource; (2) identification of the types of resources important in illundnatmg that context, and the physical characteristics those resources must possess to reflect the significance of the historic context; and (3) an assessment of whether the resource_being evaluated has those required physical characteristics (National Park Service 1990b). The amount of descriptive and historical information needed to establish whether or not a resource has the required physical traits necessary to convey its significance will depend on its complexity and type. Normally, detailed recording forms submitted in conjunction with an intensive survey report (as described in Appendix 6) provide the level of information needed to evaluate most historical resources. However, archaeological sites often require additional characterization While anyone can prepare the documentation supporting an evaluation, responsibility for the evaluation must be taken by persons meeting the Secretary of the Interiors Professional Qualifications Standards (National Park Service 1983) in a discipline appropriate to the historic context within which the resource is being considered. In cases where the preparer does not meet the Standards, an OHP- sanctioned reviewer with appropriate qualifications may assume responsibility for the evaluation. However, to ensure timely inclusion of an evaluation in the OHP's filing system, submissions prepared by or under the direction of appropriately qualified professionals are recommended. T For fur deer information about how to evaluate historical resources, refer to National Register Bulletins 15 and 16A (National Park Service 1990b,1991), the Secretary of the Interior's Standards and Guidelines for Archeology and Historic Preservation (National Park Service 1983), Treatment of Archaeological Properties: A Handbook (Advisory Council on Historic Preservation 1980), and Guidelines for Archaeological Research Designs (Office of Historic Preservation 1991b). 0 0 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 Preparing the Building, Structure, and Object Record The BSO Record can be used to evaluate and present detailed information about buildings, structures, and objects. The Linear Feature Record may be used as a supplement to the BSO Record when documenting and evaluating linear structures such as roads, canals, and railroad grades. Detailed instructions for preparing the BSO Record are provided below. Required information is indicated with a sidebar, an asterisk, and bold type. Header Block Enter the Primary Number and HRI Number if known Leave both fields blank if unknowr. Also be sure to update the header block and subsequent sections of the Primary Record if it was prepared separately from the BSO Record. *NRHP Status Code: Enter the appropriate code that best - defines the relationship of the resource to the National Register using the list in Appendix 2. Use the lowest initial number if more than one applies. For example, if a resource can be rated both 3S and 5D1, put 3S. - *Resource Name or #: Enter the same name or number used in this field on the Primary Record. The identifier can be a historic or common name, parcel number, or any other designator which will consistently j) refer to the resource and link the pages of your record together. B1. Historic Name Enter the historic name of the resource if known. A historic name may be either the formal name for the resource during its period of significance, or a name closely associated with its significance. The historic name may refer to: the builder, designer, or historic owner(s); significant persons or events connected with the resource; original or later uses of the resource; or accepted professional, scientific, technical, or traditional names. B2. Common Name: Enter the common or presently used name for the resource. If documenting a single family dwelling, use current owner's name only if local residents strongly associate the house with that owner. If historic and common names are identical, enter "same." If the resource has no common name,'enter "none." 133. Original Use: Enter the original use(s) of the building, structure, or object B4. Present Use Identify the present use(s) of the building, structure, or object Other past uses may be described in Field B10 (Significance) below. *135. Architectural Style Use standard architectural terminology to describe the style or construction type of buildings if applicable. If necessary, combine terms to describe the style (e.g. "Classical Revival with Craftsman elements "). See National Regi2ter Bulletin 16A (National Park Service 1991), Blumenson (1981), McAlester and McAlester (1984), City of Oakland (1978), and Whiffen (1969) for suggested stylistic terminology. See Sources of Additional Information for complete citations of these publications. *136. Construction History: List alterations to the resource which substantially affect its architectural integrity. Be as specific as possible. For example, put "aluminum sliders" rather than merely "windows." Add the s date(s) of the alterations if known. t*137. Moved ?: Check whether or not the resource has been moved and give the date of the move, if known Include any information you may have on the original location of the resource. *138. Related Features: List other important features on the resource. Such features might include: barns, carriage houses, garages, outhouses, sheds, windmills, water towers, hitching posts, fences, walls, unusual curbs or sidewalks, formal gardens, prominent or unusual trees, and expansive lawns. Do not include other major historical resources that merit separate documentation. 139a. Architect If appropriate, enter the name of the architect, architectural firm, pattern book, engineer, artist, landscape architect, or planner responsible for designing the building, structure, or object. If the resource was 10 January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources not professionally designed, as in the case of a house constructed by an owner /builder, put "none." if no information about the designer was found, enter "unknown." r - B9b. Builder. In the space provided for "Builder," enter the name of the person or fine actually responsible for construction. Do not put the name of someone who merely commissioned the work. If no information was found, enter "unknown." *1110. Significance: Resources are generally evaluated using a historic context —an organizational format, which groups information about related historical resources based on theme, geographic limits, and chronological period. The information provided in this field should describe why the resource is significant within a relevant historic context _. Begin by identifying the historic "theme" —the subject or topic of historical study. Examples include "Commercial Development," "Citrus Industry," "River Transportation," "Residential Architecture," etc. For "area' put the locale in which the events covered by the theme occurred. Usually the area is the city or town being surveyed; however, there may be exceptions where contemporary boundaries do not coincide with ' historical boundaries. The area also might be a county, a part of a town, or a place defined by a topographical feature. ' "Period of significance" refers to a chronological period as it relates to the historic context, and is defined as a year or range of years eg., Commercial Development in Bakersfield, 1896- 1941). For "property type" enter the specific type of resource that is being evaluated within the historic context. For example, the context ' "Commercial Development in Bakersfield, 1896-1941" may have retail stores and office buildings as associated property types. A form documenting the Woolworth Building in downtown Bakersfield would list "retail store" for the property type. 'In the space marked "applicable criteria" enter the letter(s) of the National Register (or other) criterion or criteria in which the resource is being evaluated. Put "N /A" if the resource is evaluated as ineligible for the National Register. The statement of significance should explain why the resource is important in relation to its historic context(s). Make the strongest possible case using historical and /or architectural analysis as appropriate. Compare the resource with others that belong to the same property type and relate to the same historic context Include an analysis of the integrity of the resource. Additional information about the resource may be included even if it is not specifically related to the context identified, to the extent that it will help establish the significance of the "esource. Bll. Additional R source Attributes: The historic attributes of the resource refer to its characteristics at the time it gained significance Choose up to six numbers from the list of Resource Attribute Codes in Appendix 4. Enter each number, two dashes, and a brief description, cg., "(3)—Duplex" or "(14)— Library." If more than one number is needed, the description may follow the numbers, e.g., "(12), (44)— YWCA." *B12. References: List any documents and style books used to discover information about the resource. Include page numbers and dates of publication. Also list oral interviews, including the name of the person interviewed and the date of the interview. You may abbreviate as necessary, but don't merely cite a general bibliography available elsewhere. 1113. Remarks: Include information about zoning, threats to the resource, previous surveys, and other relevant information in this data field, as appropriate. *1114. Evaluator and Date of Evaluation: Enter the name of the person who made the evaluation reflected in' the "NRHP Status Code" field and indicate the date the evaluation was completed. If two or more people concurred in the evaluation, provide the name of the individual who meets the Secretary's Standards in the appropriate discipline. If a resume for the evaluator is not on file with the OHP or the appropriate regional Information Center listed (in Appendix 8), one should accompany the record (or should be included in ari accompanying report). Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 *Sketch Map: Draw or paste in a Sketch Map of the resource and any associated features discussed in Field B8 (Related Features) above. This Sketch Map is required regardless of whether or not a Location Map is also needed. The Sketch Map need not be drawn to scale, but must include a north arrow. Name or otherwise identify important features associated with the resource. In urban areas, and where possible in rural areas, identify the nearest intersection; otherwise, show roads (with names), buildings, rivers, railroad tracks, and other features that may help others locate the resource. If the resource's boundaries are other than parcel boundaries, indicate as such. Do not use this space merely to ate a map located elsewhere. Svace Reserved 19i Official Comments: Leave this space blank. Provide comparable space on computer - generated forms. Preparing the Archaeological Site Record The Archaeological Site Record can be used to record detailed descriptive information about most historical resources classified by the National Register as sites. The Archaeological Site Record was specifically developed to accommodate the documentation of both prehistoric and historic sites. As such, it includes a number of data fields essential for recording certain types of sites, but irrelevant for the documentation of others. The Archaeological Site Record must be accompanied by a detailed Sketch Map. Several specialized recording forms have been developed as optional attachments to the Archaeological Site Record. They include: the Linear Feature Record; Milling Station Record; Rock Art Record; and Artifact Record. Instructions for preparing those optional attachments are provided later in this manual. Detailed instructions for preparing the Archaeological Site Record are given below. Required information is indicated with a sidebar, asterisk, and bold type. Header Block Enter the Primary # and /or Trinomial Number if known. Leave both fields blank if unknown. Also be sure to update the header block and subsequent sections of the Primary Record if the Archaeological Site Record was prepared separately. *Resource Name or #: Enter the same name or number used in this field on the Primary Record The identifier can be a historic or common name, parcel number, or any other designator which will consistently refer to the resource and link the pages of your record together. - - — - •Al. Dimensions: Enter the length and width of the site, describe the units of measurement, and indicate how the dimensions were determined. All sites with prehistoric components must be measured in meters, while the use of other appropriate units of measurement are acceptable for sites with historic components. The overall dimensions of multi- component sites should be measured in meters, with other units of measurement used to supplement the description of historic features where appropriate. State the orientation of the measurements in the space between parentheses using one of the four basic compass lines. Also provide the following information about how you defined those limits: I Method of Measurement: Check the box that defines how length and width measurements were made and describe any other methods used. Method of Determination: Check factors employed to determine the site boundary including. the distribution of artifacts and features; diminishing densitites of cultural materials; changes in soil color or type; distinctive vegetation or topography; cultural materials visible in cut banks, animal burrows, or as the result of test excavation; the recognition of a historic property boundary; and other means. Provide a brief explanation of any other means used to determine the site boundaries. While it may not be possible to define absolute boundaries for a resource based on surface inspection, a clear justification should be offered for how you have defined the site's boundaries. Reliability of Boundary Determination: Estimate how reliable the boundary determination is and check the appropriate box. Explain as necessary. _ 12 January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources Limitations: Check any factors that hindered accurate determination of the extent of the site and explain any additional limitations you noted. A2. lLepth : Enter the depth of the archaeological deposit(s) present at the site, if any. An estimate of depth is acceptable as long as the rationale for that guess is explained. Leave the space after "depth" blank and check unknown" if there is uncertainty about the site's depth. Enter "surface" on the line following "depth" and . check "none" if there is no depth to the deposit, and indicate how this was determined. W. Human Remains: Record the presence or absence of any human remains observed on the site by marking the appropriate box. Indicate the quantity, condition, and location of any observed remains in the space after "explain." The location of observed human remains should be depicted on the detailed sketch map. If any osteological material has been removed from a site, identify where it is curated or to whom it was transferred for reinterment or analysis. "A4. Features: Assign a number to every feature present on a site, show its location on the detailed sketch map, and describe the feature and any cultural constituents associated with it If no features were observed, enter "none " or "none observed." The description of each feature should identify, where possible, the type of feature; its age, function, size, and condition; the nature of any associated archaeological deposits and cultural constituents; and any other pertinent details. Cultural constituents that are associated with or found near a feature should be described as an aspect of that feature, rather than in the general list of constituents entered in Field A6 (Cultural Constituents). List, briefly describe, and discuss the chronological implications of all cultural constituents associated with each feature, or a meaningful sample of them. Information about the numbers and types of bedrock milling features and rock art features should be briefly summarized in this field. Such features also may be recorded in greater detail on a Milling Station Record or Rock Art Record if appropriate. 'AS. Cultural Constituents: List, briefly describe, and discuss the chronological implications of all cultural constituents not associated with features of the site. Constituents that are associated with features should be described in Field A4 above. Cultural constituents encompass all artifacts, ecofacts, and other residues of human activities. Provide a complete inventory of observed constituents when they occur in small quantities. Describe the types of materials present and estimate their relative abundance for sites with large amounts of — cultural material, taking care to identify any temporally diagnostic remains. •A6. Were Specimens Collected? Check whether or not any specimens were collected during the field visit that led to the preparation of the Archaeological Site Record. If any materials were collected, attach an Artifact Record or a catalog contacting comparable information and show the locations where the specimens were collected as specific points or collection units on the detailed Sketch Map. Be sure to indicate where the specimens are curated. Please note that specimens should only be collected under the auspices of a legitimate scientific study and with the permission of the landowner. *A7. Site Condition: Indicate the relative condition of the site as a whole by checking "good," "fair," or "poor," and describe existing alterations and /or disturbances of the resource, its major features, and its setting. Indicate the degree of disturbance and the agents that caused that disturbance. Consider whether the site retains integrity of setting, feeling, association, workmanship, design, materials, and location. *AS. Nearest Water. Enter the name, type (if not specified in the name), seasonal availability, distance, and direction (from the site datum or site boundary closest to water source) to the nearest natural fresh water source or probable former source (for prehistoric sites) or historic source (for historic sites occupied after that source was created). If the nearest water cannot be determined, enter "unknown" I *A9. Elevation: Enter the elevation or range of elevations for the site in meters or feet and describe how those 13 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 measurements were determined (e.g., altimeter, interpreted from map, etc.). A10. Environmental Setting: Briefly describe the present vegetation zone, plants, animals, soils, geology, landforms, slope, aspect, exposure, and other environmental characteristics of the site and its vicinity to the extent that such conditions are relevant to understanding the site and its importance. All. Historical Information: Briefly summarize information gathered from reports, publications, historic documents, and oral interviews. In cases where historic materials are present, but no documentary or testimonial evidence was found, state that the historic use is unknown Indicate where information about the resource was sought, even if the results were negative. Use a Continuation Sheet to attach historic maps and /or photographs if appropriate. 2 A e: Check any categories that apply to the site and explain the evidence used to determine the period(s) during which it was occupied. More than one box should be checked for sites used, however intermittently, during more than one period. For prehistoric sites, describe any evidence that can be used to infer the site's position in a regional prehistoric chronological sequence where possible. The protohistoric check box should be marked if a site was occupied by Native Americans during the historic period, as determined from historic accounts and /or the presence of materials introduced by non -native peoples. Specific dates of occupation or site use should be identified for other types of historic archaeological sites when known. A13. In=retations: Provide information concerning any interpretations made for the site and discuss the evidence used to substantiate them. Possible interpretive categories include: site function, demographic observations, cultural ecology, research or scientific value, and ethnographic/cultural affilitations. While the observations discussed here may or may not be sufficiently detailed to constitute an evaluation, they should provide data helpful for planning the evaluation and treatment of the site. This field may be used to present a full historic context statement and evaluation of a site, if desired. A14. Remarks: This field may be used to note additional information that doesn't readily fit elsewhere on this form. It may be useful to discuss the history of previous studies at a site, threats to the resource, or other data. A15. References: List persons interviewed and documents used to discover information about the property. Enter "none" if no information was sought. Provide a complete citation for each document, sufficient for others to locate it. Identify persons interviewed by their full name, address (if permitted by the interviewee), and the date of the interview. A16. Photographs: This field should be used to record any photographs or other recorded images taken during the documentation of the site. A Photograph Record can be attached to the Archaeological Site Record as an alternative to completing this field. If no images were taken, enter "none." Photographic documentation is strongly recommended for every site. Photographs should be placed on a Continuation Sheet and labeled. 'A17. Form Prepared By. Date. and Affiliation and Address: Provide this information only if it differs from 5 that given in Fields P8 and P9 on the Primary Record. "Sketch Map A detailed Sketch Map must accompany every Archaeological Site Record. The Sketch Map " should accurately depict the details of the site in its immediate environmental setting, providing sufficient detail to allow a person unfamiliar with the resource to recognize it. The Sketch Map should be drawn to scale. It must include: a datum point or points; site boundary; north arrow (labeled either "magnetic" or "true "); bar scale; the plotted locations of features, collecr -d specimens, units, and other materials (if present); and a legend. c: The site datum should be a relatively permanent natural or cultural feature. All features should be plotted accurately in correct relation to each other and the datum. Relevant information about the natural and cultural setting of the site should also be depicted. It is acceptable to estimate the locations of such natural features. 14 January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources Preparing the District Record Districts consist of a significant concentration or continuity of associated historical resources. Districts may be recognized and documented at the time a survey is conducted, or they may become apparent only after several survey efforts reveal the historical relationships among the individually recorded resources in a given geographic region The District Record provides a vehicle for documenting the linkages among individual resources in both situations. Because the recognition of a district hinges on an understanding of its historic context, evaluation is required on the District Record. A Primary Record, Location Map, and District Record are needed to document the district as a whole. Minimally, every component or element of the district is then documented separately on a Primary Record. In some cases, it may be appropriate to prepare additional documentation of district components when those elements appear to be individually significant as well. Minor features such as landscaping, fences, curbing, prospect pits, and widely dispersed archaeological materials need not be separately recorded if they are adequately described in Field D3 (Detailed Description) on the District Record. Detailed instructions are provided below for filling out the District Record. Required data fields are indicated with a sidebar, asterisk, and boldface type. Header Block Enter the Primary and /or HRI # and /or Trinomial if known Leave blank if they are not known. Also be sure to update the header block and subsequent sections of the Primary Record if it was prepared at a different time than the District Record. *NRHP Status Code: Enter the appropriate code that best - defines the relationship of the district to the National Register using the list in Appendix 2. Note that districts themselves are given "S" ratings, while their contributors are assigned "D" ratings. For example, a district found eligible for the National Register is rated "3S," while the district's contributors are rated "3D." Resource Name or A Enter the same name or number used in this field on the Primary Record. The identifier can be a historic or common name, parcel number, or any other designator which will consistently refer to the ,, resource and link the pages of your record together. Dl. Historic Name: Enter the historic name of the district if applicable. A historic name may be either the formal name for the resource during its period of significance, or a name closely associated with its significance. The historic name might also refer to accepted professional, scientific, technical, or traditional names. D2. Common Name: Enter the common or presently used name for the district If historic and common names are identical, enter "same." If the resource has no common name, enter "none," or enter a brief description such as "500 -700 block of Maple Street." 'D3. Detailed Description Provide a detailed description of the district, making sure to address the 9 characteristics that give coherence to the area. Describe the nature and severity of any intrusions and disturbances. Mention design features, vegetation, and other relevant factors. List every resource i documented separately as an element of the district Identify each element by property type and indicate whether or not that element contributes to the significance of the historic context used to evaluate the district. . This information may be included in the description itself, or as a separate entry on a Continuation Sheet Addresses should be given for all buildings and structures in a district, when applicable. Other resources may be listed by type and Primary Number, Trinomial, HRI Number, and /or a resource identifier such as a historic name or temporary designation Some minor features of a district such as plantings, mining prospect pits, fences, and curbing need not be separately recorded on individual recording forms if they are adequately described in this field. I At least two 5 "x7 black and white photographs of representative streetscapes or other overall views must be included with the District Record. Describe the subject, view, and date the photograph was taken on a label 15 n � Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 and affix it to the back of the print. Place the print in a clear polyethylene or polypropylene envelope and affix the envelope to a Continuation Sheet using archivally stable transparent tape. 'D4. Boundary Description: District boundaries may be described either in a narrative fashion, or by entering the measurements of the maximum length and width of the resource, as appropriate. Narrative entries may use street names, property lines, geographical features, or other lines of convenience. When } dimensions are given, indicate the units of measurement and describe the method used to obtain those measurements (e.g., taped, paced, extrapolated from map, etc.). The boundaries of the district should be clearly depicted on a Location Map, and where appropriate, on a Sketch Map as well. *D5. Boundary Tustification: Provide a concise explanation asto how the boundaries of the district were determined, taking into account the property's significant elements, setting, integrity, and historical importance. Boundaries should encompass, but not exceed, the extent of the significant resources and land area that contribute to the importance of the district. *D6. Significance: The statement of significance should summarize the importance of the district in terms of its historic context, as defined by theme, period of significance, and geographic scope. The importance of each individual element of the district should be addressed in the separate records prepared for each contributing resource. Consider as contributors only those resources that convey the significance of the district. A Primary Record and a Location Map (when required) should be prepared for each contributor. Ancillary features of contributing elements need only be described as related features on those individual records. Minor-features and Non - contributing elements of the district may be recorded with a Primary Record and Location Map (when required), or simply described in Field D3 above. Begin by identifying the historic "theme" —the subject or topic of study. Examples include "Commercial Development," "Railroad Logging," "Water Conveyance Systems," "Prehistoric Obsidian Quarry Exploitation," "Historic Mining Camps," etc. Next, identify the geographic scope in the space following "area." The geographic scope is the locale in which the events covered by the theme occurred. The scope could be a city, county, or region; or it could also encompass an entire state or the nation. Then enter the "period of significance," which refer; to the chronological period identified in the historic context and is defined by a year or range of years (e.g., Railroad Logging in Sierra Nevada Region, 1890-1940). In the space marked "applicable criteria" enter the letter(s) of the National Register (or other) criterion or criteria found applicable to the district as a whole. Put 'N/A" if the resource is evaluated as ineligible for the NRHP. - — f The statement of significance should explain why the resource is important in relation to its historic context(s). Make the strongest possible case using historical, architectural, archaeological, and /or other analyses as appropriate. Compare the district with others that encompass the same property type(s) and relate to the same historic theme. Include an analysis of the integrity of the district, taking into consideration whether or s not it retains integrity of location, design, materials, workmanship, feeling, association, and setting. Also indicate whether the district and its elements remain in use or have been abandoned. Additional information about the district may be included even if it is not specifically related to the context identified, to the extent g that it will help establish the significance of the resource. *D7. References: List the documents that were used to discover information about the district. Include oral 8 interviews, noting the name of persons interviewed, the date of the interview, and the address of the interviewee when possible. Provide a complete citation for each.document, sufficient to locate it. Also provide a complete citation for any report or publication documenting the discovery of the resource. The report citation should list the name of the author, date of the report or publication, title, and the name of the government agency, private firm, university department, publisher, etc that the report was prepared for or published by. *D8. Evaluator/Date /Affiliation and Address: Give the name, address, and organizational affiliation of the person responsible for evaluating the significance of the district and enter the date the evaluation was completed. If two or more people concurred in the evaluation, provide the name of the individual who meets the Secretary's Standards in the appropriate discipline. A resume for the evaluator should accompany the 16 January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources District Record (or a report submitted with it) if it is not already on file with the OHP or the appropriate regional Information Center listed in Appendix 8. Sketch lIg: A detailed Sketch Map is required when the layout and details of the district cannot be clearly conveyed on a Location Map due to the compactness of its elements. Sketch Maps should be drawn to scale and must include: the boundary of the district; a north arrow; a bar scale, the plotted locations of all features and /or elements; and a legend. It is also helpful to include information about the environmental setting of the district For urban building surveys, a parcel map may be used to create the Sketch Map. It should include all of the items mentioned above and clearly indicate the names of all streets included within the district. PREPARING OPTIONAL ATTACHMENTS Six additional forms have been designed as supporting attachments for the records discussed above. They include a Linear Feature Record (DPR 523E), Milling Station Record (DPR 523F), Rock Art Record (DPR 523G), Artifact Record (DPR 523H), and Photogragh Record (DPR 5231), and Continuation Sheet (DPR 523L). Instructions are provided below for filling out each form. Linear Feature Record The Linear Feature Record can be used to supplement both minimal or detailed recordation of prehistoric and historic linear structures and sites. Linear features are taken to include most long, narrow constructed works classified by the NRHP as structures, as well as trails and the ruins of linear struchres (which are classified as sites). The Linear Feature Record may be used for documenting linear features in their entirety, segments of such resources, or observations made at a particular point along a linear feature. When preparing the initial record for a linear feature or segment of one, the nature of the entire resource should be described on the Primary Record in Field Pia. Refer to the instructions for Field Pia for the kinds of information that should be included in the overall description of a linear feature. Detailed instructions for preparing the Linear Feature Record are provided below. The Linear Feature Record can be used to gather purely descriptive information about a linear resource, or it can serve as an adjunct to a formal evaluation . documented on a BSO Record, District Record, or in a suitably detailed evaluation report Header Block: Enter the Primary Number, HRI Number, and /or Trinomial Number if known. Leave these fields blank if unknown. Also be sure to update the header block and subsequent sections of the Primary Record if it was prepared at a different time than the Linear Feature Record. U. Historic and /or Com_+*+on Name: Enter the historic and /or common name of the resource if known. A historic name may be either the formal name for the resource during its period of significance, or a name closely associated with its significance. The historic name may refer to: the builder, designer, or historic owner(s); significant persons or events connected with the resource; original or later uses of the resource; or accepted professional, scientific, technical, or traditional names. A common or presently used name for the . resource may be provided if one is known. If historic and common names are identical, enter "same." If the resource has no historic or common name, enter "none." 12a. Portion Described: Check whether the record is for an entire linear feature, a segment of one, or a point observation along a linear feature. When recording a segment or point along a linear feature, provide a field designation for that portion or point and depict its location on a Location Map. L2b— Location of Pont or SPg=: If you are preparing a Linear Feature Record for a segment of a linear feature or a point along one provide UTM coordinates, a legal description, and any other locational information that will help identify the specific location you are documenting. 17 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 13. Deaad lion: Provide information about the construction techniques, configuration of, and materials used to construct the linear feature and describe any features, artifacts and /or archaeological sites /deposits that may be associated with it. Provide plans, sections, or other drawings as appropriate. The observations made in this section should not duplicate information provided in Field P3a (Description) on the Primary Record. If a Linear Feature Record is prepared for an entire linear feature, this field may be used to supplement information provided on the Primary Record. When this record is used to describe a particular segment or point along a linear feature, this field should be used to define the specific details observed in that location. Describe in detail each cultural feature associated with the linear resource. Number or otherwise designate each feature and plot its location on a Location Map and /or a detailed Sketch Map. If no features are observed, indicate that finding. The features of a linear resource generally consist of components integral to the operation and proper functioning of that resource, rather than to resource elements like a ditch tender's camp or railroad depot which may be associated with a ditch or railroad grade as components of a district, yet require separate documentation as major resource elements (see Field LS below). Some examples of the features of various kinds of linear resources include: Roads: retaining walls, culverts, and tunnels Ditches: siphons, flumes, spillgates, and gate valves Trails: blazes, cairns, and paving Railroad grades: through cuts, sidings, retaining walls, and trestles The description of a feature should include information about its construction details, dimensions, and any artifacts found near the feature. Plans, cross - sections, and elevations may be appended to the record if appropriate. Feature descriptions should include information about the brand names and patent numbers recorded on machinery. L4 Dimensions: Enter the dimensions of the linear feature at a specific observation point, segment, or along the entire resource, or indicate the range of variations in those dimensions. Also provide a scaled cross - sectional sketch in Field L4e and define the length of the segment you are recording when only a portion of a resource is recorded. All dimensions should be in feet for historic features and metric units for prehistoric features. Indicate how that dimension was determined (e.g., taped, estimated, etc.). 1.4a. Top Width: Enter the width of the linear feature at its highest point and indicate the unit of measurement. For water delivery systems such as ditches and canals, the top width should be measured at the crest of the berm(s) or wall(s). Record more than one width or a range of widths if appropriate. For example, a single water delivery system may be composed of a flume, earthen ditch, and concrete canal that each have different top widths. L4b. Bottom Width: Provide a width for the base of the feature, or provide a range of widths if appropriate. L4c. Heig t or the Enter the maximum depth or height of the resource if applicable, or indicate variation in that dimension along the length of the linear feature or segment thereof. If the depth/height of a linear feature has been modified (e.g., siltation of ditch), that fact should be noted Lod. Segment Length: Enter the overall length of the segment of the resource being recorded and indicate the unit of measurement. The length of the entire resource should be given in Field P3 on the Primary Record, if known, and should be repeated here if you record an entire linear resource. Define where dimensions were measured from (e.g., "from intake structure at dam to junction with Columbia Ditch ") and note whether observation, extrapolation from maps, or direct measurement led to the determination. L4e. Sketch of Cross Section: Use the space provided to draw a representative scaled cross section of the linear feature and indicate what direction the drawing faces. Show the location of the drawn cross section on the Location Map prepared to accompany the Linear Feature Record. is C January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources LS. Associated R o irces: List previously recorded resources that are historically associated with the use of the linear resource and provide a Primary Number, Trinomial, and /or HRI Number of each resource, if known. Refer to a resource identifier such as a historic name in cases where a Primary Number is unknown or remains to be assigned. Associated resources that have not yet been recorded can also be mentioned. However, their existence should be stated as "unknown" if they have not been examined. Wig: This field may be used to provide a general description of the natural or physical environment of the linear feature in cases where that setting contributes to the significance of the resourceor appreciation of it. Information in this category may include descriptions of natural features, landscape characteristics, slope, vegetation, and so forth For example, it may be important to describe the flora associated with a trail that connects a series of meadows in a forested region or the geology and terrain of a flume hung from the wall of a canyon. T 7. nt gdty Considerations- describe any existing alterations of the resource and its setting, focusing on whether or not it retains historic integrity in terms of setting, feeling, association, workmanship, design, materials, and location Indicate whether it remains in use or has been abandoned. Provide an estimate of the proportion of the resource that has been destroyed or modified, where possible. L8. Photograph, Map, or Drawing and Description This space may be used for additional graphic documentation of the linear resource at the discretion of the recorder. L9. E=a This field can be used to present further historical information about the resource, discuss previous efforts to document it, and offer other information that does not fit elsewhere on this form. L10. Form Prepared Bry Provide this information only if it differs from that given in Fields P9 and P10 on the Primary Record. 1.11, Da , Enter the date this record was prepared. Sketch Maj2: A Location Map can often be used to depict the portion of a linear resource that has been documented, its features, and the location of cross section drawings, photographs, or other graphic documentation For particularly complex linear resources, however, a detailed Sketch Map is recommended. Sketch Maps should generally be drawn to scale, and must include a north arrow and bar scale. Milling Station Record The Mulling Station Record may be used to provide a detailed record of one or more bedrock milling stations and any associated artifacts. A bedrock milling station is defined as a non - portable bedrock outcrop or boulder with surfaces and /or depressions ground into it for purposes of milling. The Milling station Record is an optional form. It is designed to supplement the information in an Archaeological Site Record, not to eliminate the need for its preparation. Professional surveys conducted in advance of development activities should generally prepare a Primary Record, Location Map, and Archaeological Site Record when a site with a milling station(s) is encountered. Additional information can then be collected on a Milling Station Record if desirable. Identify each separate bedrock outcrop with evidence of milling activities (milling station) as a numbered feature of a site. The location of each outcrop (milling feature) should be depicted on the sketch map of the site, with the total number of milling surfaces at that feature listed by type in Field AS (Features) on the Archaeological Site Record. The dimensions, rock type, and overall condition of each milling station should be provided in the upper portion of the Milling Station Record, along with the resource name or number listed in the Primary Record and the name of the person who prepared the record. Give the dimensions of each milling station in metric units. Each dimension should be for the maximum extent of the bedrock outcrop or boulder on which milling activities occurred. The height should be measured 19 o c Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 as the maximum distance from the ground to the highest point on the bedrock outcrop. Outcrops partially - covered with archaeological deposits should not be excavated to obtain measurements unless that excavation is part of a professional archaeological testing program. Appropriate information should then be entered in the lower portion of the Milling Station Record for each of the individual milling surfaces observed on a culturally modified bedrock outcrop. Spaces are provided for the feature number (milling station number), milling surface number (element of an individual milling station), type, dimensions, depth, contents, and remarks. Use the keys at the bottom of the record for abbreviations of the types of features and their contents. Dimensions for the individual milling surfaces present on a milling station should be measured with a tape in centimeters as the maximum length, width, and depth of the culturally modified (e.g., pecked and /or ground) bedrock. Use a straight edge laid across the rim of each milling surface to measure its maximum depth. The "Remarks" column can be used to record a variety of information such as wear patterns, surface residues, shape, configuration and condition of the culturally modified surfaces, and the presence of any associated artifacts on the outcrop /milling station. Prepare a plan of each milting station on a Continuation Sheet, showing the size and shape of the bedrock outcrop and the relative locations of the individual milling surfaces. The plan should include: a north arrow (marked true or magnetic); distances between the individual milling surfaces on the outcrop; and a bearing and distance to a site datum. It is often helpful to include other details on the plan like vegetation, height above ground, and associated artifacts. If a milling station plan is drawn to scale and indiides a bar scale, it is not necessary to indicate distance between the individual surfaces on the outcrop. Rock Art Record The Rock Art Record may be used to record detailed information about an individual rock art feature. Rock Art is defined as any non - portable bedrock outcrop, boulder, cave wall, or other rock surface intentionally modified by pecking, scraping, grinding, and /or the application of pigment to form a graphic design/image. The Rods Art Record is an optional form. It is designed to supplement the information in an Archaeological Site Record, not to eliminate the need for its preparation. Professional surveys conducted in advance of development activities should generally prepare a Primary Record, Location Map, and Archaeological Site Record when a site with a rock art features) is encountered. Additional information can then be collected on a Rock Art Record if desirable. Identify each separate bedrock outcrop or boulder with rock art on it and assign a number to the rock art panel that corresponds with its designation as a feature of a site. The location of each rock art panel (feature) should be depicted on the sketch map of the site and briefly described in Field AS (Features) on the Archaeological Site Record. Use the following instructions to complete the Rock Art Record. Header Block: Enter the Primary and /or Trinomial Numbers if known. Leave both fields blank if unknown. Resource Name or # Enter the same name or number used in this field on the Primary Record. The identifier can be a historic or common name, parcel number, or any other designator which will consistently refer to the resource and link the pages of your record together. Rl. Feature /Panel #: Identify the number assigned to the feature and indicate how many total rock art panels are present at the site after the word "of." R2. Feature /Panel Location: Enter the distance and azimuth from a site datum to a designated position on the rock art panel or feature, as shown on a plan. If the site datum is a point within the rock art, so indicate. Also check whether the rock art was found on a cliff face, boulder, bedrock outcrop, cave /rodkshelter surface, or other location, and describe any other kinds of locations. 20 C ' w January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources R3. Host Surface: Describe the type of rock or other host surface on which the rock art panel or feature appears and identify the color of that surfacee rock outcrop and rock art images. R4. Host Back nd: Check any characteristics that pertain to the background surface of the host rock or ground surface including patination, painting, glacial polish, smoke blackening, lack of natural alteration ("natural'), and other surface conditions. Provide an explanation if you check "other." R5. Detailed Description of F a /P nel: Check whether the feature consists of petroglyphs, pictographs, a geoglyph, or a combination of such elements, and then describe the size of the feature and host rock outcrop or ground surface, number and types of elements or stylistic motifs, method of production, color of motif and other relevant descriptive details. All measurements should be taped in metric units. R6. Feature/ lnra rid Natural /Cultural Check whether the rock art feature or panel g�' 1 ten nrafinn; is in good, fair, or poor condition, and note any natural and cultural modification or deterioration of it by circling any items that apply. Use the space provided to explain in greater detail whether the feature /panel retains integrity of setting, feeling, association, workmanship, design, material, and location. R7_St; Style(s) and qtj5R= d C„l± UA a ura.;m: Where possible, identify the rock art style(s) and cultural affiliation of the group(s) known or believed to have created the images in the rock art panel. Offer reasons supporting any statements about the stylistic and cultural affiliations of the rock art R8. Elements SuRcrimposed,> Check whether or not any elements are superimposed and describe superimposed elements by style, position, and relative age if known Be sure to clearly depict superimposed elements on the plan showing the rock art paneL R9. Feature/Panel Vicibil w. Check whether the rock art feature or panel is visible, semi- visible, or hidden from public view. Take into account the remoteness and accessibility of the site and how obtrusive the rock art is to an untrained observer. R10. Ac ciated /N arby Cultural Materials: Describe any artifacts, ecofacts, or other cultural residues found in close proximity to the rock art panel. If no materials are observed near the panel, enter "none." R11. Cgnsemtio n Recommendations Describe any conservation recommendations that may help preserve the rock art panel. R14. Form Prepared By nd Da : Supply the name of the recorder and the date this record was prepared only if it differs from the information supplied on the Primary Record. Sketch of Rock Art Panel /F a +re: Sketch the panel on a Continuation Sheet, showing the size and shape of the bedrock outcrop and the relative locations of the individual elements /motifs on that outcrop. The sketch should generally be drawn to scale, including at the minimum a north arrow (marked true or magnetic); bar scale; and a bearing and distance to a site datum. Include other details, such as vegetation, height above ground, associated artifacts, and distance to a road or trail, if relevant. A photograph of the rock art panel is also recommended as an attachment. Artifact Record The Artifact Record may be used to record information about any specimens observed and /or collected at an archaeological site. Information comparable to that requested on the Artifact Record is required when any specimens are collected from a site. The Artifact Record is also useful for listing any diagnostic materials that are noted, but not collected. When used as supporting documentation, the Artifact Record may provide details that require only summary description in Field AS (Features) or Field A6 (Cultural Constituents) on the Archaeological Site Record. 21 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 Begin by listing the Primary Number and Trinomial, if known. Then repeat the resource name or number listed on the Primary Record. Describe where any collected specimens are curated, giving the name of the institution and its address. Provide the artifact /specimen number (field designation or accession number), type, condition, description (form, material, etc.), dimensions, and provenience. The location of the specimen may be a collection unit or azimuth and distance from site datum. Show each location on a Sketch Map and indicate whether the specimen was drawn or photographed and if it was collected. Photograph Record The Photograph Record may be used to record information about any type of photographic images prepared as a record of a historical resource. It may be used in conjunction with any of the other records described in this manual. It is designed to identify images taken as still photographs, filmed or taped movies, aerial photographs, etc, and to provide technical details relating to the capture of those images. _ Begin by providing the name of the project. List the resource name or number for each resource in the "Subject /Description" column for individual exposures. Spaces are provided for camera format, lens focal length, film type and speed, year, media repository, date, time, exposure /frame number, subject, view toward, and accession number (if any). It also may be helpful to identify the places where photographs are taken on a sketch map of a resource. Continuation Sheet The Continuation Sheet is a general form that can be used for a variety of purposes including the presentation of: (1) continued text; (2) feature and artifact illustrations; (3) photographic prints; (4) historic maps; and (5) updating the information from a prior survey effort. Every Continuation Sheet must provide the resource name or number as it appears on the Primary Record for the resource, the name of the recorder, and the date the record was prepared. Continued information should be clearly referenced with the number and name of data field it relates to. Graphics should be labeled to indicate their subjects, view, scale, and sources as appropriate. The source of all historic photographs, maps, or drawing should be identified. UPDATING INFORMATION ABOUT A RESOURCE As a planning tool, it is important that information about historical resources is regularly updated to ensure its accuracy. Updates may amplify or correct information about a resource, or simply confirm that the existing record remains accurate at the time of a subsequent field examination. The documentation for a historical resource should be updated under the following conditions: • When it is reevaluated; • When changes occur to the resource or its setting; • When erroneous information needs correcting; and /or • When additional information is necessary for planning decisions. Information about a resource may be updated in two ways, depending on the extent of the changes and /or additions to the original record. If only minor changes or additions to an existing record are required, then a Continuation Sheet can be used to augment selected data fields, as appropriate. Minor updates also may be prepared to verify that existing information about a resource remains accurate. Such updates should list the "resource identifier" from Field P1 on the Primary Record; date of field visit; name, affiliation (if any), and address of the person preparing the update; and the number and name of any data fields where additional observations are made. Also provide the HM Number and /or Trinomial, if known. The resource should be completely rerecorded in cases where substantial changes are required to an existing record. The recorder should use good judgment in determining which approach to take when 22 January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources preparing an update. Any corrections of a previous record should be clearly explained and justified. If the boundaries of a previously recorded historical resource are modified, provide a justification for the change and prepare a new Location Map and /or Sketch Map as required. Full citations should be provided for any new studies of a resource, in order to update Field P11 (Report Citation) on the Primary Record. A copy of the . report(s) should accompany or follow the submitted update. 23 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources January 1995 SOURCES OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Advisory Council on Historic Preservation 1980 Treatment Qf Archaeology Prgperties: A Handbook Washington, DC Blumenson, John J. G. 1981 jyjng American Architecture. American Association for State and Local History, Nashville. Gebhard, David, Eric Sandeweiss, and Robert Winter 1985 11& Guide 14 Architechrre in &n Francisco id Northern California . Gibbs M. Smith, Inc. /Peregrine Smith Books, Layton, Utah. _ Gebhard, David, and Robert Winter 1977 A Guide IQ Architecture ja Im Auger and Southern Califpri-da • Peregrine Smith, Inc, Santa Barbara and Salt Lake City. McAlester, Virginia, and Lee McAlester 1984 A Field Guide LQ American Houses. Alfred A. Knopf, New York National Park Service 1983 Arm Md Historic Preservation: Secrets ZE Qf tbg Interiors Standards Ed Guidelines. Washington, DC 1985 Guidelines for Local Surveys: A Basis for Preservation Planning. National Regiater Bulletin 24. Washington, DC 1990a Guidelines for Evaluating and Documenting Traditional Cultural Properties. National ter Bulletin 38.. Washington, D.C. 1990b How to Apply the National Register Criteria for Evaluation. ]National ReWte Bulletin 15. Washington, DC 1990c S,.= Pry Review Ecp= Round a California $fig Hiltoric Preservation Office: D_ ivision of National Register Programs, Western Region, San Francisco. 1991 How to Complete the National Register Form. National Reg ss ter Bulletin 16A. Washington, DC. Oakland, City of 1978 Rehab Right. Planning Department, City of Oakland. Office of Historic Preservation 1986 California Historic Resources Inver Sur= Workbook. Sacramento. 1988 ELve Views: An Ethnic 5jju 5—gX fa California. Sacramento. 1989a Archaeological Resource Management Reports (ARMR): Recommended ' Contents and Format. Preservation p]anning Bulletin 4(a). Sacramento. 1989b California Archaeological Inventory Handbook fa Corn=lcfingAn Archaeological Ste' g Record. P'$ 4M Al. Sacramento. 1989c Instructions kL Comp letin Jbg Historic Resources Inver E=. Sacramento. 24 January 1995 Instructions for Recording Historical Resources Office .. Sacramento. 1991b Guidelines for Archaeological Research Designs. Preservati on Plannin Bulletin 5. Sacramento. Whiffen, Marcus 1969 American Architecture %= A Sim& 1g fbr Elylm- M.I.T. Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts. 25 APPENDA 1: BLANK RECORDING FORMS This appendix contains examples of all of the recording forms described in this manual. Those forms consist of. Primary Record (DPR 523A) Building, Structure, and Object Record (DPR 523B) Archaeological Site Record (DPI2523C) _. District Record (DPR 523D) Linear Feature Record (DPR 523E) Milling Station Record (DPR 523F) Rock Art Record (DPR 523G) Artifact Record (DPR 523M Photograph Record (DPR 523I) 7. Location Map (DPR 523J) Sketch Map (DPR 523K) Continuation Sheet (DPR 523L) C State of Catifomia —The Resources A enc 9.. _ Y Primary t DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION HFV PRIMARY'RECORD : "d Trinomial �" •- i A a NRHP Status Code = Other Listings wra Review Code Reviewer• - Date nauuf� name ur s: pomgneo uy recorueq P1. Other identifier. •P2 Location: ❑ Not for Publication O Unrestricted •a. County and (P2b and P2c or 132d. Attach a Location Map as necessary.) •b. USGS 7S' Quad Date_ T_; R_; _+/. of _ Ya of Sec_; B.M. c. Address city LP d. UTM: (Give more than one for large and/or linear resources) Zone_; mE/ mN e. Other Locational Data: (e.g., parcel #, directions to resource, elevation, etc., as appropriate) 'P3a. Description: (Describe resource and its major elements. Include design, materials, condition, alterations, size, setting, and boundaries) •P3b. Resource Attributes: (List attributes and codes) •P4. Resources Present: OBuildng ❑Structure ❑Object ❑Site ❑District ❑Element of District ❑Other (Isolates, etc.) P5b. Description of Photo: (View, date, accession #) •P6. Date Constructed/Age and Sources: ❑Historic ❑Prehistoric ❑Both •P7. Owner and Address: 'PS. Recorded by: (Name, affiliation, and address) •P9. Date Recorded: •P10. Survey Type: (Describe) •P11. Report Citation: (Cite survey report and other sources, or enter "none. ") *Attachments. NONE OLocation Map ❑Sketch Map ❑Continuation Sheet [Building, Structure, and Object Record ❑Archaeological Record ❑District Record ❑Linear Feature Record ❑Milling Station Record ❑Rock Art Record ❑Artifact Record ❑Photograph Record ❑ Other (List) DPR 523A (1/95) *Required Information State of Cafifomia— TheResources Agency a rimary # DEPARTMENT OFPARIGS AND RECREATION.,' �ipW : _... BUILDING 'STRUCTUREAND-OBJECT'RECORD. — - — -nnnr bmius c;oae *Resource Name or # (assigned by recorder) B1. Historic Name. B2. Common Name: B3. Original Use: B4. Present Use: 'B5. Architectural Style: '86. Construction History: (Construction date, alterations, and date of alterations 'B7. Moved? ❑No ❑Yes ❑Unknown Date: *B&' Related Features: Original Location: B9a. Architect b. Builder. 'B10. Significance: Theme Area Period of Significance Property Type Applicable Criteria (DLscuss importance in terns of historical or architectural context as defined by theme, period, and geographic scope. Also address integrity.) B11. Additional Resource Attributes: (list attributes and codes) 'B12. References: (Sketch Map with north arrow required.) B13. Remarks:. •B14. Evaluator. *Date of Evaluation: (This space reserved for official comments.) DPR 5238 (1195) 'Required Information o State of California — The'Resources Agency`.- Primary # DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION: °" - `Trinomial ARCHAEOLOGICAL SITE "RECORD ;. Page _ of _ `Resource Name or # (Assigned by recorder) _ *Al. Dimensions: a. Length �_� x b. Width_( Method of Measurement: ❑ Paced ❑ Taped ❑Visual estimate ❑ Other. Method of Determination (Check any that apply.): ❑ Artifacts ❑ Features ❑ Soil ❑ Vegetation ❑ Cut bank ❑ Animal burrow ❑ Excavation ❑ Property boundary ❑ Other (Explain): Reliability of Determination: ❑ High ❑ Medium ❑ Low Explain: ❑ Topography Limitations (Check any that apply): ❑ Restricted access ❑ Paved/built over ❑ Site limits incompletely defined ❑ Disturbances ❑ Vegetation ❑ Other (Explain): A2. Depth: ❑ None ❑ Unknown Method of Determination: 'A3. Human Remains: ❑ Present ❑ Absent ❑ Possible ❑ Unknown (Explain): _ 'A4. Features (Number, briefly describe, indicate size, list associated cultural constituents, and show location of each feature on sketch map.): 'A5. Cultural Constituents (Describe and quantify anifaets, ecofacts, cultural residues, etc., not associated with features.): 'A6. Were Specimens Collected? ❑ No ❑ Yes (if yes, attach Artifact Record or catalog and identify where specimens are curated.) •A7. Site Condition: ❑ Good ❑ Fair ❑ Poor (Describe disturbances.): •A8. Nearest Water (Type, distance, and direction.): •A9. Elevation: Al 0. Environmental Setting (Describe culturally relevant variables such as vegetation, fauna, soils, geology, landforn, slope, aspect, exposure, etc.): All. Historical Information: •Al2. Age: ❑ Prehistoric ❑ Protohistoric ❑ 1542 -1769 ❑ 1769 -1848 ❑ 1848-1880 ❑ 1880 -1914 ❑ 1914 -1945 ❑ Post 1945 ❑ Undetermined Describe position in regional prehistoric chronology or factual historic dates if !mown: A13. Interpretations (Discuss data potential, function]s], ethnic affiliation, and other interpretations): A14. Remarks: At 5. References (Documents, informants, maps, and other referrences): Al 6. Photographs (List subjects, direction of view, and accession numbers or attach a Photograph Record.): _ Original Media/Negatives Kept at: *Al 7. Form Prepared by: Atfiliation and Address: Date: DPR 523C (1)95) *Required information State of California —The Resources Agency _ Primary S DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION x HRI S DISTRICT-RECORD -rrincti rage _ or nrtnr surtus cone 'Resource Name or #f (Assigned by recorder) Dt. Historic Name: D2 Common Name: 'D3. Detailed Description (Discuss overall coherence of the district, its setting, visual characteristics, and minor features. List all elements of district): . I � I . 1134. Boundary Description (Describe limits of district and attach map showing boundary and district elements.): 'D5. Boundary Justification: 'D6. Significance: Theme Area Period of Significance Applicable Criteria (Discuss district's importance in temps of its historical context as defined by theme, period of significance, and geographic scope. Also address the integrity of the district as a whole.) 'D7. References (Give full citations including the names and addresses of any informants, where possible.): 'D8. Evaluator. Affiliation and Address: DPR 523D (1195) Date: 'Required information State. of.Cafitomia — The ResoureesAgency DEPARTM ENT OF PARKS ANDRECREATION HRF # _ : ,,.• LINEAR- FEATURE',RECORD , .: ' _Tnnornia rage _ or _ Kesounce name or s: (Assigned by recorder) L1. Historic and/or Common Name: L2a. Portion Described: ❑ Entire Resource 13 Segment 0 Point Observation Designation: b. Location of point or segment, (Provide UTM coordinates, legal description, and any other useful Iocational data. Show the area that has been field inspected on a Location Map) L3. Description: (Describe construction details, materials, and artifacts found at this segment/point. Provide plans /sections as appropriate.) L4. Dimensions: (In feet for historic features and meters for prehistoric features) a. Top Width b. Bottom Width e. Height or Depth d. Length of Segment 11-5. Associated Resources. L4e. Sketch of Cross-Section (include scale) Facing: L6. Setting: (Describe natural features, landscape characteristics, slope, etc., as appropriate.) U. Integrity Considerations: LBa. Photograph, Map or Drawing DPR 523E (1/95) L6b. Description of Photo, Map, or Drawing (view, scale, etc.) L9. Remarks: L70. Form Prepared by: (Name, affiliation, and address) L11. Date: State of CaI'domia —The Resources Agency Primary g DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION Trinomial MILLING STATION RECORD Page _ of _ Resouree Nama nr S ti,, e..�...._. Form Prepared by:, Date: •rrn awr liaa� NOTE: Attach plan(s) of milling stations. •�•�nn g• 7La 11.7 tW • h. �. � - • r . x. x Height ® ®�WME CO Conical mortar PM Possible mortar OM Oval mortar MS Milling slick mortar SM Saucer • feature Other •r�T�rPP! _ S Filled with soil R Contains rock L Filled with leaves P Contains pestle Other: •rrn awr liaa� NOTE: Attach plan(s) of milling stations. 0 0 State of California —The Resources Agency Primary # DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION Trinomial ROCK ART RECORD Page _ of _ Resource Name or # (Assigned by Recorder) R1. Feature # (Panel #): of R2. Feature/Panel Location (From site datum.): Found on: ❑Cliff face Moulder ❑Bedrock [Cave/shelter surface ❑Other. R3. Most Rock, R4. Host Background: ❑ Patinated ❑ Natural ❑ Painted 11 Glaciated 13 Smoke blackened ❑ Other:_ R5. Detailed Description of Feature/Panel: (Check any that apply) ❑ Petroglyphs ❑ Pictographs ❑ Geoglyph (Describe feature/panel size, size of host rock, number and types of elements/mottfs, method of production, etc.) R6. a. Feature/Panel Integrity: ❑ Good ❑ Fair ❑ Poor ❑ Explain: b. Natural Deterioration (Check any that apply.): ❑ Water erosion ❑ Surface spalling ❑ Block fractures • Lichen growth [3 Wind Erosion ❑ Sun exposure ❑ Rock fall ❑ Plant defacement ❑ Animal nesting • Mineral accretion ❑ NONE ❑ Other (Explain): c. Cultural Deterioration (Check any that apply.): ❑ Bullet holes ❑. Graffiti 13 Chalk 13 Scratched . 13 Altered E3 Livestock E3 Logging 13 Visitor use ❑ NONE. [3 Other (Explain): R7. Style(s) and Suspected Cultural Affiliation: _ R8. Elements Superimposed? ❑ No ❑ Yes (Describe) - - R9. Feature/Panel Visibility: ❑ Visible ❑ Semi - visible ❑ Hidden Rio. Associated/Nearby Cultural Materials: — R11. Conservation Recommendations: R12. Form Prepared by:_ Affiliation and Address: DPR 523G (1)95) Date: Note: Attach sketch of rock art panel/feature. C C State of Califomia —The Resources Agency Primary ft Department of Parks and Recreation Trinomial ARTIFACT RECORD -y- _ �• _ ncavu� vc namc .n it 1MSsignea oy recorder) location Where Collected Specimens are Curated: Type Key: (list abbreviations used) Condition Key: F Fragmentary C Complete Other. rtA51 O State of Cafffonila-The Res*urc'esAgency -,..,,—, —,'Primary l#- DEPARTMENT, OF PARKS AND RECREATION - PHQ,T-()GRAPH'RECORli"wt. '. Paqe of Proiect Name (Assianed by recorder) Year i Format: pe and-Speed: :.- - Negatives Kept at: Lens Size- Mo. Day Time Ex ./Frame SubjectlDescription View Toward Accession # DPR 5231(1/95) to of „C al&Ml - -, ' The Resources Agenc °ARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION ..HRI )CATI N:MAP _ > W << T y�� $` w L; `Trinomial `;'•,!i5� 't .. �J i.. -h iV �.�! 4 v- ., fe _ of 'Resource _ 'Resou Name or # iticinpd by ramrdarl' *Map Name: - •Seale 'Date of Map: C State of CaCdomla 'The Resources Agency DEPARTNIEHIT OFPARKS AND RECREATION ,':,,j » 1` SKETCH" WAR-- s ti A 1 tr Ymiei i v� Y 1 _. -nesourae name or x (Assigned by recorder) *Drawn By: - _.. _ .. - _ . .Date: NOTE: Include bar scale and north arrow. rn assn 11ml 'Required informatior State of Califomie — The Resources Agency pri DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION' HRI# CONTINUATION SHEET Trinom;at • U. _ _ ncsuuree name or S tASsigneo oy recoroeq `Recorded by 'Date 0 Continuation 0 Update uric k iryj/ 'Required information APPENDIX 2: NRHP STATUS CODES This appendix explains the use of the codes that should be entered in the 'NRHP Status Code' field in the header Of the Primary Record when an evaluation of a historical resource is completed. The codes found here represent a short list of the most frequently used status determinations, selected from a more extensive list that is available from the OHP on request. Be sure to read the entire list before deciding which code to use. Take special care that evaluations for districts and their components fit together properly. Note that districts'themselves are given "S" ratings, while contributors receive "D" ratings. Thus, a district judged eligible for the National Register is rated "3S,- but the district's contributors are rated "3D." The initial number in a code indicates the general status: I. Listed in the National Register. 2. Determined eligible for the National Register in a formal process involving federal agencies. 3. Appears eligible for listing in the National Register in the judgment of the person(s) completing or reviewing the form. 4. Might become eligible for listing. 5. Ineligible for the National Register but still of local interest 6. None of the above. 7. Undetermined. - Each general status is divided into more specific codes as follows: 1. Listed in the National Register. 1S. Separately listed. ID. Contributor to a listed 'district. 1B. Both 1S and 1D. 2. Determined eligible for listing in the National Register. 2S1. Determined eligible for separate listing by the Keeper of the National Register. 2S2. Determined eligible for separate listing through a consensus determination by a federal agency and the State Historic Preservation Officer. 2S3. Determined eligible for separate listing by a unit of the National Park Service other than the Keeper of the National Register. 2D1. Contributor to a district determined eligible by the Keeper: 2D2. Contributor to a district determined eligible for listing through a consensus determination. 2D3. Determined eligible for listing as a contributor to a district by a unit of the National Park Service other than the Keeper. 2B5. Determined eligible by more than one method listed above. 3. Appears eligible for listing in the National Register. 3S. Appears eligible for separate listing. 3D. Contributor to a district that has been fully documented according to OHP instructions and appears eligible for listing. 3B. Both 3S and 3D. 4. Might become eligible for listing: 4R. Meets both of the following conditions: (1) Is located within the boundaries of a fully documented district that is listed in, determined eligible for, or appears eligible for the National Register, and (2) may become a contributor to the district when it is restored to its appearance during the district's period of significance. 4S. May become eligible for separate listing in the National Register when one of the following occurs (use the code for the most important reason if more than one applies): 4S1. The property becomes old enough to meet the Registers 50 -year requirement. '52. More historical or architectural research is performed on the property. 4S7. The architectural integrity of the property is restored. r 458. Other properties, which provide more significant examples of the historical or architectural associations connected to this property, are demolished or otherwise lose their architectural integrity. 4D. Contributor to a fully documented district that may become eligible for listing when (use the code for the most important reason if more than one applies): 4Di. The district becomes old enough to meet the Register's 50 -year requirement. 4D2 More historical or architectural research is performed on the district. 4137. The integrity of the district is restored. 4D8. Other districts, which provide more significant examples of the historical or architectural associations connected to this district, are demolished or otherwise lose their architectural integrity. 4X. May become eligible as a contributor to a district that has not been fully documented. 5. Not eligible for National Register but of local interest because the resource: I , f . SSl. Is separately listed or designated under an existing local ordinance, or is eligible for such listing or . designation SS3. Is not eligible "for separate listing or designation under an existing local ordinance but is eligible for special consideration in local planning. 5D1. Is a contributor to a fully documented district that is designated or eligible for designation as a local - historic district, overlay zone, or preservation area under an existing ordinance or procedure. 5D3. Is a contributor to a fully documented district that is unlikely to be designated as a local historic _ district, overlay zone, or preservation area but is eligible for special consideration in local planning. 5N. Needs special consideration for reasons other than the above. 6. None of the above. 6W. Removed from listing by the Keeper of the National Register. 6X. Determined ineligible for listing in the National Register by the Keeper of the National Register. 6Y. Determined ineligible for listing in the National Register through a consensus determination tion of a federal agency and the State historic Preservation Officer. 6Z Found ineligible for listing in the National Register through an evaluation process other than those mentioned in 6X and 6Y above. 7. Not evaluated. APPENDIX 3: CALCULATING UTM COORDINATES (For use in Fields kd and L2b)' The Universal Transverse Mercator (U rM) Grid System provides a simple and accurate method for recording the geographic location of a historic property. The UTM Grid System has a number of advantages over the Geographic Coordinate System of latitude and longitude, particularly speed,'precision, and the use of linear, metric units of measure. Determining UTM references involves no complicated geometric constructions and, in its simplest . application, requires only a straightedge, a coordinate counter, and a sharp pencil as woiking tools. (The coordinate counter, a plastic measuring tool, may be obtained from J & J Reproduction and Drafting Supplies, Inc., 9017 -F Mendenhall Court, Columbia, MD 21045.) In the UTM system, the Earth is divided into 60 zones, running north and south, each 6 degrees wide. Each zone is numbered (most of the US is included in zones 10 through 19), beginning at the 180degree meridian near the International Date Line. The zones are flattened and gridded into squares measuring one kilometer on each side. UTM grid references are printed around the margins of many USGS quadrangles published since 1950, and all published since 1959 with blue grid ticks spaced at 1000 meter (one kilometer) intervals. Any point in the zone may be referenced by citing its zone number, its distance in meters from a north -south reference line ("easting "), and its distance in meters from the Equator ("northing "). These three figures — the zone number, easting, and northing — make up the complete UTM grid reference for any point and distinguish it from any other point on Earth. The simplest method of determining a UTM reference is based on drawing part of the UTM grid on the map, and measuring from the grid lines to the point It requires the following. • a flat work surface on which the map may be spread out in full; • a straightedge (ordinary rulers may not be accurate enough) long enough to reach completely across the map — generally 28" to 36' • a very sharp pencil; • an ink pen for recording references; and • a UTM coordinate counter. To measure each point, follow these steps: 1. Draw a line from the top of the map to the bottom (north to south), connecting the UTM ticks of the same value directly west of the point, that is the ticks with the highest easting value west of the point 2. Draw a line from the left to the right side of the map (west to east), connecting the UTM ticks of the same value directly south of the point, that is the ticks with the highest northing value south of the point This line will intersect the north -south line somewhere to the southwest of the point. 3. Record the zone number on a worksheet This number appears in the lower left comer of the map. 4. Record on a worksheet the numbers given by the map ticks through which the lines have been drawn. These are the first three digits of the easting value and the first four digits of the northing value. 5. Locate the scale on the coordinate counter matching that of the map, e.g., 1:24,000. Align the counter on the map so that a. the side of the scale that reads from right to left lies along the east -west line. b. The side of the scale that reads from left to right passes directly through the point. Check the alignment to be sure that it is precise. 6. Read the coordinate counter scales, right to left for the easting and upward for the northing to get a measured value in three decimal places. In each case, enter the measured value on the worksheet after the number recorded in step 4. 7. Check the readings for plausibility — are all figures in the correct decimal place? The easting will have six digits and the northing seven. 8. Check the figures for accuracy by remeasuring. 9. Be sure that the correct order is observed: zone number, easting, northing (Z,E N). If the resource is less than 10 acres, enter the UTM reference for the point in the middle of that resource. UTM coordinates should be provided for the beginning and termination of linear structures and sites or recorded segments of such resources. If a resource is 10 or more acres, the area must be enclosed in a quadrangle and a UTM reference , should be given for each comer. Where multiple UTM coordinates are provided, each reference point should be'", depicted on the Location Map prepared for the resource. APPENDIX 4: RESOURCE ATTRIBUTE CODES (for use in Fields P3b and B11) The following codes should be used to define the attributes of historical resources in Fields P3b and Bli of the recording forms in this manual. An attribute code may be applied to a resource regardless of its condition. Thus, a standing building or structure, as well as the archaeological remains of such entities, are both assigned the same - attribute code. When a resource contains several attributes, all applicable codes should be entered. The codes are summarized below and defined in greater detail in the following pages of this appendix. I. Unknown /other 2 Single family property 3. Multiple family property 4. Ancillary building 5. Hotel /motel 6.1-3 story commercial building 7.3+ story commercial building 8. Industrial building /complex 9. Public utility building 10. Theater 11. Civic auditorium 12. Community center /social hall 13. Government building 14. Educational building 15. Religious building 16. Hospital 17. Farm /ranch 18. Adobe building /structure 19. Unreinforced masonry building 20. Stadium /sports arena 21. Amusement park 22. Lighthouse 23. Railroad depot 24. Engineering structure 25. Mine structures /adits /tailings Definitions Q Resource Attributes: 26. Dam /reservoir 27. Canal /ditch /aqueduct /flume 28. Highway /road 29. Railroad grade 30. Trail 31. Bridge 32. Train 33. Ship /shipwreck 34. Machinery 35. Monument /mural /public art 36. Folk art/carved tree 37. Landscape architecture 38. Designed landscape 39. Wall/fence/gate 40. Street furniture 41. Trees /vegetation /orchard 42 Urban open space 43. Rural open space 44. Women's property 45. CCC /WPA property 46. Military property 47. Ethnic property 48. Cemetery (non -Native American) 49. Native American grave site 50. Foundations / struchire pads 51. Historic refuse dump /scattei 52 Well/cistern 53. Privy pit 54. Lithic scatter 55. Ceramic scatter 56. Bedrock milling feature 57 Petroglyphs /cupules - 58. Pictographs 59. Geoglyphs 60. Housepits /earth lodges 61. Rock ring /sleeping circle 62. Cairn 63. Hunting blind /fence 64. Cache 65. Hearth /roasting pit 66: Prehistoric quarry 67. Rock shelter /cave 68. Bow stave tree 69. Piagi ring 70. Habitation debris /midden 71. Buried archaeological deposit 72. Redeposit /reburial site 73. Traditional cultural property 74. Site of historical event 1. Unknown /Other. No reasonable guess can be made about the historic use or function of the resource, or it does not readily fit into an existing category. 2 Single Family Property: A building constructed to house one family. 3. Multiple Family Property: Any building providing longer than temporary lodging for more than one person or household. E.g., duplexes, apartment buildings, dormitories, bunkhouses, etc. 4. Ancillary Building: Barns, outhouses, detached garages, carriage houses, sheds, etc. 5. Hotel /Motel• Any building or group of buildings providing temporary lodging for travelers. 6. Commercial Building, one to three stories: Any type of building dealing with management, retail sales, or marketed services. E.g., stores, banks, gas stations, office buildings, etc. Do not include basement in height count. 7. Commercial Building, over 3 stories: Do not include basement in height count. 8. Industrial',uilding /complex: Any building where the manufacture or distribution of products occurs. E.& canneries, mills, foundries, warehouses, etc. Or J 9. Public Utility Building: Any building that houses services available to the public at large. E.g., firehouses, power houses, electrical substations. etc. 10. Theater. Any place where plays, variety shows, motion pictures, etc., are presented. Includes amphitheaters. 11. Civic Auditorium: Publicly owned buildings for concerts, speeches, etc 12. Community Center /Social Hall: Any building designed to hold meetings of social groups. E.g., fraternal halls,. women's dubs, boy scout cabins, etc. 13. Government Buildings: Any building designed to house government administration or transactions. E.g., post offices, city halls, county courthouses, etc. 14. Educational Building. Any building with an educative purpose. E.g.,' schools, libraries, museums, etc. 15. Religious Building: Any building holding religious ceremonies or connected with the operations of religious_ organizations. E.g., churches, seminaries, parsonages, etc. 16. Hospital• Any facility used for treatment of the sick 17. Farm /Ranch: Any place where crops or animals are raised. . 18. Adobe Building /Structure: A building or structure made of abobe bricks or rammed earth 19. Unreinforced Masonry Building: A building made principally or entirely of masonry material urueinforced with steel or other structural supports. 20. Stadium /Sports Arena: Any structure or building that provides a place in which sporting events are viewed. 21. Amusement Park: An outdoor place with various amusement buildings, structures, or devices. Includes zoological Parma 22. Lighthouse: Any building or structure from which ships are guided by sight or sound. 23. Railroad Depot Stations and other buildings connected to the operation of railroads and streetcars. E.g., sheds, roundhouses, etc. 24. Engineering Structure: A structure not covered in any other category. E.g., docks, runways, water towers, etc. 25. Mine Structures /Adits /Tailings: Any structure or building connected with mining such as mill shops, headframes, tramways, etc., as well as adits, tailings, prospect pits, and other evidence of mining activities. 26. Dam /Reservoir. Any barrier constructed to impound a body of water, including the water retained behind the structure. 27. Canal/ Ditch /Aqueduct/Flume: Any artificial waterway for transportation or irrigation. Includes large pipes, conduits, drainage ditches, and bridge -like structures for carrying water. 28. Highways /Road All vehicular roadways with the exception of railroad grades. 29. Railroad /Grade: A railway line or grade designed to support a railroad. 30. Trail: All foot trails including both historic and prehistoric footpaths. 31. Bridge: Any overpass for automobiles, trains, pedestrians, etc. 32. Train: Engines, streetcars, and rolling stock. 33. Ship /Shipwreck: Any vessel able to navigate inland or ocean waters or the wreck of a ship. 1 34. Machinery: Any industrial or agricultural machinery. 35. Monument /Mural /Gravestone: 1) Any object with a commemorative or artistic purpose; 2) Any painting, photograph, etc. on a wall or ceiling. E g., statue, obelisk, sculpture, etc. 36. Folk Art/Carved Tree: Any object that expresses the artistic capacities of a people without being the product of formal training. This category includes tree carvings. 37. Landscape Architecture: Any place in which trees, bushes, lawns, fountains, walls etc. have been arranged for esthetic effect. 38. Designed Landscape: Any landscape created by design including city parks, botanical gardens, and formal gardens. , 39. Walls /Gates /Fences: Walls, fences, and gates made of any material and often used to demark property boundaries. 40. Street Furniture: Any object that is permanently placed near a street. E.g., fire hydrants, streetlights, benches, curbstones, hitching posts, etc 41. Trees /Vegetation /Orchard: Any plant, whether planted or growing naturally, not part of a designed landscape. 42. Urban Open Space: Any area that has experienced little building or other development within a city limits. E.g., parks, grounds, or large open lots. 43. Rural Open Space: Any area that has experienced little building or other development outside a city limits. - 44. Women's Property: Any property closely associated with events, individuals, groups, or social patterns important in the history of women. Includes work of women designers as well as buildings such as YWCAs and women's clubs. 45. New Deal Public Works Project: Any property built under one of the public works programs of the New Deal Includes properties aided by funds or personnel from the Works Progress Administration (WPA) and successors, Public Works Administration (PWA), Civilian Conservation Corps (CCC), etc 46. Military Property: Any property owned by one of the U.S. armed services, including the national Guard. 47. Ethnic Property: Any property closely associated with events, individuals, groups, or social patterns important in the history of an ethnic group. Includes properties designed by important ethnic group members. Add further information by including the name of the ethnic group involved. The OHP has abbreviations for five groups, so put these two letters in front of the name: AA African Americans, CH Chinese, JA Japanese, LA Latino, NA Native Americans. The OHP will adopt other abbreviations as properties associated with other ethnic groups are identified 48. Cemetery (non -Native American): A burial ground used by persons other than Native American during the historic period. 49. Native American Grave Site: A location known to contain Native American human remains, whether or not the location is marked with a monument Both prehistoric and historic grave sites are included. 50. Foundations /Structure Pads: Structural footings, lineal alignments made from wood, brick, or rock, and levelled earth pads designed to support a structure (e.g., slabs of concrete, leveled earth pads, pilings, walls, stairs, etc.). 51. Historic Refuse Dump /Scatter: Any discrete historic refuse deposit or surface accumulation of debris (e.g., trash pits, trash scatters, and dumps). 52. Well/Cistern: A hole or receptacle designed to hold or provide access to water which may or may not be lined. � o 53. Privy pit: A pit formerly associated with an outhouse. 54. Lithic Scatter. A scatter of chipped or flaked stone resulting from human manipulation (e.g., obsidian flakes and few or no other artifacts). , 55. Ceramic Scatter. A scatter of Native American pot sherds. 56. Bedrock Milling Feature: Mortars and other milling surfaces created on the surface of a bedrock outcrop for use in a material processing activity. 57. Petroglyphs /Cupules: A stone surface which has been scored by humans in a patterned manner for a purpose other than material processing. This category includes cupules. 58. Pictographs: Any design painted on a rock surface. 59. Geoglyphs: An intentional design created on the surface of the earth usually made from arranged rocks. 60 Housepits /Earth Lodges: Any evidence of prehistoric housepits, assembly houses, sweat lodges, and other semi - subterranean structures. 61. Rock Ring /Sleeping Circle: A circular alignment of rocks on the ground surface presumed to be the former location of a prehistoric above- ground dwelling. 62. Cairn: A stacked rock feature such as a trail marker or vision quest monument 63. Hunting Blind /Fence: Any hunting blind or game drive structure. 64. Cache: A natural or constructed feature used for storing food or goods. 65. Hearths /Roasting Pits: Any feature which indicates prehistoric cooking activity, such as roasting pits, association of cracked or burnt rock, discolored soil, ash and carbonized wood or plants. 66. Prehistoric Quarry: A source of lithic material with evidence of human use during the prehistoric period. 67. Rock Shelter /Cave: A concavity within a rock surface evidencing human use. 68. Bow Stave Tree: A tree that contains evidence of utilization for bow stave production. 69. Piagi Ring A circular trench around the base of pine trees used for the collection of Pandora moth larvae. 70. Habitation Debris /hidden: A deposit characterized by a wide range of artifacts, faunal remains, and other materials or features which represent a variety of human activities from either the prehistoric or historic periods. 71. Buried Archaeological Deposit: A buried deposit of habitation debris, midden, or commercial /industrial refuse. 72. Redeposit/Reburial Site: A location where archaeological materials, human remains, grave goods, and items of cultural patrimony have been reburied. 73. Traditional Cultural Property: A property associated with, and important for maintaining, the historically rooted practices and beliefs of a traditional cultural group. 74. Site of Historic Event: A place of historical importance such as a treaty signing site, battlefield, or historic landfall that may lack archaeological remains of that event. APPENDIX 5: HOW TO CATEGORIZE HISTORICAL RESOURCES NRHP` Examples. 4:. Suggested' Records Used forinterisive S Building houses, barns, stables, sheds, garages, courthouses, city halls, social halls, 523A and 523B, plus commercial buildings, libraries, mills, factories, stationary mobile homes, 523J (when train depots, hotels, theaters, schools, stores, and churches apropriate) Structure bridges, tunnels, dredges, firetowers, turbines, dams, comcribs, power 523A and 523B, plus plants, silos, shot towers, grain elevators, windmills, kilns, mounds, 523J (when earthworks, cairns, palisade fortifications, railroad locomotives and cars, apropriate) boats and ships, telescopes, carousels, bandstands, gazebos, and aircraft canals, ditches *, flumes *, pipelines *, roads, utility lines *, fences *, rock monuments, boundary markers, statuary, Site habitation and village sites, rock shelters; hunting and fishing sites; petroglyphs and rock carvings; grounds and gardens; battlefields; campsites; shipwrecks; cemeteries and funerary sites, ruins of historic buildings and structures; treaty signing sites; and natural features such as springs, rock formations, and other land areas having cultural significance designed landscape trails, and the ruins of canals, ditches *, flumes *, pipelines *, roads, utility lines *, fences *, rock walls *, and railroad ¢radar District college campuses, central business districts, residential neighborhoods, commercial areas, large forts, industrial complexes, civic centers, rural villages, complex canal or irrigation systems, groups of habitations and associated activity areas, large ranches /estates /plantations, *With the exception of items marked .with an (National Pa A- carw;,-e ioai o c) are taken 523A, 523B, 523E and � and 523B, plus 523J (when 523A, 523C, 523J,andand 523K (with optional attachments as appropriate) 523A S23B,or 523C, 523J, and 523K 523A, 523C, 523E and 3A, 523D and 523J (for the District) Plus 523A for each 16A APPENDIX 6: TYPES OF SURVEY ACTIVITIES (For reference when filling in Field P10 on the. Primary Record) Reports documenting survey activities add to the information available about historical resources by describing how the resources were identified and evaluated. The Secretary of the Interior has offered specific recommendations concerning the level of effort entailed in "reconnaissance" and "intensive" surveys. A reconnaissance survey entails a systematic effort to identify and summarize information about historical resources in a given area. Reports documenting reconnaissance surveys should provide thorough documentation of objectives and expectations of the survey, the methods used to discover resources, and the adequacy of such efforts. While reconnaissance surveys may employ widely different strategies, the reports prepared to document them should minimally contain the following kinds of information 1. A clear statement of the purpose of the survey. Z A definition of the survey area (with map of areas examined). 3. A research design that examines current knowledge of a relevant historic context or contexts, defines resource types associated with that context, and establishes expectations regarding survey results (e.g., where resources will be found, how many of each type, etc.). The research design may simply refer to a previously published one if it is applicable and reasonably current 4. A definition of the methods that were used during the survey. If a variety of methods are used, the area covered by each method should be separately depicted on the survey coverage map listed in Item 2 (above). 5. A summary of the results of the survey including a map depicting resource locations, analysis of findings relative to the study's research design, discussion of any limitations of the survey, and individual records for all identified heritage resources. Intensive surveys go beyond the systematic identification and description of historical resources to encompass the evaluation of those properties within a historic context Thus, in addition to the five categories of information needed for a reconnaissance report, the report documenting an intensive survey should also contain 6. An evaluation of heritage resources identified during the survey as determined within a historic context using the National Register criteria (or CEQA criteria if appropriate). . _ -- 7. Evidence that the evaluation was conducted or confirmed by an appropriately qualified professional. Res our F-u._r-t-her recommendations regarding the content of heritage resource reports can be found in OH?s Archaeological Resour M nagemen Repot (ABMR); Recommended Contents =d Fonxtat (1989) and the secretary of the Interior's Standards i81d Guidelines far Ar &e�olo Md Historic Preservation (National Park Service 1983). APPENDIX 7: NATIONAL REGISTER CRITERIA AND CONSIDERATIONS Criteria for Evaluation The quality of significance in American history, architecture, archaeology, engineering, and culture is present in districts, sites, buildings, structures, and objects that possess integrity of location, design, setting; materials; workmanship, feeling, and association, and: (a) that are associated with events that have made a significant contribution to the broad patterns of our history; or (b) that are associated with the fives of persons significant in our past; or (c) that embody the distinctive characteristics of a type, period, or method of construction, or that represent the work. of a master, or that possess high artistic values, or that represent a significant and distinguishable entity whose components may lack individual distinction, or (d) have yielded; or may be likely to yield, information important in prehistory or history. Criteria Considerations Ordinarily cemeteries, birthplaces, or graves of historical figures, properties owned by religious institutions or used for religious purposes, structures that have been moved from their original locations, reconstructed historic buildings; properties primarily commemorative in nature, and properties that have achieve significance within the last 50 years shall not considered eligible for the National Register. However, such properties my ll qualib if they are integral parts of districts that do meet the criteria or if they fall within the following categories: (a) a religious property deriving primary significance from architectural or artistic distinction or historical importance; or (b) a building or structure removed from its original location but which is significant primarily for architectural value, or which is the surviving structure most importantly associated with a historic person or event; or (c) a birthplace or grave of a historical figure of outstanding importance if there is no appropriate site or building directly associated with his productive life; or (d) a cemetery which derives its primary significance from graves of persons of transcendent importance, from age, from distinctive design features, or from association with historic events, or (e) a reconstructed building when accurately executed in a suitable environment and presented in a dignified manner as part of a restoration master plan, and when no other building or structure with the same association has survived, or (f) a property primarily commemorative in intent if design, age, tradition, or symbolic value has invested it with its own exceptional significance; or (g) a property achieving significance within the past 50 years if it is of exceptional importance. (Reprinted in full from Code 2f Federal Regulations. Title 36, Part 60.) APPENDIX 8: LIST OF REGIONAL INFORMATION CENTERS U?l -tL;t UP. H15TORIC PRESERVATION DEPARTMENT OF PARKS AND RECREATION N.U. BOX 942096 SACHAMENTO 04.296-0001 FAX: 6) 653.9824 INFORMATION CENTER OF THE CALIFORNIA HISTORICAL RESOURCES FILE SYSTEM The following institutions are under agreement with the Office of Historic Preservation to: 1. Integrate newly discovered Resources and information on known Resources into the California Historical Resources File System; 2. Supply information on known Resources and surveys to government, institutions, and individuals who have a justifiable need to know; and 3. Supply a list of consultants who are qualified to do archeological field work within their area. COORDINATORS: Mr. William C. SeldW. Staff Archeologist, (916) 653 -9125 Ms. Jan Wooley, Staff Historian, (916) 653 -9019 Dr. David A. Fredrickson, Coordinator Northwest Information Center Department of Anthropology Sonoma State University Rohner Park, CA 94928 Aon: Leigh Jordan (707) 664-2494 Fax(707)664.3947 Dr. Mark Kowa. Coordinator Northeast Information Center Department of Anthropology. Langdon 303 California State University, Chico Chico, CA 95929 -0400 Ann: Bill Dreyer (916) 898.62% Fax(916)898 -6824 Dr. Jerald J. Johnson, Coordinator Norm Central Infonnation Center Department of Anthropology CaWornia State University, Sacramento 6000 J Stroet Sacramunto, CA 95819 -6106 Attn: M:rianno Russo (916)278.6217 Fax(916)276.5162. Ms. Elizabeth A. Greathouse, Coordinator Contral California Information Center pepartmont of Anthropology California State University, Stanislaus 801 W. Mont0hsta Avenue Turlock, CA Mill2 Attn: Ahco Lawrence (209) 667 -3307 Fax (209) 6673333 Ms. Cathonno Lewis Pruera Coordinator Southern San Joaquin Valley Wormation Center California State University, Bakersfield. 9001 StoCkdalo Hignway Bakcrstiuld, CA 9321.1.1099 (805)664.2280 Fax(805)664 -2415 Alameda, Colusa, Contra Costa, Del Norte, Humboldt, Lake, Mann, Mendoono, Monterey, Napa, San Bunito, San Francisco. San Mutuo, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz. Sclano, Sonoma, Yolo Butte, Glenn, Lassen, Modoa, Plurnas, Shasta, Sierra, Sistuyou, Sutter, Tuhama, Trinity Amador, E) Dorado, Nevada, Placer, Sacramento, Yuba Alpine. Calaveras, Mariposa Merced, San Joaquin, Stanislaus, Tuolumno Fresno, Kern, Kings, Madera. Tulare Dr. Mrcheat A. Glassow, Coordinator Central Coastal Infornsttion Center Departmunt of Anthropology Univursity of California, Santa Barbara Santa Barbara, CA 93106 (805)843.2474 Dr. Lynne. Christenson, Coordinator South Coastal information Center S6ual Sciences Rusuarch Laboratory San Diego Stato University San Diego, CA 92182.0436 Attn: Jan Culbert (619) 594.5662 Fax(619)594.1358 Robin Lasko, Acing Coordinator San Bernardino Archeological' Information Center San Burnaririno County Museum 2024 Orangu True Lana Redlands,C:A D2374 (909) 792.1497 Fix(900)798 -8585 Dr. M. C. Hall, Coordinator Easturn Information Center Dupt. of Anuropology university o! Calitornia Riverside. CA 92521 (909) 787.5745 Fax (909) 787.5409 Mr. Jay von Wurlhof, Coordinator Southua_st Information Cunter Imperial Valley Co!!ege Desert Museum P U Box 3490 El Centro, CA 92244 Attn. Ray Wi.cbx (6 19) 3b2 L320 Ext. 471 Dr. Lynn Camblo, Coordinator Souui Conual Coastal Information Center Insatuto of Archauoloiily Univuisity of California, Los Ango" Lot Angulus, CA W024. 1,`.10 (310)825.1900 Fax (310; 2C6 4723 San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara i San Diego San Bernardino Inyo. Mono. Riverside . Imperial Los Angeles, Orange, Ventura Appendix VII - CEQA Guidelines and Discussions 613 Appendix K ARCHAEOLOGICAL IMPACTS I. CEQA applies to effects on historic and prehistoric archaeological resources. II. Public agencies should seek to avoid damaging effects on an archaeological resource whenever feasible. If avoidance is not feasible, the importance of the site shall be evaluated using the criteria outlined in Section III. A. In -situ preservation of a site is the preferred manner of avoiding damage to archaeological resources. Preserving the site is more important than preserving the artifacts alone because the relationship of the artifacts to each other in the site provides valuable information than can be lost when the artifacts are removed. Further, preserving the site keeps it available for more sophisticated future research methods. Preservation may also avoid conflict with religious or cultural values of groups associated with the site. B. Avoiding damage may be accomplished by many approaches, including: 1. Planning construction to miss archaeological sites; j 2. Planning parks, greenspace, or other open space to incorporate archaeological sites; 1 3. "Capping" or covering archaeological sites with a layer of soil before building tennis courts, parking lots, or similar facilities. Capping may be used where: 1 a. The soils to be covered will not suffer serious compaction; b. The covering materials are not chemically active; c. The site is one in which the natural processes of deterioration have been effectively arrested; and d. The site has been recorded. 4. Deeding archaeological sites into permanent conservation easements. M. If the Lead Agency determines that a project may affect an archaeological resource, the agency shall determine whether the effect may be a significant effect on the environment If the project may cause damage to an important archaeological resource, the project may have a significant effect on the environment. For the purposes of CEQA, i and "important archaeological resource" is one which: A. Is associated with an event or person of: 1. Recognized significance in California or American history, or 2. Recognized scientific importance in prehistory. f B. Can provide information which is both of demonstrable public interest and useful in addressing scientifically consequential and reasonable or archaeological research questions; i C. Has a special or particular quality such as oldest, best example, largest, or last surviving example of its kind; D. Is at least 100 years old and possesses substantial stratigraphic integrity; or E. Involves important research questions that historical research has shown can be answered only with archaeological methods. N. If an archaeological resource is not an important archaeological resource, both the resource and the effect on it shall be noted in the Initial Study or EIR but need not be considered further in the CEQA process. Attachment 5.90 514 Guide to the California Envirnnmar, +„i n V. If avoidance of the important archaeological resource is not feasible, the Lead Agency should include an excavation plan for mitigating the effect of the project on the qualities which make the resource important under Section III. A. If an excavation plan is prepared, it shall: 1. Be a brief summary of the excavation proposed as part of a mitigation plan; 2. Be available for review only a need - to-know basis; 3. Not include the specific location of any archaeological resources if the plan will be made known to the general public. B. An excavation plan may: 1. List and briefly discuss the important information the archaeological resources contain or are likely to contain; 2. Explain how the information should be recovered to be useful in addressing scientifically valid research questions and other concerns identified in subdivision (a); 3. Explain the methods of analysis and, if feasible, display of excavated materials; 4. Provide for final report preparation and distribution; and S. Explain the estimated cost of and time required to complete all activities undertaken under the plan. C. The Lead agency may require a mitigation plan to be carried out as a condition of approval of the project. VL A public agency following the federal clearance process under the National Historic Preservation Act or the National Environmental Policy Act may use the documentation prepared under the federal guidelines in the place of documentation called for in this appendix. VII• Limitations on Mitigation Special rules apply to mitigating significant effects on important archaeological resources. A If it is not feasible to revise the project to avoid an important archaeological resource, the Lead Agency shall require the project applicant to guarantee to pay one half of the cost of mitigating the significant effect of the project on important archaeological. resources: 1. In determining the payment to be required from the applicanr, the Lead Agency shall consider the in -kind value of project design or expenditures intended to permit any or all importanrarchaeological resources or California Native American culturally significant sites to be undisturbed or preserved in place. a. Consideration of in -kind values does not require a dollar for dollar set -off against the payment by the project applicant. b. In deciding on an appropriate set -off, the Lead Agency shall consider such. factors as whether the project design or expenditures would provide other benefits to the applicant and whether the design or expenditures required special changes in the project plans. 2. When it decides to carry out or approve the project, the Lead Agency shall, if necessary, reduce the mitigation measures specified in the EIR to those which can be funded with: a. The money guaranteed by the project applicant,'and b. Money voluntarily guaranteed by any other person or persons for the mitigation. 3. In order to allow time for interested persons to provide a voluntary funding guarantee, the Lead Agency shall not decide to carry out or approve a project having a significant effect on important archaeological resources until 60 days after completing the final EIR on the project. 4. In no event shall the Lead Agency require the applicant —o pay more for mitigation within the site of the projecr.than the following amounts: Appendix VII - CEQA Guidelines and Discussions 615 a. One half of one percent of the projected cost of the project, if the project is a commercial or industrial project. b. Three fourths of one percent of the projected cost of the project for a housing project consisting of one unit c. If a housing project consists of more than one unit, three fourths of one percent of the projected cost of the first unit plus the sum of the following: (i) $200 per unit for any of the next 99 units, (ii) $150 per unit for any of the next 400 units, (iii) $100 per unit for units in excess of 500. B. Unless special or unusual circumstances warrant an exception, the field excavation phase of an approved mitigation plan shall be completed within 90 days after the applicant receives the final approval necessary to begin physical development of the project 1. With a phased project, the mitigation measures shall be completed within 90 days after approval is granted for the phased portion to which the specific mitigation measures apply. 2. The project applicant can elect to extend the time limits for completing the field excavation phase of the approved mitigation plan. 3. A mitigation plan shall not authorize violation of any law protecting American Indian cemeteries. C. Excavation as part of a mitigation plan shall be restricted to those parts of an important archaeological resource that would be damaged or destroyed by the project unless special circumstances require limited excavation of an immediately adjacent area in order to develop important information about the part of the resource that would be destroyed. D. Excavation as mitigation shall not be required for an important archaeological resource if the Lead Agency determines that testing or studies already completed have adequately recovered the scientifically consequen- tial information from and about the resource, provided that the determination is documented in the EIR. E. The limitations on mitigation shall not apply to: 1. A public project if the Lead Agency decides to complywith other provisions of CEQA that apply to mitigation of significant effects, and 2. A private project if the applicant and the Lead Agency jointly elect to comply with other provisions of CEQA that apply to mitigation of significant effects. F. The time and cost limitations described in this section do not apply to surveys and site evaluation activities intended to determine whether the project location contains archaeological resources, and if so, whether the archaeological resources are important as defined in this appendix. VM. Discovery of Human Remains A. In the event of discovery or recognition of any human remains in any location other than a dedicated cemetery, there shall be no further excavation or disturbance of the site or any nearby area reasonably suspected to overlie adjacent human remains until: 1. The coroner of the county in which the remains are discovered has been informed and has determined that no investigation of the cause of death is required, and 2. If remains are of Native American origin, a. The descendants from the deceased Native Americans have made a recommendation to the landowner or the person responsible for the excavation work, for means of treating or disposing of, with appropriate dignity, the human remains and any associated grave goods as provided in Public Resources Code Section 5097.98, or 616 Guide to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) b. The Native American Heritage Commission was unable to identify a descendant or the descendant failed to make a recommendation within 24 hours after being notified by the commission. B. Where the following conditions occur, the landowner or his authorized representative shall rebury the Native American human remains and associated grave goods with appropriate dignity on the property in a location not subject to further subsurface disturbance. 1. The Native American Heritage Commission is unable to identify a descendant•, 2. The descendant identified fails to make a recommendation; or 3. The landowner or his authorized representative rejects the recommendation of the descendant, and the mediation by the Native American Heritage Commission fails to provide measures acceptable to the landowner. C. If the human remains are discovered before the Lead Agency has finished the CEQA process, the Lead Agency shall work with the Native American Heritage Commission and the applicant to develop an agreement for treating or disposing, with appropriate dignity, of the human remains and any associated grave goods. Action implementing such an agreement is exempt from: 1. The general prohibition on disintering, disturbing, or removing human remains froth any location other than a dedicated cemetery (Health and Safety Code Section 7050.5). 2. The requirements of CEQA and the Coastal Act. DL As part of the objectives, criteria, and procedures required by Section 21082 or as part of conditions imposed for mitigation, a Lead Agency should make provisions for archaeological sites accidentally discovered during construction. These provisions should include an immediate evaluation of the find. If the find is determined to be an important archaeological resource, contingency funding and a time allotment sufficient to allow recovering an archaeological sample or to employ one of the avoidance measures should be available. Construction work could continue on other parrs of the building site while archaeological mitigation takes place. Note: Authority cited: Sections 21083 and 21087, Public Resources Code; Reference: Section 7050.5, Health and Safety Code; Sections 5097.98,21001 (b) and (c), and 21083:2, Public Resources Code; Sociery for California Archaeology v. County of Butte, (1977) 65 Cal. App. 3d 832. Discussion: This appendix responds to problems that have arisen in applying CEQA to archaeological resources. In some areas of the state, full excavations of archaeological sites have been required for nearly every site discovered within the tract where a project would be located regardless of the importance of the sites. As a result, federal officials have noted that in CEQA documents they have found descriptions of archaeological excavations of sites that would not be regarded as important enough to call for excavation under federal law. in is experience has shown a need for establishing standards to guide agencies in deciding whether a site would be important enough to call for analysis under CEQA. While there have been problems in some parts of the state, archaeological impacts have been handled well in other areas. Mendocino County and Santa Barbara County especially have been noted for the excellence of their methods for dealing with archaeological resources. This appendix does not mandate a uniform system statewide so that successful local programs can continue. The unnecessarily large number of excavations has also involved an unnecessary conflict with Native American values. Native Americans have been upset by people digging up the remains of their ancestors. While archaeology can be carried out in conjunction with Native Americans, and has been done successfully to help Native Americans learn about their ancestors, too often excavations have been carried out without concern for the sensitivities of Native Americans. The approaches described in this appendix should reduce the conflict with Native American values concerning protection of burial sites. An important principle in this appendix is the.emphasis on avoidance of archaeological sites. Avoidance is discussed as a way of avoiding a significant impact in the first place, thereby enabling a project to qualify for a Negative Appendix VII - CEQA Guidelines and Discussions 1 617 Declaration. Where the proposed project includes a potential impact on a site, avoidance is suggested as a preferred mitigation measure where all other factors are equal. If 'a project can be altered to avoid a site, the costs and delays involved in an archaeological excavation mayalso be avoided, and there would be no interference with Native American sensitivities. Possible methods of avoidance are listed in order to give people ideas of how to proceed. These methods are not exclusive and could be supplemented by other methods at the option of the Lead Agency. The appendix also identifies standards for determining the importance of the archaeological site and provides that a project would have a significant effect on the environment if it would cause damage to an important archaeological site. These standards are in keeping with the efforts in CEQA to focus on significant effects rather than on all effects. The standards are an effort to focus on archaeological resources that people would generally agree are important rather than requiring protection of all archaeological resources. The standards are consistentvirh the standards included in AB 952 (Deddeh), Chapter 1623 of the Statutes of 1982. The appendix uses the term "important" archaeological resources rather than "unique" archaeological resources in order to use terminology more closely related to accepted scientific usage. The substance of the standards remains consistent with the bill despite the change in label. The appendix encourages the preparation of an excavation plan in an EIR as one of several possible mitigation measures for destruction or damage to an archaeological site. The excavation plan is an effort to achieve greater precision in the ways in which any necessary excavation would be carried out. The excavation plan would put a burden on the archaeologist to explain the importance of the site and to demonstrate how the proposed excavation would serve some public interest. The elements listed for an excavation plan are suggested but not required. This approach allows Lead Agencies to take various approaches in excavation plans. The plans are intended to shift the burden to the archaeologist to demonstrate the necessity for an excavation rather than requiring a staff worker in the Lead Agency to deal with unfocused claims of the importance of the site. The Resources Agency has received information suggesting that planners working for Lead Agencies have had difficulty in evaluating claims from expert archaeologists demanding that excavation be allowed. The excavation plan requirement is designed to alleviate that problem. To conform to the recently enacted Assembly Bill 952, Chapter 1623 of the Statutes of 1982, the appendix identifies various restrictions on archaeological mitigation and cost limitations on archaeological mitigation. These restrictions apply to the CEQA process, and people implementing the Act need to be made aware of them. The appendix reorganizes and clarifies the limitations and adds interpretations with a few subjects from the bill such as offsets and the 60-day delay in approval after completing the EIR. The appendix also suggests ways for Lead Agencies to standardize their methods of dealing with archaeological resources. The methods could be included within mitigation measures in EIRs or included in the CEQA procedures which an agency is required to adopt by Section 21082 of the Public Resources Code. The appendix also encourages Lead Agencies to deal with the problem of unexpected sites which maybe discovered during construction. The appendix does not mandate any particular way to deal with this situation. The appendix also reflects the protections recendyenacted in Senate Bill 297 (Garamendi), Chapter 1492 of the Statutes of 1982, for human remains discovered during excavation. If the human remains are of Native American origin, special rules and procedures apply. The rules and procedures are included here because they are so closely related to the archaeological activities discussed in this appendix. 7195 ARCHAEOLOGICAL EVALUATION PROCESS PROJECT APPLICATION Attachment 5.95 (Preliminary Staff Review) PROJECT EXEMPT FROM CEQA; SENSITIVE SITE ARCHAELOGICAL OR SITE NOT 031 RESOURCE INVENTORY REQUIRED ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCE (pB) PROCEED WITH DEVELOPMENT REVIEW (ARI Prepared) NO RESOURCES PRESENT,OR ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES DISTURBANCEUNUKELY NO PRESENT OR LIKELY ADDITIONAL ARCHAEOLOGICAL. DISTURBANCE POSSIBLE REVIEW REQUIREMENTS SUBSURFACE ARCHAEOLOGICAL' RESOURCE EVALUATION REQUIRED ISARE) (SARE Prepared) NO SIGNIFICANT ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES FOUND NO ADDITONAL REQUIREMENTS IF POTENTIAL FOR CULTURAL RESOURCES STILL EXISTS MONOTORING REQUIRED (duAng eonsbucoon) COMPLETE DEVEL REVIEW/ APPRi PROCESS SIGNIFICANT RESOURCES FOUND ENVIRONMENTAL DETERMPUalON /MITIGATION REQUIRED NITIGATION PLAN1 DATA RECOVERY (monotoringhniUgatlon Process) OL I CONSTRUCTION RESOLUTION NO. 8458 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ENDORSING THE APPLICATION TO THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT ON AGING FOR DESIGNATION OF SAN LUIS OBISPO COUNTY AS A PLANNING AND SERVICE AREA WHEREAS, the Central Coast Commission for Senior Citizens is the non - profit, public - benefit corporation designated as the Area Agency on Aging to administer Planning and Service Area 17, which includes San Luis Obispo and Santa Barbara Counties; and WHEREAS, the Cities and County of San Luis Obispo desire to establish local control over programs developed for senior citizens in this county and allocation of limited administration and program monies needed to provide such senior services; and WHEREAS, on July 11, 1995, the County Board of Supervisors directed staff to apply to the California State Department on Aging to create a separate Planning and Service Area for San Luis Obispo County; and WHEREAS, the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo finds that it is in the best interest of the senior citizens of the Cities and County of San Luis Obispo that a separate Planning and Service Area Agency on Aging be designated for San Luis Obispo County. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo hereby formally endorses the County of San Luis Obispo's application for designation as a Planning and Service Area for the purpose of defining the needs of older Americans within San Luis Obispo County. Upon motion of Council Member Roalman seconded by Vice Mayor Romero and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Roalman, Romero, Smith, Williams and Mayor Settle NOES: None 0*3;.1L11E1� the foregoing resolution was adopted this ATTEST: City Jerk, Kim Condon '•'• A Wrell ti UV / // • lei -� e 44 Jorgensen 19th day of September 1995.. ,Z::� .4��L Mayor, Allen Settle R_AA 1;A RESOLUTION NO. 8451995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ESTABLISHING A POLICY TO GUIDE THE INSTALLATION OF STOP SIGNS WHEREAS, City residents, land owners and business tenan ts periodically request that the Public Works Department install stop.signs at specific locations to control vehicle traffic; and WHEREAS, the Public Works staff apply criteria ( "warrants ") used by the engineering profession to determine if traffic conditions warrant the installation of a stop sign at particular locations; and WHEREAS, residents and owners of residential properties may desire the installation of stop signs at locations where standard warrants are not mete but where managing traffic continues to be a concern; and WHEREAS, the installation of stop signs .and policies .that guide their installation are exempt from the provisions of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: Section 1: To adopt the following policy and.. direct the Public Works Director to initiate immediate implementation: The following policy will guide the Public Works Department in responding to citizen requests for installing stop signs. This policy applies to the installation of individual stop signs; it does not apply to the design of solutions to area -wide traffic problems. 1. Installation of stop signs in commercial areas should meet traffic warrants used by the Traffic Engineer. 2. Installation of stop signs in residential areas will be considered when traffic conditions meet warrants used by the Traffic Engineer, or when; A. The stop sign is on a street designated by the Circulation Element as a "local" street and is fronted by property zoned for "low -" or "Medium- Density" housing; and B. The resident requesting the installation petitions households within a 100_ meter radius of the proposed sign location and submits petition results to the Public Works Department; and C. The Traffic Engineer determines that the petition results show that at least 70% of the households within a 100 meter radius of the proposed sign support its installation and R -RA 97 i Page 2 -- Resolution No. 8457 (1995 Series) D. The Traffic Engineerfinds that the cumulative impact of installing multiple stop signs along a. local street: (1) Will not limit options for managing traffic in Neighborhood Traffic Management Areas designated by the Circulation Element; and (2) Will not divert traffic to other local streets in the area or cause traffic standa- Is .set by the Circulation Element to be exceeded. 3. When traffic conditions meet warrants, the City will cover the cost of installing the stop sign. When traffic conditions do not meet warrants, the requesting resident(s) shall pay the City for installing the stop sign. Once installed, the City" will be responsible for ongoing maintenance. Oninotionof Council Member Roalman secondedby Vice Mayor Romero and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council. Members Roalman, Romero, Smith, Williams and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted on this 19th day of September 1995. �j� ARM ATTEST APPROVED ity Clerk RESOLUTION NO. 8456 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO ADOPTING AND RATIFYING THE MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO AND THE SAN LUIS OBISPO FIREFIGHTERS' ASSOCIATION FOR THE PERIOD OF JULY 1, 1994 - JUNE 3% 1997 BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: Section 1. The Memorandum of Agreement between the City of San Luis Obispo and the San Luis Obispo Firefighters' Association, attached hereto as exhibit. "A" and incorporated herein by this reference, is hereby adopted and ratified. Section 2. The Finance Director shall adjust the Personnel Services appropriation accounts to reflect the negotiated compensation changes. Section 3. The City Clerk shall furnish a copy of this resolution and a copy of the executed Memorandum of Agreement approved by it to: Bob Wilkinson, President SLOFA; Wendy George, Assistant to the CAO; William Statler, Finance Director. On motion of Council Member Roalman; Seconded by Vice Mayor Romero and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Roalman, Romero, Smith, Williams and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None R -8456 Resolution No. 8456 (1995 Series) Page 2 the foregoing Resolution was passed and adopted this ATTEST: CITY CLERK By Kim Con�d-6n , Assistant City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: r1hWWA'rr#'dZAw 19th �........... day of Septemb *r, 1995. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 �1 J CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT SAN LUIS OBISPO FIREFIGHTERS' ASSOCIATION July 1, 1994 through June 30, 1997 1 .2 3 l l l l ] TABLE OF CONTENT NQ. Title Page No. 1 Parties to Agreement 1 2 Recognition 2 3 Dues Deduction 3 4 Employee Rights 4 5 Management Rights 5 6 Representative Role . 6 7 Communication Process 7 8 Promotional Opportunities 8 9 Grievance Procedure.. 9 10 Salary 13 11 Pay Incentives . 16 12 Overtime 17 13 Emergency Call Back . 18 14 Work Out of Grade 19 15 Standby 20 16 Educational Incentive 21 17 Uniform Allowance 24 18 Insurance 26 19 Vacation Leave 28 20 Leave Of Absence 31 21 Holidays 32 22 Bereavement Leave 34 23 Sick Leave 35 24 Family Leave 36 25 Workers' Compensation Leave 39 26 Light Duty 40 27 Safety 41 28 Reserve Firefighters 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 .7 81 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 NQ. Title Page No. 29 Retirement 43 30 Hours 45 31 Health /Fitness 47 32 Salary Survey Cities 48 33 Layoffs 49 34 Work Actions 51 35 Reopener 53 36 Full Agreement 54 37 Savings Clause 55 38 Renegotiations 56 39 Authorized Agents . 57 40 Term of Agreement 58 Appendix "A" - .Classification 59 Appendix "B" - Work Schedule Illustration 60 Appendix "C" Employee Responsibilities and Benefits - Sick Leave 61 Appendix "D" - Salary Range Listing 65 1 2 3 4 -5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 n ARTICLE I PARTIES TO AGREEMENT This Agreement is made and entered into this first day of September, 1995, by and between the City of San Luis Obispo, hereinafter referred to as the City, and the San Luis Obispo Firefighters' Association, hereinafter referred to as Association. Nothing in this Agreement between the parties shall invalidate nor be substituted for any provision in City Resolution No. 6620 (1989 Series) unless so stipulated to by provision(s) contained herein and agreed to. 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 C 0 0 ARTICLE 2 RECOGNITION Pursuant to Government Code Section 3500 et seq and City Resolution No. 6620 (1989 Series), the City hereby recognizes the San Luis Obispo Firefighters' Association as the bargaining representativeJor purposes of representing regular and probationary employees, occupying the position classifications set forth in Appendix A, in the Fire Unit with respect to their compensation, hours and other terms and conditions of employment for the duration of this Agreement. 2 1 ARTICLE 3 2 DUES DEDUCTION. 3 The City shall deduct dues from City employees and remit said dues to the 4 Association on a monthly basis for the duration of this Agreement, which dues 5 shall not include assessments. 6 7 8 Monthly dues deduction additions and /or deletions shall be recorded by the City's 9 Finance Officer and- a notification of all dues transactions shall be sent monthly to 10 the Association President. 11 12 The Association shall hold the City harmless from any and all claims, and will 13 14 indemnify it against such claims and any unusual costs. 15 16 The Association shall refund to the City any amount paid to the Association in 17 error, upon presentation of supporting evidence. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9' 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 o � ARTICLE 4 EMPLOYEE RIGHTS Employees of the City shall have the right to form, join and participate in the activities of employee organizations of their own choosing for the purpose of representation on all matters of employer- employee relations including but not limited to, wages, hours and other terms and conditions of employment. Employees of the City also shall have the right to refuse to join or participate in the activities of employee organizations and shall have the right to represent themselves individually in their employment relations with the City. No employee shall be interfered with, intimidated, restrained, coerced or discriminated against because of the exercise of these rights. 13 C 1 ARTICLE 5 2 MANAGEMENT RIGHTS 3 The rights of the City include, but are not limited to, the exclusive right to 4 determine the mission of its constituent departments, commissions and boards; set 5 6 standards of service; determine the procedures and standards of selection for 7 employment and promotion; direct its employees; take disciplinary action; relieve 8 its employees from duty because of lack of work or for other legitimate reasons; 9 maintain the efficiency of governmental operations; determine the methods, means 10 and personnel by which government operations are to be conducted; determine the 11 content of job classifications; take all necessary actions to carry out,its mission in 12 emergencies; and exercise complete control and discretion over its organization 13 14 and the technology for performing its work. 15 16 This provision is not intended to, and does not restrict, the rights conferred upon 17 the Association by Government Code Section 3500, et seq. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1.4 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 6 REPRESENTATIVE ROLE Members of any recognized employee organization may, by a reasonable method, select not more than three employee members of such organization and one employee observer to meet and confer with the Municipal Employee Relations Officer and other management officials (after written certification of such selection is provided by an authorized official of the organization) on subjects within the scope of representation during regular duty or work hours without loss of compensation or other benefits. The employee organization shall, whenever practicable, submit the name(s) of each employee representative to the Municipal Employee Relations Officer at least two working days in advance of such meeting. Provided further that no employee representative shall leave his or her duty or work station or assignment without specific approval of the department head or other authorized City management official. If employee representatives cannot be released for good reason, the date of meeting will be rescheduled to a mutually acceptable day. 0 1 ARTICLE 7 2 COMMUNICATION PROCESS 3 Pursuant to City Resolution 6287 (1989 Series) the City agrees with the 4 Association to improve communications and provide for.the following: 5 6 A. Monthly Conferences 7 There will be a monthly meeting between the department head and . 8 management member(s) and a least two (2) association representatives 9 to discuss problems or other subjects of mutual interest. Minutes of the 10 meeting will be maintained to reflect topics discussed, actions to be 11 taken, the party responsible for any action and the expected completion 12 date. 13 14 B. Quarterly Meetings 15 Two to four representatives of the Association, the City Administrative 16 Officer (or designee), department head (or designee), and management 17 representatives) designated by the City will meet quarterly if there are 18 issues of concern to the parties. No issues will be brought to this 19 quarterly meeting without first having been discussed with the 20 21 department head at a scheduled monthly meeting. 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 .13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 r ARTICLE 8 PROMOTIONAL OPPORTUNITIES Announcements for promotional opportunities for members of the Association will list testing and scoring processes that will be followed. Once defined, testing and scoring processes will not be modified. L-01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 9 GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE A. A grievance is an, alleged violation, misinterpretation or misapplication of the Employer - Employee Resolution, the Personnel Rules and Regulations, any memorandum of agreement with an employee association or any existing written policy or procedure relating to wages, hours or other terms and conditions of employment excluding disciplinary matters.. B. Any employee may file and process a grievance by providing the time, place and circumstances of the action prompting the grievance. Employees may be accompanied by a representative at each step of the process. If a specific action to be grieved affects several employees, those employees may consolidate their grievance and be represented. C. Each Grievance shall be handled in the following manner: 1. The employee who is dissatisfied with the response of the immediate supervisor shall discuss the grievance with the supervisor's immediate superior. If the matter can be resolved at that level to the satisfaction of the employee, the grievance shall be considered terminated. 2. If still dissatisfied, the employee may immediately submit the grievance in writing to the department head for,.consideration, stating the facts on which it was based, including the provision of the rules, regulations or agreement said to be violated, and the proposed remedy. This action must take place within fifteen business days of 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10, 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 the occurrence of the grievance. The department head shall promptly consider the grievance and render a decision in writing within fifteen business days of receiving the written grievance. If the employee accepts the department head's decision, the grievance shall be considered terminated. D. If the employee is dissatisfied with the department head's decision, the employee may immediately submit the grievance in writing to the personnel director within five business days of receiving the department head's decision. The personnel director shall confer with the employee and the department head and any other interested parties, and shall conduct such other investigations as may be advisable. E. The results or findings of such conferences and investigations shall be submitted to the City Administrative Officer in writing within fifteen business days of receiving the employee's written request. The city administrative officer will meet with the employee if the employee so desires before rendering a decision with respect to the complaint. The city administrative officer's decision shall be in writing and given to the employee within fifteen business days of receiving the personnel director's results and findings. Such decision shall be final unless the employee desires a review of the decision. 10 1( 11 1` 1� 19 V 1( 1; V V 2( 21 2` 2% 24 WE 2( 2j 2E If the employee desires a review of the decision the procedure is as follows: 1. Hearing Officer (for employees represented by SLOPOA or SLOFA) a. The employee will have five business days following receipt of the city administrative officer's decision to submit a written request to the personnel director for review of the decision. The personnel director will obtain a list of five potential hearing officers from the State Mediation and Conciliation Service. Then following a random determination of which party (city or appellant) begins, parties shall alternately strike one name from the list until only one remains. b. Within 30 business days, the hearing officer shall review the record and conduct a hearing on the matter. Within ten business days the hearing officer shall render a decision which shall be final. C. Any dispute regarding the eligibility of an issue for the grievance process may be appealed through the process ultimately to the hearing officer who shall decide on the eligibility prior to ruling on the merits. d. Any fees or expenses of the hearing officer shall be payable one -half by the city and one -half by the Association. All other expenses shall be borne by the party incurring the expense. e. The city reserves the right to make the hearing officer's opinion advisory or to replace the hearing officer position in the grievance process with the personnel board for an employee 11 1 2 3 4 5 61 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 C C organization after July 1993 provided that: 1. The hearing officer has ruled on at least five separate grievances of the Association; and 2. The city has been sustained in at least 65% of the determinations on grievances filed by members of the Association. 1.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1.2 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 10 SALARY Section A Rules - Governing Step Increases The rules governing step increases for employees covered by this MOA are included in the current Salary Resolution with the following modification: The Fire Chief shall be authorized to reevaluate employees who reach Step 5 in their pay range. An employee who is not performing up to standard for the fifth step shall be notified in writing that the department head intends to reduce him one step unless his job performance improves significantly within a 60 -day period. Unless the employee's job performance improves to an acceptable level by the end of 60 days, the pay reduction shall then become effective. The fifth step may be reinstated at any time upon recommendation of the department head. If the Fire Chief deems it necessary to again remove the fifth step during the same fiscal year, he may make the change at any time with three business days written notice: Each salary range consists of five steps (1 through 5). Steps 1 through 4 equal. 95% of the next highest step, computed to the nearest one dollar. Step 4 = 95% of Step 5 Step 3 = 95% of Step 4 Step 2 = 95% of Step 3 Step 1 = 95% of Step 2 Each across - the -board percent salary increase shall raise step 5 of range 321 by that percent. Step 5 of each successive salary range shall be 2.,63% above step 5 of the next lower range. After all step 5's of salary ranges have been established, 13 1 each step 5 shall be rounded off to the nearest dollar and the remaining steps 2 established in accordance with the above formula. Employees who are eligible for 3 advancement to Step 4 or 5 must receive at least a "competent" rating on their 4 most recent performance evaluation prior to or coincident with their being eligible 5 6 for advancement by time in grade. Competent is defined as "Performance meets 7 standards of a qualified employee." 8 9 Section B Salary Provisions for Term of Agreement 10 Effective the first full pay period in the following months, the following salary 11 increases shall be implemented: 12 13 14 July, 1995 2.5% 15 July, 1996 3.5% 16 17 Section C "Y" Rating 18 An employee who is not performing up to established job standards may be "Y" 19 rated, freezing his salary until such time as there is an improved job performance. 20 21 The department head shall give 60 days written notice to any employee he intends 22 to "Y" rate, giving the employee an opportunity to correct any deficiencies. A "Y" 23 rating procedure shall not result (then or later) in the employee being frozen below 24 the next. lower step of the new range. 25 26 Section D Payday 27 28 Paychecks will be disbursed on a bi- weekly schedule. Payday will be every other 14 1 Thursday. This disbursement schedule is predicated upon normal working 2 conditions and is subject to adjustment for cause beyond the City's control. 3 4 Section E Paychecks Prior to Vacation 5 6 If an employee is taking vacation leave and wishes to receive his regular paycheck 7 before payday, the employee must notify the Finance Department in writing at 8 least two weeks prior to the start of vacation, provided the employee has sufficient 9 vacation time coming to cover the pay period. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 15 1 2 3' 41 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 0 ARTICLE 11 PAY INCENTIVES Section A: _ Paramedic Incentive The City shall pay three hundred seventy -five dollars (5375.00) per month pay incentive to those firefighters or other approved fire personnel assigned to EMT Paramedic duties by the Fire Chief. Paramedics required to recertify shall be granted four (4) hours training time per month for six (6) months prior to the recertification. Such hours shall be scheduled by the Department during the normal working day. Section B: Station I Captain Incentive Fire captains regularly assigned to Station I shall receive a $100 per month pay incentive. Should Station I have fewer than 2 pieces of staffed emergency response equipment, this incentive shall be eliminated. Mandatory assignments to Station I for Captains shall not exceed two consecutive years. 16 1 ARTICLE_ 12 2 OVERTIME 3 1. Firefighters, Fire Engineers and Fire Captains assigned to 24 hour shift duty 4 shall receive overtime pay at time- and - one -half computed at their base salary 5 for those hours worked in excess of regularly scheduled shifts. 6 7 2. Firefighters, Fire Engineers and Fire Captains assigned to 24 -hour shift duty 8 are assigned to work one hundred and twenty (120) hours in a fifteen (15) 9 day pay cycle.. Employees in these classifications who work more than one 10 hundred and fourteen (114) hours during a pay cycle, shall be paid time and 11 one -half (1 1/2) for all hours worked in excess of one hundred and fourteen 12 (114) hours worked in the fifteen 05) day pay cycle. Effective February 26, 13 14 1995, paid time off shall be counted as.time worked when calculating this 15 overtime pay. 16 3. All other personnel shall receive overtime pay at time - and -one -half computed 17 at their base salary for all hours worked in excess of forty (40) hours per 18 week including holiday, sick leave and vacation unless they elect to take 19 compensating time off at straight time. 20 21 4. All overtime shall be authorized in writing by the Fire Chief prior to being 22 compensated. 23 5. All overtime shall be paid to the nearest quarter hour worked where no 24 minimum is authorized. 25 26 27 28 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 13 EMERGENCY CALL BACK 1. The minimum call back hours provided below shall be paid at straight time pay. 2. Shift personnel who. are unexpectedly called back to work after completing their shift and having left the worksite shall be paid a 6 -hour minimum guarantee. 3. Inspectors who are unexpectedly called back to work after completing their shift and having left the worksite shall be paid a 3 -hour minimum guarantee when acting in the capacity of an Inspector at the scene or in immediate follow -up investigative work. 4. The Fire Vehicle Mechanic shall receive a minimum of 4 hours for emergency call back or time and one -half for hours actually worked, whichever is larger. 5. Employees who are called back as defined above shall receive the minimum provided by this article or pay for the work performed, whichever is larger. 18 1 I ARTICLE 14 2 WORK OUT OF GRADE 3 Employees temporarily assigned to work in a higher classification will receive one 4 step additional pay but in no case more than the top step for the higher 5 classification under the following conditions: 6 7 1. The assignment exceeds ten (10) consecutive work days, or five (5) 8 consecutive shifts for all shift employees; in which case the step increase 9 becomes effective on the eleventh (11) work day or in the sixth (6th) shift. 10 2, The person being temporarily replaced is on extended sick or disability leave 11 or the position is vacant and an examination is pending. 12 Employees not eligible for the step increase (under 10 days) shall receive credit for 13 14 compensating time off (CTO) on the following basis: 15 Hours Worked CTO Earned 16 0 -6 0 hours 17 6 -12 1 hour 18 12 -24 2 hours 19 Each calendar quarter, employees may elect to receive payment for accrued CTO 20 21 at straight time. CTO earned before January 1, 1990 is not eligible for payment. 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7' 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 1.5 STANDBY Employees below the rank of Fire Marshal /Battalion Chief on standby shall be compensated one hour's pay for each eight (8) hour incident with a minimum of two (2) hours straight time pay for each assigned standby period. �7 1 2 3 4' 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 � C ARTICLE 16 EDUCATIONAL INCENTIVE The City agrees to establish an educational incentive pay plan. The educational incentive pay will be paid pursuant to one of the two plans outlined below: 1: PLAN A Definition of Eligibility A. All Employees currently receiving educational incentive pay as of 6/30/81. B. All employees in the unit meeting the following requirements: (1) Have been employed by the department for at least one year as of 9/30/81. (2) Have completed by June 30, 1981 at least 30 semester units toward an approved degree including having successfully completed a minimum of six semester units within the last 18 months. (3) Successfully completed at least six semester units per year until degree is complete; and 14) Must receive degree by December 31, 1983. 2. Basic Benefits. Educational incentive pay shall not start for one year after employment with the City of San Luis Obispo, but credit Will be given for approved education obtained prior to that time. The basic benefit will consist of $50 per month for possession of an A.A., or equivalent degree from an accredited community or junior college; and one hundred dollars per month for a B.A.. or equivalent degree from an accredited four year college 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 up 5 C 1. O O or university. Total incentive pay shall in no case exceed one hundred dollars per month. Job Related Fields. Degrees must be in fields which are directly job related and if not, at least 30 semester units leading toward the appropriate degree with a grade of "C" or better must be included. Arolication and Approval. Application for the incentive pay shall be made by the employee to the department head at least 30 days before the date the payment of the incentive pay is to be effective. Approval of the department head and the Personnel Director shall be required. Unsatisfactory Performance. In the event an employee receiving the incentive pay is not performing up to the established standards set for the job, the department head with the concurrence of the City Administrative Officer, may suspend payment of the incentive pay until such time as the employee's work performance comes up to the standard level, in the opinion of the department head and concurred in by the City Administrative Officer. Non - Applicability. It is the City's intention not to pay the educational incentive for any degree which is required for the position held by the employee. Educational incentives shall not be paid for education received on City time. The education incentive shall be removed if the employee is promoted to a position which does not entitle employee to such incentive. PLAN B Definition of Eligibility. A. All current employees not eligible for Plan A. B. All employees hired on or subsequent to June 30, 1981. 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 281 2. Eligibility. A. Employees eligible for Plan B must be employed by the City of San Luis Obispo for one year before any payment will be made. B. Must successfully complete within a 12 -month period, commencing on or after July 1, 1980; 6 semester units, or 9 quarter units, in college level course work in fire science courses or classes approved by the Fire Chief. 'Provided such courses shall be completed at the employee's own expense and during off -duty hours. 3. Incentive Pay. The educational incentive pay shall be $50.00 per month for a period of 12 months. Tuition and Books If an employee holds a position which does not qualify him for incentive pay, the employee will be eligible to receive payment for 50% of tuition and books for approved job- related courses upon satisfactory completion of same with a grade of "C" or better. 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10i 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 17 UNIFORM ALLOWANCE A. Each sworn employee shall be required to wear an approved uniform to promote the department's public image, except for the positions designated by the Fire Chief as only requiring occasional usage. Such positions shall receive one -half of the regular allowance. Effective July 1, 1994, each employee shall receive an annual allowance of $750 paid semi - annually to be spent on the purchase and maintenance of department- approved uniforms. Said allowance shall be paid directly to each eligible employee on or about the 7th of July and the 7th of January. The Fire Chief or his /her designated representative shall conduct an inspection at least once a year to ensure that each employee has the minimum number of uniforms and that all uniforms meet department standards regarding safety and appearance. Employees whose uniforms do not meet standards may be subject to disciplinary action. B. A uniform allowance cash advance will be given to new employees for purchase of their uniforms. If the employee severs employment with the City or is terminated within one (1) year, the cash advance shall be deducted from the employee's last paycheck. C. Where the agreement refers to uniform standards, it shall mean the following: The Fire Chief shall establish and maintain a set of standards for the maintenance, care and wearing of employee uniforms. Such standards shall be on file in the Fire Chief's office, in each fire station, and in the Personnel Director's office. 24 1E 11 or 1� 14 1° lE 1i 1F 1c 2( 21 z Z 24 25 26 27 28 D. Employees will be responsible to purchase and maintain health /fitness clothes, including appropriate athletic footwear. Appropriate health /fitness clothing will be determined through agreement between the Association and the Department. E. 1. The City shall reimburse the cost in excess of ten ($10.00) dollars, for repairing or replacing Department approved uniforms which are damaged within the course of employment. No reimbursement shall be made if the damage was due to negligence on the part of the employee. At the time of damage, the employee will submit a report documenting where and how the uniform was damaged. 2. The Fire Chief shall determine the use and extent of wear of damaged items. Replacement amounts shall be prorated. The Department will establish administrative regulations consistent with this section. F. The City will bear any additional costs.resulting from_City mandated changes in required uniform items during the term of this agreement. 25 1 2 3 4 5 6 7. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 18 INSURANCE A. Contribution N The City shall contribute $400.00 per month for Cafeteria plan benefits for each regular, full -time employee covered by this agreement. Less than full - time employees shall receive a prorated share of the City's contribution. Effective August 15, 1995, the City contribution shall be increased to $415.00 per month for each regular full -time employee. B. PERS Health Benefit Program The City has elected to participate in the PERS Health Benefit program with the "unequal contribution option" at the minimum contribution rate, currently $16.00 per month for active employees and $1.00 per month for retirees. The City's contribution toward retirees shall be increased by five (5 %) percent per year of the City's contribution for the active employees until such time as the contributions for employees and retirees are equal. The City's contribution will come out of that amount the City currently contributes to employees as part of the Cafeteria Plan provided to employees in their various MOA's. The cost of the City's participation in PERS will not require the City to expend additional funds toward health insurance beyond what is already provided for in the various bargaining agreements. In summary, this cost and any increases will be borne by the employees. C. Health Insurance Coverage Optional Participation Employees with proof of medical insurance elsewhere are not required to 26 1 21I 3I 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23I 24 25 26 27 28 participate in the PERS Health Benefit Program and may receive the unused portion of the City's. contribution (after dental and vision insurance is deducted) in cash in accordance with the City's Cafeteria Plan. Those employees will also be assessed $ 16.00 per month to be placed in the Retiree Health Insurance Account. This account will be used to fund the City's contribution toward retiree premiums and the City's costs.for the Public Employees' Contingency Reserve Fund and the Administrative Costs. However, there is no requirement that these funds be used exclusively for this purpose nor any guarantee that they will be sufficient to fund retiree health costs, although they will be used for negotiated employee benefits. D. Dental:and Vision Insurance /Deoendent Coverage Employees will be required to participate in the City's dental and vision plans at the employee only rate. Should they elect to cover dependents in the City's dental and vision plans, they may do so, even if they do not have dependent coverage under PERS. E. Representation on a Medical Plan Review Committee- The Association shall actively participate in the Medical Plan Review Committee. Such committee shall review medical plans and may recommend alternative medical plans, including those offered by PERS. 27 o i ARTICLE 19 2 VACATION LEAVE 3 1. Each incumbent of a 40 -hour a week line -item position shall accrue vacation 4 Leave with pay at the rate of 12 days per year of continuous service sirice 5 the benefit date for the first five years; 15 days per year upon completion of 6 7 five years; 18 days per year upon completion of ten years; and 20 days per 8 year upon completion of twenty years. Employees scheduled for more that 9 40 hours per week shall receive the equivalent number of vacation days 10 prorated to the number of regularly scheduled work hours. 11 2 An incumbent is not eligible to use accrued vacation leave until after the 12 completion of the sixth calendar month of service since the benefit date. 13 14 3. An employee who leaves the City service shall receive payment for any 15 unused vacation leave. 16 4. Department Heads shall be responsible for arranging a vacation schedule, 17 first with the needs of the City as the determining factor and, second, 18 insofar as possible, with the wishes of the employee. 19 5. There will be no accrual of vacation leave to non -shift employees in excess 20 of 200 hours or 25 accrued days. Maximum accrual of vacation leave for 21 22 shift employees is 300 hours except as noted in Section E. 23 6. VACATION USE: 24 A. Vacation shall be selected by seniority based on shift assignment for 25 shift employees and by seniority for non shift employees. The 26 employee with the most seniority shall select first, with the following 27 choices made in descending order of seniority. 28 28 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 B. First choice vacation shall be made during November /December each year. The first choice shall be a minimum of five (5) shifts off within one (1) cycle. C. First choice vacation selected for the months of May through October must be taken'in blocks of five (5) shifts off within one (1) work cycle. D. The maximum first choice vacation that may be selected for the months of May through October is ten (10) shifts off taken within two (2) work cycles: E. Employees who don't select first choice vacation to be taken during the months of May through October, shall have vacation that is accrued over 300 maximum paid off bi- weekly. Vacation accrued by such employees outside of the May through October time period shall not exceed the 3OO hour maximum. F. Employees have the right to have one (1) employee off on scheduled vacation per shift. G. Employees have the right to unscheduled vacation as provided in the current departmental Operations Manual. H. Time off by Battalion Chiefs is not included in the determination of the number of employees on vacation per E and F above I. If an employee's first choice vacation is changed by direction of the department, such change shall not cause an employee to lose vacation that may be accrued above the 300 hour maximum. In this case, the employee shall have the choice of using the vacation at 29 2 3 4 5 t7 n la 11 12 13 1.4 lu if 17 1E 1C V 2( 21 2` WE 24 W 2E 2i 2E another time or receiving payment for the changed vacation. J. If an employee must cancel vacation for good reason, as defined by management, the vacation above the 300 hour maximum shall be paid as accrued. K. Employees may cancel scheduled vacation for any reason with a minimum of 30 days advance written notice to the Fire Chief or his /her designated representative. Maximum vacation accruals will not be waived for vacation cancelled pursuant to this section. L. Effective immediately, cancelled first choice vacations will continue to be available for reselection by other employees. M. Effective July 1, 1995, all employees in this unit are eligible, once annually in December, to request payment for up to seventy -two (72) hours of unused vacation leave provided that an employee's attendance practices are satisfactory. 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 .15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 20 LEAVE OF ABSENCE Leave without pay for up to one week per year may be granted by the Department Head. When possible, such leave requests shall be in writing and approved in advance. All other leave of absence requests shall be handled in accordance with Section 2708.9 of the Personnel Rules and Regulations. 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 21 HOLIDAYS U A. The following days of each year are designated as paid holidays: January 1 - New Year's Day Third Monday in January - Martin Luther King Day Third Monday in February - Washington's Birthday Last Monday in May - Memorial Day July 4 - Independence Day First Monday in September - Labor Day November 11 - Veteran's Day Fourth Thursday in November - Thanksgiving Day Friday after Thanksgiving December 25 - Christmas One -half day before Christmas One -half day before New Year's Two Floating (8 hour) Holidays (non -shift employees only) When a holiday falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed. When a holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be observed. B. Each employee on 24 -hour shift duty shall earn 6.07 hours of holiday leave semi - monthly, in lieu of fixed holidays. 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 C. Such employees shall receive payment at straight time hourly rate for a portion of their earned holiday leave (2.6 hours) each bi- monthly payroll period. The remainder of the employee's annual holiday leave (78 hours) shall be advanced to the employee effective 1 July of each year. Such holiday leave may be taken off by the employee as provided in the current departmental operations manual. Each calendar quarter, an employee has the option of receiving payment for one -forth (1/4) of his /her advanced holiday leave. The combination of holiday leave taken off and payment of advanced holiday time, may not exceed 78 hours. If an employee terminates for any reason, having taken off hours in excess of his /her prorated share, the value of the overage will be deducted from the employee's final paycheck. Floating (8 hour) holidays for non -shift employees. The accrual dates are 1 January and 1 July. If not used in the calendar year in which earned, they are lost. it is the responsibility of the employee to make the request for a floating holiday reasonably in advance of the requested day off'. 33 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 0 0 ARTICLE 22 BEREAVEMENT LEAVE At each employee's option, absence from duty due to the death of a member of the employee's immediate family, meaning spouse, child, brother, sister, parent, parent -in -law, step - parent, step- brother, step- sister, grandparent, or any other relative living in the same household, provided such leave as defined in this section shall not exceed five (5) working days or the shift equivalent (56 hrs.) from each incident. The employee may be required to submit proof of relative's death before being granted sick leave pay. False information given concerning the death of relationship shall be cause for discharge. M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1.1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 r it 3. ARTICLE 23 SICK LEAVE Sick leave is governed by Section 2.36.420 of the Municipal Code. (See Appendix C attached). Upon termination of employment by death or retirement, a percentage of the dollar value of the employee's accumulated sick leave will be paid to the employee, or the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries, according to the following, schedule: (1) Death - 50% Such payment shall be made within seventy -two hours of notice to the City of an employee's death. (2) Retirement and actual commencement of PIERS benefits: (a) After ten years of continuous employment 10% (b) After twenty years of continuous employment - 15% (3) Job- related disability retirement and actual commencement of PERS benefits - 75% with a maximum of 1000 hours payoff (75% of 1333.3 accrued hours.) 35 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 24 FAMILY LEAVE __ i 1. An employee may take up to two (2) days 06 hours) or the shift equivalent for shift employees (22.4 hours) of sick leave per year if required to be away from the job to personally care for a member of his /her immediate family. 2. ' An employee may take up to five days (forty hours) or the shift equivalent for shift employees (56 hours) of sick leave per year if the family member is a part of the employee's household. 3. An employee may take up to seven (7) days (56 hours) of sick leave per year or the shift equivalent (78.4 hours) if the family member is part of the employee's household and is hospitalized. The employee shall submit written verification of such hospitalization. 4. The amounts shown in 1, 2, and 3 above are annual maximums, not maximums per qualifying family member. A member of the employee's immediate family, shall mean spouse, child, brother, sister, parent, parent -in- law, step - parent, step- brother, step- sister, grandparent, or any other relative living in the same household. 5. In conjunction with existing leave benefits, unit employees with one year of City service who have worked at least 1280 hours in the last year may be eligible for up to 12 weeks of Family /Medical Leave within any 12 month 36 1 period. Family /Medical leave can be used for: 2 a. A new child through. birth adoption or foster care (maternal or 3 paternal leave). 4 b. A seriously ill child, spouse or parent who requires 5 6 hospitalization or continuing treatment by a physician. 7 C. Placement of an employee's child for adoption or foster, care. 8 d. A serious health condition which makes the employee unable to 9 perform the functions of his or her position. 10 This leave shall be in addition to leave available to employees under the 11 existing four month Pregnancy Disability Leave provided by California law. 12 Paid leave, if used for family leave purposes or personal illness, will be 13 14 subtracted from the 12 weeks allowed by the Family /Medical Leave 15 Program. Employees must use all available vacation, compensatory time and 16 administrative leave and, if appropriate, sick leave prior to receiving unpaid 17 Family /Medical Leave. 18 19 Employees on Family /Medical Leave will continue to receive the City's 20 21 contribution toward the cost of health insurance premiums. However, 22 employees who receive cash back under the City's Flexible Benefit Plan will 23 not receive that cash during the Family /Medical Leave. Only City group 24 health insurance premiums will be paid by the City. 25 26 If an employee does not return to work following Family /Medical Leave, the 27 28 City may collect the amount paid for health insurance by the City during the 37 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 leave. There are two exceptions to this rule. 1. The continuation of a serious health condition of the employee or a covered family member prevents the return. 2. Circumstances beyond the employee's control. Further details on Family /Medical Leave are available through the City's "Guide to Family /Medical Leave Program ". W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 25 WORKERS' COMPENSATION LEAVE Any employee who is absent from duty because of on- the -job injury in accordance with state workers' compensation law and is riot eligible for disability payments under Labor Code Section 4850, shall be paid the difference between his base salary and the amount provided by workers' compensation law during the first 90 days of such disability absence. The only position currently eligible for this benefit is the Fire Vehicle Mechanic. 39 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 26 LIGHT DUTY The City and the Association agree that a light duty /return to work policy will be established. The Fire Chief, the Association and the Personnel Department will work together to establish this policy. 40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 27 SAFETY The Association and the City agree to address Departmental and citywide safety concerns through the City's Safety Committee and the Communication Process outlined in Article 7. 41 1 ARTICLE 28 2 RESERVE FIREFIGHTERS 3 The City and the Association agree that in the event the City adopts a firefighter 4 reserve program, the City will meet and confer over any impact(s) of the proposed 5 6 program falling within the scope of representation. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 42 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 29 RETIREMENT A. The City agrees to provide the Public Employees' Retirement System's 2% at age 50 plan to all sworn personnel and the 2% at age 60 plan to all non- sworn personnel. The Mat age 50 plan includes four amendments, namely, Post Retirement Survivor Allowance, conversion of unused sick leave to additional retirement credit, the 1959 Survivor's Benefit, and one- year final compensation. The 2% at 60 plan has two amendments, 1959 survivor's Benefit and one year final compensation. B. For employees hired after 1 July 1986, the PERS 26/6 at 50 plan shall include the modifications shown in Section A, above, except that it shall provide three -year final compensation. C. (1) The City agrees to contribute up to 9% of safety member's obligation to contribute to PERS: (2) City agrees to contribute up to 7% of the Fire Vehicle Mechanic's obligation to contribute to PERS. (3) The amount paid by the City is an employee contribution and is paid by the City to partially satisfy the employee's obligation to contribute to PERS. An employee has no option to receive the contributed amounts directly instead of having them paid by the City to PERS on behalf of the employee. The Association understands and agrees that employees bear the risk of payment of any increases in the employee contributions above the amount provided in this Agreement which may result by action of PERS or the state legislature. Parties further 43 I agree that City payment of PERS contributions is made based upon 2 tax treatment currently permitted by the State Franchise Tax Board 3 and the IRS. Should current tax treatment change, the Association 4 and the employees hold harmless the City; its officers and agents 5 from any and all claims or costs of any type, including but not limited 6 7 to, liability for back taxes, arising out of this Agreement to pay part of 8 the employee's PERS contribution. Should current tax treatment 9 change, the Association shall have the opportunity to meet and confer 10 regarding any such changes. 11 12 It is understood and agreed to by the parties that the City "pick up" of 13 14 a portion of the employee's PERS contribution is in lieu of wages. 15 Therefore, in all comparisons made with other agencies, a percent 16 equal to the City "pick up" of the employee's PERS contribution will 17 be added to the total compensation provided by the City to the 18 employees. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 44 1 ARTICLE 30 2 HOURS 3 A. Employees assigned to a 24 -hour shift schedule, shall work a shift schedule 4 which, over a period of one year, shall average approximately fifty -six (56) 5 6 hours per week. 7 8 For purposes of illustration only, a copy of the shift schedule pattern is set 9 forth in Appendix B. 10 11 The Department shall give no less than 15 days notice prior to changing a 12 13 shift assignment for non- emergency reasons. 14 15 A work shift is defined as a work period of twenty -four (24) hours, 16 commencing at 0800 hours and continuing until the next day, ending at 17 0800 hours (8 a.m. to the following 8 a.m.) 18 19 Within 60 days of adoption of this agreement, the Personnel Director, the 20 21 Chief, or his /her designee and a representative from the Association shall 22 form a committee to discuss and establish a reasonable system that will 23 address the needs of the Department and the concerns of the Association 24 about the work schedule. 25 B. Shift Exchange The Fire Chief or his /her representative may authorize 26 employees covered by this Agreement to exchange shift assignments with 27 28 other department employees of equal rank or qualifications for the position. 45 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 0. C. Vacation Exchange = The Fire Chief or his /her representative may authorize employees covered by this Agreement to exchange vacation leave with other ID department employees of equal rank or qualifications for the position. Early Relief - The Fire Chief or his /her representative may authorize employees covered by this Agreement to relieve another department employee of equal rank or qualifications for the position prior to the end of the scheduled shift. 46 1 ARTICLE 31 2 HEALTH /FITNESS 3 The City, the Department and the Firefighters Association are desirous of 4 implementing measures to promote the well being of employees and reduce the 5 6 incidents of preventable accidents, illnesses, and disabilities, and have, and shall 7 continue to, work cooperatively to encourage and. develop an appropriate program 8 to enhance physical fitness and health and to establish required physical standards 9 to be met by all employees. The parties have agreed to implement the physical 10 fitness program outlined in the "Health and Fitness Maintenance Program" and 11 dated 9- 28 -89. Provisions for adopting required maintenance of the target fitness 12 standards will be addressed in January 1991. 13 14 15 The Association recognizes that it is the policy of the City to hire non smokers in 16 the Fire Department. The Association further recognizes there is a fire department 17 policy concerning smoking in departmental facilities and vehicles. The parties 18 agree that smoking g poses health risks to non - smokers as well as smokers. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 47 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 131 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 u ARTICLE 32 ALARM SURVEY CITIES Cities to be used for review of salaries shall include: Chico Davis Lompoc Monterey Napa Pleasanton Redding Salinas San Clemente Santa Cruz Santa Maria It is agreed that, during the negotiations to produce a successor Agreement, either party may propose changes to the above list of cities. A revised, mutually agreed upon list, may be used during the negotiations to produce a successor Agreement. ,; 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 33 LAYOFFS In accordance with Personnel Rule 2.36.280, layoffs shall be governed by job performance and seniority in service within a particular department and job classification. For the purpose of implementing this provision, job performance categories shall be defined as follows: Category 1: Performance that is unsatisfactory, below standard, needs improvement, unacceptable or does not meet minimum standards. Performance defined by this category is evidenced by the employee's two most recent performance evaluations with an overall rating that falls within the lowest two categories of the performance appraisal report. Category 2: Performance that is competent, superior, meets expectations, meets performance standards, exceeds performance standards and expectations, or is outstanding. Performance defined by this category is evidenced by an employee's two most recent performance evaluations with an overall rating that falls within the top two to three performance categories of the performance appraisal. M. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9II 10; 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 I ! I� A regular employee being laid off shall be that employee with the least seniority in the particular job classification concerned and in the department involved who is in the lowest job performance category. Employees in Category 1 with the lowest seniority will be laid off first, followed by employees in Category 2. Should the two performance evaluations contain overall ratings that are in the two different categories as defined above, the third most recent evaluation overall rating shall be used to determine which performance category the City shall use in determining order of layoffs. 50 9 1. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21' 22' 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 34 WORK ACTIONS Participation by an employee in a strike or a concerted work stoppage shall be deemed to pose an imminent threat to public health or safety and is unlawful,' furthermore, it shall terminate the employment relation. Provided however that nothing herein shall be so construed as to affect the right of any employee to abandon or to resign his employment.. (a) Employee organizations shall not hinder, delay, interfere with, nor coerce employees of the City to hinder, delay, or interfere with, the peaceful performance of City services by strike, concerted work stoppage, cessation of work, slow -down, sit -down, stay -away, or unlawful picketing. (b) In the event that there occurs any strike, concerted work stoppage, or any other form of interference with or limitation of the peaceful performance of City services prohibited by this Article, the City, in addition to any other lawful remedies or disciplinary actions, may, by action of the Municipal Employee Relations Officer cancel any or all payroll deductions, prohibit the use of bulletin boards, prohibit the use of City facilities, and withdraw recognition of the employee organization or organizations participating in such actions. (c) Employee members of any employee organization shall not be locked out or prevented by management officials,from performing their assigned duties when such employees are willing to perform such duties in the customary manner and at a reasonable level of 51 1 2 3 4 5 6I! 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24. 25 26 27 28 efficiency. Any decision made under the provisions of this Section may be appealed to the City Council by filing a written Notice of Appeal with the City Clerk,accompanied by a complete statement setting forth all of the facts upon which the appeal is based. Such Notice of Appeal must be filed within ten (10) working days after the affected employee organization first received notice of the decision upon which the complaint is based, or it will be considered closed and not subject to any other appeal. 52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 35 REOPENER The City and Association agree to reopen negotiations during the term of this . agreement as follows: 1. Prior to the conclusion of the trial program for the three person paramedic engine companies the parties will meet and confer on a) engine company staffing; and b) the Station 1 captain's incentive. 2. Upon notice from the City, the Association will meet and confer on an apprentice program. 3. Within ninety days, the City and Association will complete the meet and confer process on the addition of a bumping procedure to the layoff policy: 4. Within ninety days, the parties will determine which existing side letters and General Operations Manual policies fall within the scope of representation and should be incorporated in the Memorandum of Agreement. 53 1 ARTICLE 36 2 FULL AGREEMENT 3 It is understood this Agreement represents a complete and final understanding on 4 all negotiable issues between the City and the Association. This Agreement 5 supersedes all previous Memoranda of Understanding or Memoranda of Agreement 6 7 between the City and the Association except as specifically referred to in this 8 Agreement. During the life of this Memorandum of Agreement, should either party 9 desire to modify its terms or to meet and confer with respect to matters within the 10 scope of representation, such party shall request in writing to meet and confer on 11 such item(s), which item(s) shall be specified in writing. During the life of this 12 Memorandum of Agreement, either party may refuse such a request without 13 14 explanation, and no unilateral action may be. taken on the matter within the scope 15 of representation during the term of this agreement. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 54 1 ARTICLE 37 2 SAVINGS CLAUSE 3 If any provision of this Agreement should be held invalid by operation of law or by 4 any court of competent jurisdiction, or if compliance with or enforcement of any 5 6 provision should be restrained by any tribunal, the remainder of this Agreement 7 shall not be affected thereby, and the parties shall enter into a meet and confer 8 session for the sole purpose of arriving at a .mutually satisfactory replacement for 9 such provision within thirty (30) day work period. If no Agreement has been 10 reached, the parties agree to invoke the provision of impasse under Section 13 of 11 City Resolution No. 6620 (1989 Series) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 55 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 z 23 24 2F 2E 2i 2E C ARTICLE 38 RENEGOTIATIONS Pursuant to Resolution No. 6287, (1989 Series): If either party wishes to make changes to this agreement, that party shall serve upon the other its written request to negotiate as well as its initial proposals for an amended Agreement. Such notice and proposals must be submitted to the other party no more than 135 days nor less than 105 days prior to the end of the Agreement. If notice is properly and timely given, negotiations shall commence no later than 90 days prior to the end of the Agreement. 56 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 39 AUTHORIZED AGENTS For the purpose of administering the terms and provisions of this Agreement: A. The Association's principal authorized agent shall be the President (address: 748 Pismo Street; San Luis Obispo, California 93401; telephone: (805) 781- 7380). B. Management's principal authorized agent shall be the Personnel Director or his /her duly authorized representative (address: 990 Palm Street, San Luis Obispo, California 934401; telephone: (805) 781- 7250). 57 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 ARTICLE 40 TERM OF AGREEMENT This Agreement shall become effecti/GNATURE ly 1, 1994 nd continue in full, force and effect until expiration at me 30, 97. S 1. Classifications covered by nt and included within this unit . are shown in Appendix "A 2. This Agreement does not mporary Employees or Part-time employees. This Agreement was executed on Se 1995, by the following parties. CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO / SAN LUIS OBISPO FIREFIGHTERS' ASSOCIATION Bill Avery, City Consugant Ken Hampian, Assistant Tony Spitaleri, FFA Consultant Bob Wilkinson, President -co*j ILA101 S rl " VW H0111#13MV IsualmVIAZWU odsfoo SlAl Nvs rZ lz 07 E " 'b° - Isagied flutmntp; mg Aq OSGS I lactwoldoS UG pojA"x9 Sem, lusww-axtv �i4q -saiMo)dwa away -Ilarl Jo SaE?Acjdw3 Ajujo�dWO.L Ot Aldde lou soop zuawzzakv qqL List LmotQs 0A thin 5141 UI�IAA PZPr;12U!,PLM WOWS005,V r!LI4 Aq wa 9 '166a 'CC G'Jj%ae 'ILIFILIP!'Ll 10 4.101J."Wto qWn 1-.)94@ pug e�;, ^Up lint ul emulluo.s pua vee Apnr, an gs oAfmj;e ouic3eq liv,49 juawoqj5% gl qj_ ,4,iv3dli 3t~� �z_ �}� M'd 7 WHIII s66T-s1-cGs 60'd 1969LZ�SIV, :ON W'. l,-- -.-'Id]Q,:3d I d 011d' Olt d 91:91 Mj 96-5TII-d3s;. H 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 CLASSIFICATION Firefighter Fire Vehicle Mechanic Fire Engineer /Inspector Fire Captain APPENDIX A CLASSIFICATION CODE 705 444 707 715 47 I� SALARY RANGE 321 390 324 330 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 C APPENDIX.B WORK SCHEDULE ILLUSTRATION For purposes of illustration only, the shift schedule pattern for employees working a fifty -six (56) hour work week consists of five (5) twenty -four (24) hour on -duty periods within a fifteen (15) day cycle which is worked in accordance with the following chart: X = 24 -hour on -duty period 0 = 24 -hour off -duty period SCHEDULE: XOXOXOXOXOOOOOO .o 1 APPENDIX C 2 EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES AND BENEFITS - SICK LEAVE 3 Sick leave is governed by Section 2.36.420 of the Municipal Code and reads as 4 follows: 5 2.36.420 Emplovee responsibilities and benefits - Sick leave. 7 A. Sick Leave Defined. "Sick leave" shall 'be defined as follows: 8 1. Absence from duty because of illness or off- the -job injury, or exposure 9 to contagious diseases as evidence by certification from an accepted 10 medical authority; 11 2, At each employee's option,. absence from duty due to the death of a 12 13 member of the "employee's immediate family," meaning spouse, 14 child, brother, sister, parent, parent -in -law, step - parent, step- brother, 15 step- sister, or any other relative living in the same household, 16 provided such leave as defined in this subsection shall not exceed five 17 working days from each incident. The employee may be required to 18 submit proof of relative's death before being granted sick leave pay; 19 20 3. An employee whose memorandum of understanding incorporates a 21 provision for "family leave" may use sick leave not to exceed three 22 days per year if required to be away from his /her job to personally 23 care for a member of the employee's immediate family as defined in 24 this subsection. 25 B Rules Governing Sick Leave. 26 1. Each incumbent of a line -item position shall accrue sick leave with pay 27 28 at the rate of twelve days or the shift equivalent per year of .61 i 1 continuous service since the benefit date. 2 2. Sick leave may be used after the completion of the month of service 3 in which it was earned. 4 3. Sick leave shall begin with the first day of illness. 5 4. Department heads shall be responsible to the city administrative 6 officer for the uses of sick leave in their departments. 8 5. A department head shall require written proof of illness from an 9 authorized medical authority at the employee's expense for sick leave 10 use in excess of five consecutive working days by personnel in his /her 11 department. Such proof may be required for periods of less than five 12 consecutive working days where there exists indication of abuse. 13 6. Any employee who is absent because of sickness or other physical 14 15 disability shall notify his /her immediate supervisor or department head 16 as soon as possible but in any event during the first day of absence. 17 Any employee who fails to comply with this provision without having 18 a valid reason will be placed on leave of absence without pay during 19 the unexcused absence and be subject to disciplinary action in 20 accordance with procedures established by this chapter. 21 22 7. Any employee absent for an extended illness or other physical 23 disability may be required by the personnel director to have an 24 examination by the city's medical examiner at city expense prior to 25 reinstatement to the city service. 26 8. An appointing authority, subject to approval of the personnel director, 27 may require any employee to be medically examined where reasonable 28 62 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21, 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 cause exists to believe that an. employee has a medical condition which impairs his /her job effectiveness or may endanger the health, safety or welfare of the employee, other employees or the public. Employees who prejudged to be physically incapable of meeting normal requirements of their positions may be placed in a classification of work for which they are suitable when a vacancy exists, or may be separated for physical disability. 9. In the event that an employee's sick leave benefits become exhausted due to illness or exposure to contagious disease, the employee shall revert to a status of leave of absence without pay and be subject to the provisions of Section 2.36.460. 10. The right to benefits under the sick leave plan shall continue only during the period that the employee is employed by the city. This plan shall not give any employee the right to be retained in the services of the city, or any right of claim to sickness disability benefits after separation from the service of the city. When an employee receives compensation.under the Worker's Compensation Act of California, such compensation received shall be considered part of the salary to be paid to the employee eligible for such payments as required by state law. The amount paid by the city shall be the difference between the amount received by the employee from the city's compensation insurance coverage and the eligible employee's regular rate of pay. 63 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 11. Notwithstanding anything contained in this section, no employee shall be entitled to receive any payment or other compensation from the city while absent from duty by reason of injuries or disability received as a result of engaging in employment other than employment by the city for monetary gain or other compensation, or by reason of engaging in business or activity for monetary or other compensation other than business or activity connected with his /her city employment. 12. A public safety employee shall not receive sick leave payments while receiving Worker's Compensation payments. 13. Accumulation of sick leave days shall be unlimited. (Prior code 2708.5) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 APPENDIX D rte. I , Salary Range Listing - July 1994 Through June 1997 July 1994 Step A Step B Step C Step D Step E Salary Position Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Range Title Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly 321 Firefighter 2;875 3,033 3,189 3,358 3,536 1,327 1,400 1,472 1,550 1,632 390 Fire Vehicle 3,202 , 3,365 3,540 3,729 3,928 Mechanic 1,478 1,553 1,634 1,721 1,813 324 Fire Engineer/ 3,107 3,274 3,441 3,640 3,624 Inspector 1,434 1,511 1,588 1,680 1,765 330 Fire Captain 3,642 3,835 4,030 4,238 4,468 1,681 1,770 1,860 1,956 2,062 July 1995 Step A Step B Step C Step D Step E Salary Position Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Range Title Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly BI- Weekly Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly 321 Firefighter 2,947 3,109 3,269 3,442 3,624 1,360 1,435 1,509 1,589 1,673 390 Fire Vehicle 3,282 3,449 3,629 3,822 4,026 Mechanic 1,515 1,592 1,675 1,764 1,858 324 Fire Engineer/ 3,165 3,356 3,527 3,731 3,920 Inspector 1,470 1,549 1,628 1;722 1,809 330 Fire Captain 3,733 3,931 4,131 4,344 4,579 1,723 1,814 1,906 2,005 2,114 65 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Salary Range Listing - July 1994 Through June 1997 July 1996 Step A Step B Step C Step D Step E Salary Position Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Monthly/ Range Title Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly Bi- Weekly 321 Firefighter 3,050 3,218 3,384 3,563 3,752 1,408 1,485 1,562 1,645 1,732 390 Fire Vehicle 3,397 3,570 3,756 3,956 4,167 Mechanic 1,568 1,648 1,734 1,826 1,923 324 Fire Engineer/ 3,296 , 3,474 3,651 3,862 4,057 Inspector 1,521 1,603 1,685 1,782 1,872 330 Fire Captain 3,864 4,068 4,274 4,496 4,741 1,183 1,877 1,973 2,075 2,188 L. I � RESOLUTION NO. 8455 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO COMMITTING TO A PARTNERSHIP WITH THE SAN LUIS COASTAL UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT TO CONVERT THE MULTI - PURPOSE ROOMS AT C. L. SMITH AND SINSHEIMER SCHOOLS TO GYMNASIUMS WHEREAS, the City of San Luis Obispo (City) and the San Luis Coastal Unified School District (District) wish to enter into a partnership to upgrade multi - purpose rooms at C. L. Smith and Sinsheimer Elementary Schools to gymnasiums; and .WHEREAS, a City contribution of $150,000 ($75,000 for each site) will provide the balance of the funding necessary to make the upgrades; and WHEREAS, the Joint Use of Facilities Agreement Between the City and District now in effect, and soon to be updated, give the City priority use of the facilities, except for District activities; and WHEREAS, the agreement will be updated by the Joint Rec. Use of School District Property Committee and will include specific guidelines for the use of these facilities; and WHEREAS, this joint venture between the City and the District is consistent with the recently- adopted City Park & Recreation Element/Master Plan and represents the best kind of collaboration between public agencies. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, by the City Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: Section 1: The City will participate in the project to upgrade the multi - purpose rooms at C. L. Smith and Sinsheimer Schools to gymnasiums. Section 2: $150,000 will be allocated in the 1997 -99 Financial Plan to convert the multi - purpose rooms at C. L. Smith and Sinsheimer Schools to gymnasiums. Upon motion of Council Member Smith seconded by Vice Mayor Romero and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Smith,-Romero, Roalman, Will and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None R - 8455 i Resolution No. 8455 (1995 Series) the foregoing resolution was adopted this ATTEST: Citly'ICA,- ,- Diane R. Gladwell By: Kim Condon, Assistant City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: Jor en 5th day of September 1995. Mayor, All n Settle RESOLUTION NO. 8454 (1995 SERIES) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO APPROVING AN AGREEMENT WITH THE COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO FOR ANIMAL REGULATION SERVICES FOR FISCAL YEAR 1995 -96 Be is resolved by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: Section 1. That the agreement with the County of San Luis Obispo for Animal Regulation services for Fiscal Year 1995 -96 (Exhibit A) has been reviewed and is approved. Section 2. That the City of San Luis Obispo elects for Service Level "D" for the Fiscal Year 1995 -96. Section 3. That the Mayor is hereby authorized to sign the agreement. On motion of Council Member Smith seconded by Vice Mayor Romero and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Smith, Romero, Roalman, Williams, and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was adopted this ATTEST: 15ian$ R. fffladwell, City Clerk By:j Kim on, Assistant City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: �/ , , ., �� �•� ....ate.• . Attorney 5th day-of September 1995. C. Mayor Allen K. Settle R - R494 San Luis Obispo SAN LUIS OBISPO COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF ANIMAL REGULATION AGREEMENT FOR ANIMAL CONTROL SERVICES ATTACHMENT "A" (Actual Cost) Package "A" 22,000 n Package "B" 24,000 Package "C" Package "D" 38,000 45,000 95c ont ramc ontr3amod Page 1 of 1 oemsionoam 76non196 1995 -96 Proposed City Contract Packages PACKAGE "A" BASIC SERVICES (Necessary to comply with State mandated codes) 1. SHELTER PROVISIONS /ANIMAL DISPOSAL The availability of a shelter to provide care for unlimited stray animals transported by citizens from the city incorporated boundaries. This shall include the administration necessary for surrender of animals at the shelter, the care of animals during the 72 hour hold period, and final disposal of animals through redemption, adoption, or destruction. 2. ANIMAL BITE INVESTIGATIONS /QUARANTINES The taking of animal bite reports and subsequent quarantine of bite animals per California State Codes. The keeping of such records and reporting of information to the State Department of Health Services. 3. RABIES CONTROL /SUSPECT RABID ANIMAL HANDLING /TESTING The response to and attempted capture of suspect rabid wildlife and domestic animals. The destruction of such animals, proper laboratory preparation for rabies testing, transport of tissue to the County Health Department for testing, and proper disposal of remains when found to be positive. PACKAGE "B" BASIC SERVICES ('A') PLUS EMERGENCY SERVICES The addition of EMERGENCY SERVICES to the basic services described above in package "A ". 4. EMERGENCY SERVICES The response to and attempted capture of injured domestic animals, transport of and medical aid to animals when needed for stabilization and subsequent sheltering of animal as per provisions stated in basic services. Emergency services shall be provided 24 hours a day, seven days a week. 95COntramcOnt ract.wp 0 Page 1 of 2 aevlslon Date. 26 April 95 PACKAGE "C" BASIC SERVICES ('A') PLUS EMERGENCY SERVICES ('B') PLUS FIELD PICK UP OF ANIMALS (IE., DOG, CAT, OTHER, DOA) The addition of UNLIMITED ANIMAL PICK UP to the services provided in packages "A" and "B" above. S. FIELD PICK UP OF ANIMALS The response to and pick up of UNLIMITED stray, confined animals. The transport to and care of impounded animals per sheltering in the basic service described above. Pick up shall include dogs, cats, other /wildlife during normal hours of operation as well as DOA's. PACKAGE "D" BASIC SERVICES ('A') PLUS EMERGENCY SERVICES (' B' ) PLUS STRAY FIELD PICK UP ('C') PLUS CITIZEN COMPLAINTS (BARKING, LEASH LAW, CRUELTY) NUISANCE ABATEMENT /COURT PROCEEDINGS FIELD ENFORCEMENT (PATROL REQUESTS, CITATIONS) This package shall provide for ALL animal regulation services performed for contracting cities. 6. CITIZEN COMPLAINTS The processing of citizen complaints and response to their complaints. Maintaining cumulative records and action take on complaints. 7. NUISANCE ABATEMENT /COURT PROCEEDINGS The recording, filing, investigation, office hearing, issuance of orders to abate, and processing to court of nuisance abatements. 8. FIELD ENFORCEMENT Processing and performing patrols within a specified area when requested by a citizen and issuance of citations for violations. Contract fees shall cover UNLIMITED response by Animal Regulation in the performance of services included within the contract package. Cities shall be billed for the contract fees on a quarterly basis. 95contracttcontroa.wou Page 2 of 2 Revision Date: 26 aor9 95 �1 AGREEMENT FOR ANIMAL CONTROL SERVICES EXHIBIT A This Agreement is made and entered into this 1st day of July, 1995, by and between the County of San Luis Obispo, hereinafter referred to as "County ", and the City of San Luis Obispo, hereinafter referred to as "City ". WITNESSETH• THAT WHEREAS, The City is desirous of contracting with the County for performance of the hereinafter described animal control services within its boundaries by the County of San Luis Obispo through the Division of Animal Regulation; and WHEREAS, the County is agreeable to providing such services in accordance with the provisions of the San Luis Obispo County Code Title 9 which provides for the licensing of dogs, the establishment of a public pound, and for the collection and care of stray, diseased and vicious animals; and WHEREAS, the County of San Luis Obispo has established Animal Regulation to enforce the ordinances of the County Code Title 9 within the unincorporated areas of the County; and WHEREAS, the City is desirous of contracting for said Animal Control Service. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS: DEFINITIONS - Used throughout as follows: Household /Domestic Pets or Small Animals means but is not limited to cats, dogs, canaries, fish, hamsters, rabbits, turtles, and reptiles and other kindred animals usually and ordinarily kept as household pets. Livestock or Large Animals means horses, ponies, mules, cattle, goats, swine and all other domestic or domesticated animals other than household pets. Small Wildlife means racoons, possums, foxes and other similar sized wildlife. SERVICE PACKAGE OPTIONS: BASIC SERVICES - are defined as follows: 1) The receipt of household pets at the shelter or at drop off kennels. 2) Sheltering of all household pets received at the shelter in accordance with state regulations, local ordinances, and 95contramcontract %,oa Page 1 of 5 aevlSlon Date: 26 norm 95 policies governing humane treatment of such.animals, 3) Services for returning impounded animals to their owners, adoption of or humane destruction of animals received or brought to the shelter. 4) Investigation of all animal bites involving humans and the quarantine of biting animals pursuant to state regulations and local ordinances. 5) Investigations of exposures to rabid animals or suspect rabid animals at large and the quarantine or destruction of. animals which were in contact with rabid animals. EMERGENCY SERVICES - defined as follows: Emergency and after hour services for any of the following: 1) Inured /Sick dogs or cats when legal owner unknown or unavailable. 2) Arrest hold animals. 3) Aggressive /Vicious dogs when legal owner unknown or unavailable and reporting party is standing by. 4) Bite dogs /cats when legal owner is unknown or unavailable and reporting party is standing by.. FIELD SERVICES - defined as follows: Response of an Animal Regulation Officer during regular business hours to pick up any of the following within city limits on an unlimited basis: 1) Confined Stray Animal Pick Up 2) Dead Stray Animal Pick Up 3) Owned Animal Pick Up (fee paid by citizen) 4) Owned Dead Animal Pick Up (fee paid by citizen) 5) Euthanasia of Owned Animals (fee paid by citizen) 6) Transportation to Veterinarians of Owned Animal (fee paid by citizen) ADDITIONAL FULL SERVICES - Defined as follows: CITIZEN COMPLAINTS: The fielding of and response to complaints from citizens including, but not limited to: barking dogs, leash law violations, and animal cruelty. 99contracttcontr3ctwna Page 2 of 5 Revision Date: 26 AVII 95 NUISANCE ABATEMENT: All activities involved in the processing of nuisance abatement petitions, investigations, orders, including preparation for court proceedings when necessary. FIELD ENFORCEMENT: The addition of than field pick up as described in limited to: random patrol, patrol citation and agency assists. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY COUNTY:. further field enforcement other "FIELD SERVICES" above, but not requests, ordinance violation Maintain an Animal Regulation Division - to provide management and supervision of the program, to keep records and statistics, and enforce licensing, as established in policy and approved by the Animal Control Advisory Committee as defined hereafter. Animal Shelter — maintain, or cause to maintain an Animal Shelter to provide for the care, housing and disposal of animals impounded within the city or County or delivered by city or County residents. Specific Agreements - to provide pursuant to specific package contracts with each city. Operation Permit Services - to provide Permit Services to all citizens of the County regardless of jurisdiction. Licensing - to provide Licensing to all citizens of County regardless of jurisdiction. ANIMAL .REGULATION ADVISORY COMMITTEE - There shall be an Animal Regulation Advisory Committee whose responsibility it will be to review and recommend on all matters of Division policy regarding overall program administration, level and quality of service, budget, and ordinance development and amendments. This Advisory Committee shall be made up of: one representative from each City contracting with the County, one representative from the County's Veterinarians' Association, one representative from an animal welfare society, one representative from the County Health Department, one representative of the Highway Patrol, one representative from Animal Regulation, one representative of the County Administrative Office, one representative from the Health Department Public Information Office, one representative from the smaller humane groups collectively, and one representative from the County Sheriff's Department. The Committee shall receive staff support from Animal Regulation. COOPERATION - To facilitate the performance of the foregoing functions, it is hereby agreed that the County shall have the full cooperation and assistance from the City, its officers, agents, and employees. EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION AND LIABILITY - City shall not be called upon to assume any liability for the direct payment of any salaries, wages, or other compensation to any County personnel performing services hereunder, or any liability other than that provided in the Agreement. 9$Ontracntont,act.vd Page 3 of 5 Cewsion pate: 26AOn195 The. City shall not be liable for compensation or indemnity to any County employee for injury or sickness arising out of his /her employment. INDEMNIFICATION - Nothing in the provisions of the Agreement is intended to create duties or obligations to or rights in third parties not parties to this contract or affect the legal liability of either party to contract by imposing any standard of care respecting the regulation and enforcement of laws regarding animals different from the standard of care imposed by law. It is understood and agreed that neither City, nor any officer or employee thereof is responsible for any damage or liability occurring by reason of anything done or omitted to be done by the County under or in connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to the County under this Agreement. It is also understood and agreed that pursuant to Government Code 895.4, County shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the City, all officers and employees from all claims, suits or actions of every name, kind and description brought for or on account of injuries to or death of any person or damage to property resulting from anything done or omitted to be done by the County under or in connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to the County under this Agreement except as otherwise provided by Statute. It is understood and agreed that neither County nor any officer or employee thereof, is responsible for any damage or liability occurring by reason of anything done or omitted to be done by the City under or in connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to the City under this Agreement. It is also understood and agreed that pursuant to Government Code Section 895.4, City shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the County, all officers and employees from all claims, suits or actions of every name, kind and description brought for on account of injuries to or death of any person or damage to property resulting from anything done or omitted to be done by City under connection with any work, authority or jurisdiction delegated to the City under this Agreement except as otherwise provided by Statute. EMPLOYEE STATUS - All persons employed in the performance of the services and functions specified in paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall be County employees; no present City employee shall become a County employee by reason of this Agreement; and no person employed hereunder shall have any City pension, Civil Service, or any similar status or right. For this Agreement, and for the sole purpose of giving legal status to the performance of the duties and responsibilities herein, every County officer and the employee engaged in their performance of any service hereunder shall, where necessary, be deemed an officer or employee of City while performing the services for City. PROSECUTION - It shall be the duty of the City Attorney, exercising the discretion vested in his office, to prosecute violations of the City Animal Ordinance, and take appropriate legal action with respect to the abatement of any public nuisance involving animals occurring 95Contrattwwwarlwn , t Page 4 of 5 Revision Date: 26FOr1196 within City's corporate limits. TERM AND RENEWAL - This Agreement shall be effective on the 1st day of July, 1995, and shall terminate on the 30th day of June, 1997. All fees, charges, and payments required by this agreement may be adjusted July 1st, 1996, of the two year duration of the contract. This adjustment shall be for any increase in County's cost of providing services or from changes required from revisions pending to Title 9. The Division appropriation budget shall be used to determine percentage of increase. This percentage shall not exceed five (5) percent for any one year of the contract period except for changes to ordinance through adoption of revisions to Title 9. This contract is subject'to cancellation by either party by notification in writing of the desire to terminate contract. Notification shall be required thirty (30) days in advance of the termination date.. CITY NOTIFICATION - no later than May 1 of each year, each city shall be notified of proposed changes to current service level charges. The city shall notify the County no later than July 1 of their agreement to pay for basic services and other services in each subsection. Actual Costs - Participants shall pay a set fee in accordance with paragraph 10 hereof. Attachment A reflects the annual cost. COUNTY BILLING - County shall bill city quarterly for their contracted services. Billing shall be submitted at the end of each quarter. City shall remit payment within thirty days of receipt of billing. MODIFICATION - This contract constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto and no changes, amendments or alterations shall be effective unless in writing and signed by both parties. ORDINANCE CONFORMITY - City agrees to adopt animal control ordinances which conform to and are not in conflict with Chapter 9 of the San Luis Obispo County Code. Changes and modifications to City codes may be conducted with the County Division of Animal. Regulation's consultation before adoption. County Division of Animal Regulation may also make recommendations to City for changes or modifications to their City ordinance. BOOKS AND RECORDS - County agrees to keep such books and records and in such form and manner as County Auditor- Controller shall specify. Said books shall be open for examination by City at all reasonable times. NOTICES - Any notice required to be given pursuant to the terms and provisions hereof shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified or registered mail to the County at: Animal Regulation P.O. Box 3760 San Luis Obispo, CA 93403 -3760 95contramcontractw11 0 Page 5 of 5 Revwon Date: 26 Apt 1195 and to the City at: City of San Luis 990 Palm Street San Luis Obispo, r � �.r Obispo CA 93401 95contra[LKontrag woo Page 6 of 5 Revision Date: 26 aorn 95 i IN WITNESS THEREOF, City of San Luis Obispo resolution duly adopted by its City Council causes this Agreement to be signed by its mayor and attested by its clerk, and County of San Luis Obispo by order of the Board of Supervisors causes these presents to be subscribed by Chairman of said Board and seal of said Board to be -affixed hereto attested by clerk of said: CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO By: / ATTEST: By: COUNTY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO Mayor Allen K. Settle %ity C erk Diane R. Gladwell By Kim on, Asst. City Clerk By: / I / v Cha( n;'Board of upervisors ATTEST: Board of Supervisors Gie_i,14- Deputy Clafk APPROVED 95contrawcontract.woo Page 7 of 5 el Revision Date: 26 ADrll 95 RESOLUTION NO. 8 4 5 3 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE SAN LUIS OBISPO CITY COUNCIL AMENDING THE GENERAL PLAN LAND USE ELEMENT HILLSIDE PLANNING DEVELOPMENT LIMIT LINE LOCATION AT THE BASE OF THE SOUTH STREET HILLS NEAR BRIDGE STREET (GP 57 -95) WHEREAS, the Planning Commission and the City Council have held public hearings on this amendment in accordance with the California Government Code; and WHEREAS, the amendment comes to the Council upon the favorable recommendation of the Planning Commission; and WHEREAS, the potential environmental impacts of the change have been evaluated in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act and the City's Environmental Guidelines. BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Environmental Determination. The City Council has considered the initial study of environmental impact (ER 57 -95), finds that there will be no significant impacts, and approves a negative declaration. SECTION 2. Findin . This Council, after considering the amendments and staff's analysis, the Planning Commission's recommendation, and public testimony, finds that the amended development limit line location is consistent with General Plan hillside planning text policies . SECTION 3. Adoption. A. The Land Use Element is hereby amended as shown in Exhibit A. B. The Community Development Director shall cause the change to be reflected in documents which are on display in City Hall and which are available for public use. R -8453 City Council Resolution No. GP 57 -95 Page 2 8 4 5 3 (1995 Series) On motion of Council Mbr. Romero seconded byCouncil Mbr. Smith and on the following roll call vote: AYES:..Council Members Smith, Williams, Roalman, Romero, Mayor Settle NOES: N o n e ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this 15 day of Au R u s t 1995. Mayor Allen K. Settle ATTEST: ty C k Diane R. ladwell APPROVED: i /Wloy NIJ1141 t . i � < ���. II 11 11 it 11 It 11 I� tl ,I ►t - EXHIBIT A �- BRIDGE STREET DEVELOPMENT LIMIT LINE AMENDMENT GP57 -95 HILLSIDE PLANNING MAP (PART) e �t it m ,a I tw a 2 4 I� v PP.- Z56 LvFa �v1�tC "r�vR C�ecT A-U, SFlow N� —" —•— PRvPER"j�' LrN� CNCrt ,a,� S1- 1owt.t� flt�o CzX� 5Ti NCB ��.- ugl.p�j,,lttNti. LIMIT Lt Nl�.' — _ — G-� RAP817 pooa vR Ys�D ooboo PRo1°oS�p �Pt^VELo{°MEt�T L)M�T LINE � KOR'T4► I1 1� �� M irr RESOLUTION NO. 8 4 5 2 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE SAN LUIS OBISPO CITY COUNCIL AMENDING THE GENERAL PLAN LAND USE ELEMENT MAP FROM OPEN SPACE TO PARK AT THE SOUTHWEST EDGE OF SINSHE04ER PARK (GP 55-95) WHEREAS, the Planning Commission and the City Council have held public hearings on this amendment in accordance with the California Government Code; and WHEREAS, the amendment comes to the Council upon the favorable recommendation of the Planning Commission; and WHEREAS, the potential environmental impacts of the change have been evaluated in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act and the City's Environmental Guidelines. BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Environmental Determination. The City Council has considered the initial study of environmental impact (ER 55 -95), finds that there will be no significant impacts, and approves a negative declaration. SECTION 2. Finding . This Council, after considering the amendments and staff's analysis, the Planning Commission's recommendation, and public testimony, finds that the map amendment is consistent with General Plan text policies concerning appropriate applications of the Open Space and Park designations. SECTION 3. Adoption. A. The Land Use Element is hereby amended as shown in Exhibit A. B. The Community Development Director shall cause the change to be reflected in documents which are on display in City Hall and which are available for public use. R -8452 City Council Resolution No. s 4 5 2 (1995 Series) GP 55 -95 Page 2 On motion of C mm r i l Mk r- Td i l l i a m c , seconded by c o, n i t Mb r- Rom a,r o and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Smith, Williams, Roalman, Romer, Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: N o n e the foregoing resolution was passed and adopted this 15_ day of 1995. Mayor Allen K. Settle ATTEST: i C1 lerk Dia e R Gladwell. APPROVED: f / EXHIBIT A SINSHEIMER PARK ROLLER HOCKEY SITE AMENDMENT GP 55 -s5 LAND USE ELEMENT MAP (PART) Q NORTH 1 INCH = 1000 FEET OPEN SPACE to PARK m I� RESOLUTION NO. 8451 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO UPHOLDING AN APPEAL OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION'S ACTION, THEREBY APPROVING USE PERMIT A 50 -95 TO ALLOW A THEATER PRODUCTION BUSINESS OFFICE AND PERMITTING ON -SITE THEATER SET PRODUCTION AT 537 JEFFREY DRIVE BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Finding s. That this Council, after consideration of public testimony, the appellant's request and statements, and the Planning Commission's recommendations, staff recommendations, public testimony, and reports thereof, upholds the appeal; based on the following findings: 1. The home occupation, with on -site theater set construction, is in compliance with the single- family residential zoning district and the home occupation regulations because the set construction will be intermittent and is similar to other kinds of construction and maintenance activities that are conducted with residential areas. 2. The proposed business, with on -site theater set manufacturing, complies with all of the requirements for a home occupation including the requirement that activities shall be conducted entirely within the dwelling unit or an enclosed accessory building. 3. The home occupation, with on -site theater set manufacturing, does not have characteristics that would reduce residents' enjoyment of their neighborhoods and maintains the peace and quiet of the residential area. 4. The home occupation, as conditioned, is in compliance with the single- family residential zoning district. SECTION 2. Action. Use Permit A 50 -95, to allow a theater production business office and on -site theater set construction, is hereby approved, subject to the following conditions and with one informational note. R =8451 City Council Resolution No. 8451 (1995 Series) Page 2 1. Home occupations shall not involve frequent customer access or have other characteristics which would reduce residents' enjoyment of their neighborhoods. The peace and quiet of residential areas shall be maintained. 2. Activities shall be conducted entirely within the dwelling unit, an enclosed accessory building or a screened structure, and shall not alter the appearance of such structures. (Horticultural activities may be conducted outdoors.) 3. There shall be no sales, rental or display on the premises. 4. There shall be no signs other than address and names of residents. 5. There shall be no advertising the home occupation by street address except that street address may be included on business cards and business correspondence originating from the home. 6. No vehicle larger than a three- quarter -ton truck may be used in connection with a home occupation. 7. The home occupation shall not encroach on any required parking, yard or open space area. 8. Parking for vehicles used in connection with the home occupation shall be provided in addition to parking required for the residence. 9. Activities conducted and equipment or materials used shall not change the fire safety or occupancy classifications of the premises, nor use utilities in amounts greater than normally provided for residential use. 10. No use shall create or cause noise, dust, vibration, smell, smoke, glare, or electrical interference, or other hazard or nuisance. 11. No employees other than residents of the dwelling shall be allowed. (Babysitters or domestic servants are not considered employees of a home occupation.) 12. Clients or customers shall not visit the home occupation between the hours of ten p.m. and seven a.m. 13. The applicant shall comply with all of the provisions of the Neighborhood Enhancement Ordinance, including the proper storage of any trash containers or debris generated by the business. City Council Resolution No. 8451 (1995 Series) Page 3 14. On -site theater set construction shall be limited to 36 weekends per year. Construction activities shall be limited on those weekend days to the hours of 10:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. Sets shall be stored out of the public view when not being worked on. 15. Exterior spray painting of sets is prohibited. Informational Note 1. The office space inside the garage shall not encroach into the required covered space. On motion of Council Mbr. Romero ,seconded by Council Mbr. Smith and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Smith, Williams, Roalman, Romero, and Mayor Settle NOES: None ABSENT: None the foregoing resolution w passed and adopted this 15 day of A „g„Gr 1995. Mayor Allen K. Settle l V =Kl n;ane R. Gladwell By Kim Condon, Assistant City Clerk APPROVED: T0/9 / �� } 1 p �d'�✓ � iL� �y� '�. _., �, . RESOLUTION NO 8 4 5 0 (1995 Series) A RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO DENYING AN APPEAL OF THE PLANNING COMMISSION'S ACTION, THEREBY SUPPORTING THE PUBLIC CONVENIENCE DETERMINATION REQUIRED BY THE STATE DEPARTMENT OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE CONTROL (ABC) TO ALLOW ISSUANCE OF A LICENSE TO A PROPOSED BAR AT 723 HIGUERA STREET (USE PERMIT A 76-95) BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of San Luis Obispo as follows: SECTION 1. Action. That this Council, after consideration of public testimony, the appellant's request and statements, and the Planning Commission's recommendations, staff recommendations, public testimony, and reports thereof, denies the appeal, and makes the following determination in regard to the establishment of the proposed bar: That there is sufficient evidence to support that public necessity or convenience warrant an exception to the undue concentration of licensed facilities within the City of San Luis Obispo per Section 23958.4 of the California Business and Professions Code, given that Land Use Element Policy 4.3 stipulates that entertainment facilities such as nightclubs should be located in the downtown. On motion of _Council Mbr. Romero , seconded by Council Mbr. Williams and on the following roll call vote: AYES: Council Members Smith, Williams, Romero, Mayor Settle NOES: Council Member Roalman ABSENT: None R -8450 r City Council Resolution No. 8 4 5 0 (1995 Series) Page 2 the foregoing resolution was passed and .adopted this 15 day of Au Q u s t , 1995. Mayor Allen K. Settle ATTEST: C' erk Diane R Gladwell APPROVED: r City A orney L:UMMA7695B.CON n ��� �G ,: ����U r